Submit Bids to: Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services 407 South Calhoun Street - Mayo Building, Room SB-8 Tallahassee, FL 32399-0800 ADAM H. PUTNAM COMMISSIONER Telephone: (850) 617-7181

Page 1 of 33 Pages BIDS NO. RFP/DM-16/17-43

AGENCY MAILING DATE: WILL BE OPENED DECEMBER 29, 2016 @ 2:00 P.M. and may not be withdrawn within 90 days after such date and time NOVEMBER 17, 2016 NOTICE OF INTENDED AWARD POSTING WILL BE ON OR ABOUT JANUAR 24, 2017

BID TITLE: LIVESTOCK MARKET NEWS REPORTING SERVICE

VENDOR NAME AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE (MANUAL)

VENDOR MAILING ADDRESS

CITY - STATE - ZIP AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE (TYPED) TITLE

TELEPHONE: ( )

I certify that this Proposal is made without prior understanding, agreement, or connection with any corporation firm, or person submitting a proposal for the same materials, supplies or equipment, and is in all respects fair and without collusion or fraud. I agree to abide by all conditions of this Proposal and certify that I am authorized to sign this Proposal for the Proposer and that the Proposer is in compliance with all requirements of the Request for Proposal including but not limited to, certification requirements. In submitting a Proposal to an agency for the State of Florida, the Proposer offers and agrees that if the Proposal is accepted, the Proposer will convey, sell, assign or transfer to the State of Florida all rights, title and interest in and to all causes of action it may now or hereafter acquire under the Anti-trust laws of the United States and the State of Florida for price fixing relating to the particular commodities or services purchased or acquired by the State of Florida. At the State's discretion, such assignment shall be made and become effective at the time the purchasing agency tenders final payment to the Proposer.

GENERAL INSTRUCTIONS TO RESPONDENTS

1. Definitions. The definitions found in s. 60A-1.001, F.A.C. shall 4. Terms and Conditions. All responses are subject to the terms of apply to this agreement. The following additional terms are also the following sections of this solicitation, which, in case of conflict, defined: shall have the order of precedence listed: (a) "Buyer" means the entity that has released the solicitation. • Technical Specifications, The "Buyer" may also be the "Customer" as defined in the • Special Conditions and Instructions, PUR 1000 if that entity meets the definition of both terms. • Instructions to Respondents (PUR 1001), (b) "Procurement Officer" means the Buyer's contracting • General Conditions (PUR 1000), and personnel, as identified in the Introductory Materials. • Introductory Materials. (c) "Respondent" means the entity that submits materials to the Buyer in accordance with these Instructions. The Buyer objects to and shall not consider any additional terms or (d) "Response" means the material submitted by the respondent conditions submitted by a respondent, including any appearing in in answering the solicitation. documents attached as part of a respondent's response. In (e) "Timeline" means the list of critical dates and actions included submitting its response, a respondent agrees that any additional in the Introductory Materials. terms or conditions, whether submitted intentionally or inadvertently, shall have no force or effect. Failure to comply with 2. General Instructions. Potential respondents to the solicitation terms and conditions, including those specifying information that are encouraged to carefully review all the materials contained must be submitted with a response, shall be grounds for rejecting herein and prepare responses accordingly. a response.

*3. Electronic Submission of Responses. Respondents are *5. Questions. Respondents shall address all questions regarding required to submit responses electronically. For this purpose, all this solicitation to the Procurement Officer. Questions must be references herein to signatures, signing requirements, or other submitted via the Q&A Board within MyFloridaMarketPlace and required acknowledgments hereby include electronic signature by must be RECEIVED NO LATER THAN the time and date reflected means of clicking the "Submit Response" button (or other similar on the Timeline. Questions shall be answered in accordance with symbol or process) attached to or logically associated with the the Timeline. All questions submitted shall be published and response created by the respondent within MyFloridaMarketPlace. answered in a manner that all respondents will be able to view. The respondent agrees that the action of electronically submitting Respondents shall not contact any other employee of the Buyer or its response constitutes: the State for information with respect to this solicitation. Each • an electronic signature on the response, generally, respondent is responsible for monitoring the • an electronic signature on any form or section specifically MyFloridaMarketPlace site for new or changing information. The calling for a signature, and Buyer shall not be bound by any verbal information or by any • an affirmative agreement to any statement contained in the written information that is not contained within the solicitation solicitation that requires a definite confirmation or documents or formally noticed and issued by the Buyer's acknowledgement. contracting personnel. Questions to the Procurement Officer or to any Buyer personnel shall not constitute formal protest of the

1 specifications or of the solicitation, a process addressed in or had a civil judgment rendered against them or is paragraph 19 of these Instructions. presently indicted for or otherwise criminally or civilly charged for: commission of fraud or a criminal offense in 6. Conflict of Interest. This solicitation is subject to chapter 112 of connection with obtaining, attempting to obtain, or the Florida Statutes. Respondents shall disclose with their performing a federal, state, or local government response the name of any officer, director, employee or other transaction or public contract; violation of federal or state agent who is also an employee of the State. Respondents shall antitrust statutes; or commission of embezzlement, theft, also disclose the name of any State employee who owns, directly forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, or indirectly, an interest of five percent (5%) or more in the making false statements, or receiving stolen property; or respondent or its affiliates. ° Has within a three-year period preceding this certification had one or more federal, state, or local 7. Convicted Vendors. A person or affiliate placed on the convicted government contracts terminated for cause or default. vendor list following a conviction for a public entity crime is • The product offered by the respondent will conform to the prohibited from doing any of the following for a period of 36 specifications without exception. months from the date of being placed on the convicted vendor list: • The respondent has read and understands the Contract • submitting a bid on a contract to provide any goods or terms and conditions, and the submission is made in services to a public entity; conformance with those terms and conditions. • submitting a bid on a contract with a public entity for the • If an award is made to the respondent, the respondent construction or repair of a public building or public work; agrees that it intends to be legally bound to the Contract that • submitting bids on leases of real property to a public entity; is formed with the State. • being awarded or performing work as a contractor, supplier, • The respondent has made a diligent inquiry of its employees subcontractor, or consultant under a contract with any public and agents responsible for preparing, approving, or entity; and submitting the response, and has been advised by each of • transacting business with any public entity in excess of the them that he or she has not participated in any Category Two threshold amount ($25,000) provided in communication, consultation, discussion, agreement, section 287.017 of the Florida Statutes. collusion, act or other conduct inconsistent with any of the statements and representations made in the response. 8. Discriminatory Vendors. An entity or affiliate placed on the • The respondent shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless discriminatory vendor list pursuant to section 287.134 of the the Buyer and its employees against any cost, damage, or Florida Statutes may not: expense which may be incurred or be caused by any error in • submit a bid on a contract to provide any goods or services to the respondent's preparation of its bid. a public entity; • All information provided by, and representations made by, the • submit a bid on a contract with a public entity for the respondent are material and important and will be relied upon construction or repair of a public building or public work; by the Buyer in awarding the Contract. Any misstatement • submit bids on leases of real property to a public entity; shall be treated as fraudulent concealment from the Buyer of • be awarded or perform work as a contractor, supplier, the true facts relating to submission of the bid. A sub-contractor, or consultant under a contract with any public misrepresentation shall be punishable under law, including, entity; or but not limited to, Chapter 817 of the Florida Statutes. • transact business with any public entity. 10. Manufacturer's Name and Approved Equivalents. Unless 9. Respondent's Representation and Authorization. In submitting otherwise specified, any manufacturers' names, trade names, a response, each respondent understands, represents, and brand names, information or catalog numbers listed in a acknowledges the following (if the respondent cannot so certify to specification are descriptive, not restrictive. With the Buyer's prior any of following, the respondent shall submit with its response a approval, the Contractor may provide any product that meets or written explanation of why it cannot do so). exceeds the applicable specifications. The Contractor shall • The respondent is not currently under suspension or demonstrate comparability, including appropriate catalog debarment by the State or any other governmental authority. materials, literature, specifications, test data, etc. The Buyer shall • To the best of the knowledge of the person signing the determine in its sole discretion whether a product is acceptable as response, the respondent, its affiliates, subsidiaries, an equivalent. directors, officers, and employees are not currently under investigation by any governmental authority and have not in 11. Performance Qualifications. The Buyer reserves the right to the last ten (10) years been convicted or found liable for any investigate or inspect at any time whether the product, act prohibited by law in any jurisdiction, involving conspiracy qualifications, or facilities offered by Respondent meet the or collusion with respect to bidding on any public contract. Contract requirements. Respondent shall at all times during the • Respondent currently has no delinquent obligations to the Contract term remain responsive and responsible. In determining State, including a claim by the State for liquidated damages Respondent's responsibility as a vendor, the agency shall consider under any other contract. all information or evidence which is gathered or comes to the • The submission is made in good faith and not pursuant to any attention of the agency which demonstrates the Respondent's agreement or discussion with, or inducement from, any firm capability to fully satisfy the requirements of the solicitation and the or person to submit a complementary or other noncompetitive contract. response. • The prices and amounts have been arrived at independently Respondent must be prepared, if requested by the Buyer, to and without consultation, communication, or agreement with present evidence of experience, ability, and financial standing, as any other respondent or potential respondent; neither the well as a statement as to plant, machinery, and capacity of the prices nor amounts, actual or approximate, have been respondent for the production, distribution, and servicing of the disclosed to any respondent or potential respondent, and product bid. If the Buyer determines that the conditions of the they will not be disclosed before the solicitation opening. solicitation documents are not complied with, or that the product • The respondent has fully informed the Buyer in writing of all proposed to be furnished does not meet the specified convictions of the firm, its affiliates (as defined in section requirements, or that the qualifications, financial standing, or 287.133(1)(a) of the Florida Statutes), and all directors, facilities are not satisfactory, or that performance is untimely, the officers, and employees of the firm and its affiliates for Buyer may reject the response or terminate the Contract. violation of state or federal antitrust laws with respect to a Respondent may be disqualified from receiving awards if public contract for violation of any state or federal law respondent, or anyone in respondent's employment, has involving fraud, bribery, collusion, conspiracy or material previously failed to perform satisfactorily in connection with public misrepresentation with respect to a public contract. This bidding or contracts. This paragraph shall not mean or imply that it includes disclosure of the names of current employees who is obligatory upon the Buyer to make an investigation either before were convicted of contract crimes while in the employ of or after award of the Contract, but should the Buyer elect to do so, another company. respondent is not relieved from fulfilling all Contract requirements. • Neither the respondent nor any person associated with it in the capacity of owner, partner, director, officer, principal, 12. Public Opening. Responses shall be opened on the date and at investigator, project director, manager, auditor, or position the location indicated on the Timeline. Respondents may, but are involving the administration of federal funds: not required to, attend. The Buyer may choose not to announce ° Has within the preceding three years been convicted of prices or release other materials pursuant to s. 119.071(1)(b), 2

Florida Statutes. Any person requiring a special accommodation **19. Public Records. Article 1, section 24, Florida Constitution, because of a disability should contact the Procurement Officer at guarantees every person access to all public records, and Section least five (5) workdays prior to the solicitation opening. If you are 119.011, Florida Statutes, provides a broad definition of public hearing or speech impaired, please contact the Buyer by using the record. As such, all responses to a competitive solicitation are Florida Relay Service at (800) 955-8771 (TDD). public records unless exempt by law. Any respondent claiming that its response contains information that is exempt from the public 13. Electronic Posting of Notice of Intended Award. Based on the records law shall clearly segregate and mark that information and evaluation, on the date indicated on the Timeline the Buyer shall provide the specific statutory citation for such exemption. electronically post a notice of intended award at http://fcn.state.fl.us/owa_vbs/owa/vbs_www.main_menu. If the 20. Protests. Any protest concerning this solicitation shall be made in notice of award is delayed, in lieu of posting the notice of intended accordance with sections 120.57(3) and 287.042(2) of the Florida award the Buyer shall post a notice of the delay and a revised date Statutes and chapter 28-110 of the Florida Administrative Code. for posting the notice of intended award. Any person who is Questions to the Procurement Officer shall not constitute formal adversely affected by the decision shall file with the Buyer a notice notice of a protest. It is the Buyer's intent to ensure that of protest within 72 hours after the electronic posting. The Buyer specifications are written to obtain the best value for the State and shall not provide tabulations or notices of award by telephone. that specifications are written to ensure competitiveness, fairness, necessity and reasonableness in the solicitation process. 14. Firm Response. The Buyer may make an award within sixty (60) days after the date of the opening, during which period responses Section 120.57(3)(b), F.S. and Section 28-110.003, Fla. Admin. shall remain firm and shall not be withdrawn. If award is not made Code require that a notice of protest of the solicitation documents within sixty (60) days, the response shall remain firm until either shall be made within seventy-two hours after the posting of the the Buyer awards the Contract or the Buyer receives from the solicitation. respondent written notice that the response is withdrawn. Any response that expresses a shorter duration may, in the Buyer's Section 120.57(3)(a), F.S. requires the following statement to be sole discretion, be accepted or rejected. included in the solicitation: "Failure to file a protest within the time prescribed in section 120.57(3), Florida Statutes, shall constitute a 15. Clarifications/Revisions. Before award, the Buyer reserves the waiver of proceedings under Chapter 120, Florida Statutes." right to seek clarifications or request any information deemed necessary for proper evaluation of submissions from all Section 28-110.005, Fla. Admin. Code requires the following respondents deemed eligible for Contract award. Failure to provide statement to be included in the solicitation: "Failure to file a protest requested information may result in rejection of the response. within the time prescribed in Section 120.57(3), Florida Statutes, or failure to post the bond or other security required by law within the 16. Minor Irregularities/Right to Reject. The Buyer reserves the time allowed for filing a bond shall constitute a waiver of right to accept or reject any and all bids, or separable portions proceedings under Chapter 120, Florida Statutes." thereof, and to waive any minor irregularity, technicality, or omission if the Buyer determines that doing so will serve the 21. Limitation on Vendor Contact with Agency During Solicitation State's best interests. The Buyer may reject any response not Period. Respondents to this solicitation or persons acting on their submitted in the manner specified by the solicitation documents. behalf may not contact, between the release of the solicitation and the end of the 72-hour period following the agency posting the 17. Contract Formation. The Buyer shall issue a notice of award, if notice of intended award, excluding Saturdays, Sundays, and state any, to successful respondent(s), however, no contract shall be holidays, any employee or officer of the executive or legislative formed between respondent and the Buyer until the Buyer signs branch concerning any aspect of this solicitation, except in writing the Contract. The Buyer shall not be liable for any costs incurred to the procurement officer or as provided in the solicitation by a respondent in preparing or producing its response or for any documents. Violation of this provision may be grounds for rejecting work performed before the Contract is effective. a response.

18. Contract Overlap. Respondents shall identify any products * DOES NOT APPLY TO THIS AGENCY. PLEASE REFER covered by this solicitation that they are currently authorized to TO SUBMISSION INSTRUCTIONS IN THE BID furnish under any state term contract. By entering into the DOCUMENT. Contract, a Contractor authorizes the Buyer to eliminate ** DOES NOT APPLY TO THIS AGENCY. PLEASE REFER duplication between agreements in the manner the Buyer deems TO SPECIAL CONDITIONS IN THE BID DOCUMENT. to be in its best interest.

(PUR 1001 - 60A-1.002(7), F.A.C.)

GENERAL CONTRACT CONDITIONS

1. Definitions. The definitions contained in s. 60A-1.001, F.A.C. shall the Contract and solicitation terms and conditions. Any apply to this agreement. The following additional terms are also discrepancy between the Contract terms and the terms stated on defined: the Contractor's order form, confirmation, or acknowledgement (a) "Contract" means the legally enforceable agreement that shall be resolved in favor of terms most favorable to the Customer. results from a successful solicitation. The parties to the A purchase order for services within the ambit of section Contract will be the Customer and Contractor. 287.058(1) of the Florida Statutes shall be deemed to incorporate (b) "Customer" means the State agency or other entity identified by reference the requirements of subparagraphs (a) through (f) in a contract as the party to receive commodities or thereof. Customers shall designate a contract manager and a contractual services pursuant to a contract or that orders contract administrator as required by subsections 287.057(15) and commodities or contractual services via purchase order or (16) of the Florida Statutes. other contractual instrument from the Contractor under the Contract. The "Customer" may also be the "Buyer" as 3. Product Version. Purchase orders shall be deemed to reference defined in the PUR 1001 if it meets the definition of both a manufacturer's most recently release model or version of the terms. product at the time of the order, unless the Customer specifically (c) "Product" means any deliverable under the Contract, which requests in writing an earlier model or version and the contractor is may include commodities, services, technology or software. willing to provide such model or version. (d) "Purchase order" means the form or format a Customer uses to make a purchase under the Contract (e.g., a formal written 4. Price Changes Applicable only to Term Contracts. If this is a purchase order, electronic purchase order, procurement card, term contract for commodities or services, the following provisions contract or other authorized means). apply. (a) Quantity Discounts. Contractors are urged to offer additional 2. Purchase Orders. In contracts where commodities or services discounts for one time delivery of large single orders. are ordered by the Customer via purchase order, Contractor shall Customers should seek to negotiate additional price not deliver or furnish products until a Customer transmits a concessions on quantity purchases of any products offered purchase order. All purchase orders shall bear the Contract or under the Contract. State Customers shall document their solicitation number, shall be placed by the Customer directly with files accordingly. the Contractor, and shall be deemed to incorporate by reference 3

(b) Best Pricing Offer. During the Contract term, if the Customer 10. Literature. Upon request, the Contractor shall furnish literature becomes aware of better pricing offered by the Contractor for reasonably related to the product offered, for example, user substantially the same or a smaller quantity of a product manuals, price schedules, catalogs, descriptive brochures, etc. outside the Contract, but upon the same or similar terms of the Contract, then at the discretion of the Customer the price 11. Transportation and Delivery. Prices shall include all charges for under the Contract shall be immediately reduced to the lower packing, handling, freight, distribution, and inside delivery. price. Transportation of goods shall be FOB Destination to any point (c) Sales Promotions. In addition to decreasing prices for the within thirty (30) days after the Customer places an Order. A balance of the Contract term due to a change in market Contractor, within five (5) days after receiving a purchase order, conditions, a Contractor may conduct sales promotions shall notify the Customer of any potential delivery delays. involving price reductions for a specified lesser period. A Evidence of inability or intentional delays shall be cause for Contractor shall submit to the Contract Specialist Contract cancellation and Contractor suspension. documentation identifying the proposed (1) starting and ending dates of the promotion, (2) products involved, and (3) 12. Installation. Where installation is required, Contractor shall be promotional prices compared to then-authorized prices. responsible for placing and installing the product in the required Promotional prices shall be available to all Customers. Upon locations at no additional charge, unless otherwise designated on approval, the Contractor shall provide conspicuous notice of the Contract or purchase order. Contractor's authorized product the promotion. and price list shall clearly and separately identify any additional (d) Trade-In. Customers may trade-in equipment when making installation charges. All materials used in the installation shall be purchases from the Contract. A trade-in shall be negotiated of good quality and shall be free of defects that would diminish the between the Customer and the Contractor. Customers are appearance of the product or render it structurally or operationally obligated to actively seek current fair market value when unsound. Installation includes the furnishing of any equipment, trading equipment, and to keep accurate records of the rigging, and materials required to install or replace the product in process. For State agencies, it may be necessary to provide the proper location. Contractor shall protect the site from damage documentation to the Department of Financial Services and and shall repair damages or injury caused during installation by to the agency property custodian pursuant to Chapter 273, Contractor or its employees or agents. If any alteration, F.S. dismantling, excavation, etc., is required to achieve installation, the (e) Equitable Adjustment. The Customer may, in its sole Contractor shall promptly restore the structure or site to its original discretion, make an equitable adjustment in the Contract condition. Contractor shall perform installation work so as to terms or pricing if pricing or availability of supply is affected cause the least inconvenience and interference with Customers by extreme and unforeseen volatility in the marketplace, that and with proper consideration of others on site. Upon completion is, by circumstances that satisfy all the following criteria: (1) of the installation, the location and surrounding area of work shall the volatility is due to causes wholly beyond the Contractor's be left clean and in a neat and unobstructed condition, with control, (2) the volatility affects the marketplace or industry, everything in satisfactory repair and order. not just the particular Contract source of supply, (3) the effect on pricing or availability of supply is substantial, and (4) the 13. Risk of Loss. Matters of inspection and acceptance are volatility so affects the Contractor that continued performance addressed in s. 215.422, F.S. Until acceptance, risk of loss or of the Contract would result in a substantial loss. damage shall remain with the Contractor. The Contractor shall be responsible for filing, processing, and collecting all damage claims. 5. Additional Quantities. For a period not exceeding ninety (90) To assist the Contractor with damage claims, the Customer shall: days from the date of solicitation award, the Customer reserves record any evidence of visible damage on all copies of the the right to acquire additional quantities up to the amount shown delivering carrier's Bill of Lading; report damages to the carrier and on the solicitation but not to exceed the threshold for Category the Contractor; and provide the Contractor with a copy of the Two at the prices submitted in the response to the solicitation. carrier's Bill of Lading and damage inspection report. When a Customer rejects a product, Contractor shall remove it from the 6. Packaging. Tangible product shall be securely and properly premises within ten days after notification or rejection. Upon packed for shipment, storage, and stocking in appropriate, clearly rejection notification, the risk of loss of rejected or non-conforming labeled, shipping containers and according to accepted product shall remain with the Contractor. Rejected product not commercial practice, without extra charge for packing materials, removed by the Contractor within ten days shall be deemed cases, or other types of containers. All containers and packaging abandoned by the Contractor, and the Customer shall have the shall become and remain Customer's property. right to dispose of it as its own property. Contractor shall reimburse the Customer for costs and expenses incurred in storing 7. Inspection at Contractor's Site. The Customer reserves the right or effecting removal or disposition of rejected product. to inspect, at any reasonable time with prior notice, the equipment or product or plant or other facilities of a Contractor to assess 14. Transaction Fee. The State of Florida has instituted conformity with Contract requirements and to determine whether MyFloridaMarketPlace, a statewide eProcurement System they are adequate and suitable for proper and effective Contract ("System"). Pursuant to section 287.057(23), Florida Statutes performance. (2002), all payments shall be assessed a Transaction Fee of one percent (1.0%), which the Contractor shall pay to the State, unless 8. Safety Standards. All manufactured items and fabricated exempt pursuant to 60A-1.032, F.A.C. assemblies subject to operation under pressure, operation by connection to an electric source, or operation involving connection For payments within the State accounting system (FLAIR or its to a manufactured, natural, or LP gas source shall be constructed successor), the Transaction Fee shall, when possible, be and approved in a manner acceptable to the appropriate State automatically deducted from payments to the Contractor. If inspector. Acceptability customarily requires, at a minimum, automatic deduction is not possible, the Contractor shall pay the identification marking of the appropriate safety standard Transaction Fee pursuant to Rule 60A-1.031(2), F.A.C. By organization, where such approvals of listings have been submission of these reports and corresponding payments, established for the type of device offered and furnished, for Contractor certifies their correctness. All such reports and example: the American Society of Mechanical Engineers for payments shall be subject to audit by the State or its designee. pressure vessels; the Underwriters Laboratories and/or National Electrical Manufacturers' Association for electrically operated Contractor shall receive a credit for any Transaction Fee paid by assemblies; and the American Gas Association for gas-operated the Contractor for the purchase of any item(s) if such item(s) are assemblies. In addition, all items furnished shall meet all returned to the Contractor through no fault, act, or omission of the applicable requirements of the Occupational Safety and Health Act Contractor. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Transaction Fee is and state and federal requirements relating to clean air and water non-refundable when an item is rejected or returned, or declined, pollution. due to the Contractor's failure to perform or comply with specifications or requirements of the agreement. 9. Americans with Disabilities Act. Contractors should identify any products that may be used or adapted for use by visually, hearing, Failure to comply with these requirements shall constitute grounds or other physically impaired individuals. for declaring the Contractor in default and recovering reprocurement costs from the Contractor in addition to all outstanding fees. CONTRACTORS DELINQUENT IN PAYING 4

TRANSACTION FEES MAY BE SUBJECT TO BEING REMOVED investigations that do not result in the Contractor's suspension or FROM THE DEPARTMENT OF MANAGEMENT SERVICES' debarment. VENDOR LIST AS PROVIDED IN RULE 60A-1.006, F.A.C. 19. Indemnification. The Contractor shall be fully liable for the 15. Invoicing and Payment. Invoices shall contain the Contract actions of its agents, employees, partners, or subcontractors and number, purchase order number if applicable, and the appropriate shall fully indemnify, defend, and hold harmless the State and vendor identification number. The State may require any other Customers, and their officers, agents, and employees, from suits, information from the Contractor that the State deems necessary to actions, damages, and costs of every name and description, verify any purchase order placed under the Contract. including attorneys' fees, arising from or relating to personal injury and damage to real or personal tangible property alleged to be At the State's option, Contractors may be required to invoice caused in whole or in part by Contractor, its agents, employees, electronically pursuant to guidelines of the Department of partners, or subcontractors, provided, however, that the Contractor Management Services. Current guidelines require that Contractor shall not indemnify for that portion of any loss or damages supply electronic invoices in lieu of paper-based invoices for those proximately caused by the negligent act or omission of the State or transactions processed through the system. Electronic invoices a Customer. shall be submitted to the Customer through the Ariba Supplier Network (ASN) in one of the following mechanisms - EDI 810, Further, the Contractor shall fully indemnify, defend, and hold cXML, or web-based invoice entry within the ASN. harmless the State and Customers from any suits, actions, damages, and costs of every name and description, including Payment shall be made in accordance with sections 215.422 and attorneys' fees, arising from or relating to violation or infringement 287.0585 of the Florida Statutes, which govern time limits for of a trademark, copyright, patent, trade secret or intellectual payment of invoices. Invoices that must be returned to a property right, provided, however, that the foregoing obligation Contractor due to preparation errors will result in a delay in shall not apply to a Customer's misuse or modification of payment. Contractors may call (850) 413-7269 Monday through Contractor's products or a Customer's operation or use of Friday to inquire about the status of payments by State Agencies. Contractor's products in a manner not contemplated by the The Customer is responsible for all payments under the Contract. Contract or the purchase order. If any product is the subject of an A Customer's failure to pay, or delay in payment, shall not infringement suit, or in the Contractor's opinion is likely to become constitute a breach of the Contract and shall not relieve the the subject of such a suit, the Contractor may at its sole expense Contractor of its obligations to the Department or to other procure for the Customer the right to continue using the product or Customers. to modify it to become non-infringing. If the Contractor is not reasonably able to modify or otherwise secure the Customer the 16. Taxes. The State does not pay Federal excise or sales taxes on right to continue using the product, the Contractor shall remove the direct purchases of tangible personal property. The State will not product and refund the Customer the amounts paid in excess of a pay for any personal property taxes levied on the Contractor or for reasonable rental for past use. The customer shall not be liable any taxes levied on employees' wages. Any exceptions to this for any royalties. paragraph shall be explicitly noted by the Customer in the special contract conditions section of the solicitation or in the Contract or The Contractor's obligations under the preceding two paragraphs purchase order. with respect to any legal action are contingent upon the State or Customer giving the Contractor (1) written notice of any action or 17. Governmental Restrictions. If the Contractor believes that any threatened action, (2) the opportunity to take over and settle or governmental restrictions have been imposed that require defend any such action at Contractor's sole expense, and (3) alteration of the material, quality, workmanship or performance of assistance in defending the action at Contractor's sole expense. the products offered under the Contract, the Contractor shall The Contractor shall not be liable for any cost, expense, or immediately notify the Customer in writing, indicating the specific compromise incurred or made by the State or Customer in any restriction. The Customer reserves the right and the complete legal action without the Contractor's prior written consent, which discretion to accept any such alteration or to cancel the Contract at shall not be unreasonably withheld. no further expense to the Customer. 20. Limitation of Liability. For all claims against the Contractor 18. Lobbying and Integrity. Customers shall ensure compliance with under any contract or purchase order, and regardless of the basis Section 11.062, FS and Section 216.347, FS.The Contractor shall on which the claim is made, the Contractor's liability under a not, in connection with this or any other agreement with the State, contract or purchase order for direct damages shall be limited to directly or indirectly (1) offer, confer, or agree to confer any the greater of $100,000, the dollar amount of the contract or pecuniary benefit on anyone as consideration for any State officer purchase order, or two times the charges rendered by the or employee's decision, opinion, recommendation, vote, other Contractor under the purchase order. This limitation shall not exercise of discretion, or violation of a known legal duty, or (2) apply to claims arising under the Indemnity paragraph contain in offer, give, or agree to give to anyone any gratuity for the benefit this agreement. of, or at the direction or request of, any State officer or employee. For purposes of clause (2), "gratuity" means any payment of more Unless otherwise specifically enumerated in the Contract or in the than nominal monetary value in the form of cash, travel, purchase order, no party shall be liable to another for special, entertainment, gifts, meals, lodging, loans, subscriptions, indirect, punitive, or consequential damages, including lost data or advances, deposits of money, services, employment, or contracts records (unless the contract or purchase order requires the of any kind. Upon request of the Customer's Inspector General, or Contractor to back-up data or records), even if the party has been other authorized State official, the Contractor shall provide any advised that such damages are possible. No party shall be liable type of information the Inspector General deems relevant to the for lost profits, lost revenue, or lost institutional operating savings. Contractor's integrity or responsibility. Such information may The State and Customer may, in addition to other remedies include, but shall not be limited to, the Contractor's business or available to them at law or equity and upon notice to the financial records, documents, or files of any type or form that refer Contractor, retain such monies from amounts due Contractor as to or relate to the Contract. The Contractor shall retain such may be necessary to satisfy any claim for damages, penalties, records for the longer of (1) three years after the expiration of the costs and the like asserted by or against them. The State may set Contract or (2) the period required by the General Records off any liability or other obligation of the Contractor or its affiliates Schedules maintained by the Florida Department of State which is to the State against any payments due the Contractor under any available at the following: contract with the State. http://dlis.dos.state.fl.us/barm/genschedules/gensched.htm. The Contractor agrees to reimburse the State for the reasonable costs 21. Suspension of Work. The Customer may in its sole discretion of investigation incurred by the Inspector General or other suspend any or all activities under the Contract or purchase order, authorized State official for investigations of the Contractor's at any time, when in the best interests of the State to do so. The compliance with the terms of this or any other agreement between Customer shall provide the Contractor written notice outlining the the Contractor and the State which results in the suspension or particulars of suspension. Examples of the reason for suspension debarment of the Contractor. Such costs shall include, but shall include, but are not limited to, budgetary constraints, declaration of not be limited to: salaries of investigators, including overtime; emergency, or other such circumstances. After receiving a travel and lodging expenses; and expert witness and documentary suspension notice, the Contractor shall comply with the notice and fees. The Contractor shall not be responsible for any costs of shall not accept any purchase orders. Within ninety days, or any 5

longer period agreed to by the Contractor, the Customer shall 25. Changes. The Customer may unilaterally require, by written either (1) issue a notice authorizing resumption of work, at which order, changes altering, adding to, or deducting from the Contract time activity shall resume, or (2) terminate the Contract or specifications, provided that such changes are within the general purchase order. Suspension of work shall not entitle the scope of the Contract. The Customer may make an equitable Contractor to any additional compensation. adjustment in the Contract price or delivery date if the change affects the cost or time of performance. Such equitable 22. Termination for Convenience. The Customer, by written notice adjustments require the written consent of the Contractor, which to the Contractor, may terminate the Contract in whole or in part shall not be unreasonably withheld. If unusual quantity when the Customer determines in its sole discretion that it is in the requirements arise, the Customer may solicit separate bids to State's interest to do so. The Contractor shall not furnish any satisfy them. product after it receives the notice of termination, except as necessary to complete the continued portion of the Contract, if 26. Renewal. Upon mutual agreement, the Customer and the any. The Contractor shall not be entitled to recover any Contractor may renew the Contract, in whole or in part, for a cancellation charges or lost profits. period that may not exceed 3 years or the term of the contract, whichever period is longer. Any renewal shall specify the renewal 23. Termination for Cause. The Customer may terminate the price, as set forth in the solicitation response. The renewal must Contract if the Contractor fails to (1) deliver the product within the be in writing and signed by both parties, and is contingent upon time specified in the Contract or any extension, (2) maintain satisfactory performance evaluations and subject to availability of adequate progress, thus endangering performance of the funds. Contract, (3) honor any term of the Contract, or (4) abide by any statutory, regulatory, or licensing requirement. Rule 60A-1.006(3), 27. Purchase Order Duration. Purchase orders issued pursuant to a F.A.C., governs the procedure and consequences of default. The state term or agency contract must be received by the Contractor Contractor shall continue work on any work not terminated. no later than close of business on the last day of the contract's Except for defaults of subcontractors at any tier, the Contractor term to be considered timely. The Contractor is obliged to fill shall not be liable for any excess costs if the failure to perform the those orders in accordance with the contract's terms and Contract arises from events completely beyond the control, and conditions. Purchase orders received by the contractor after close without the fault or negligence, of the Contractor. If the failure to of business on the last day of the state term or agency contract's perform is caused by the default of a subcontractor at any tier, and term shall be considered void. if the cause of the default is completely beyond the control of both the Contractor and the subcontractor, and without the fault or Purchase orders for a one-time delivery of commodities or negligence of either, the Contractor shall not be liable for any performance of contractual services shall be valid through the excess costs for failure to perform, unless the subcontracted performance by the Contractor, and all terms and conditions of the products were obtainable from other sources in sufficient time for state term or agency contract shall apply to the single the Contractor to meet the required delivery schedule. If, after delivery/performance, and shall survive the termination of the termination, it is determined that the Contractor was not in default, Contract. or that the default was excusable, the rights and obligations of the parties shall be the same as if the termination had been issued for Contractors are required to accept purchase orders specifying the convenience of the Customer. The rights and remedies of the delivery schedules exceeding the contracted schedule even when Customer in this clause are in addition to any other rights and such extended delivery will occur after expiration of the state term remedies provided by law or under the Contract. or agency contract. For example, if a state term contract calls for delivery 30 days after receipt of order (ARO), and an order 24. Force Majeure, Notice of Delay, and No Damages for Delay. specifies delivery will occur both in excess of 30 days ARO and The Contractor shall not be responsible for delay resulting from its after expiration of the state term contract, the Contractor will failure to perform if neither the fault nor the negligence of the accept the order. However, if the Contractor expressly and in Contractor or its employees or agents contributed to the delay and writing notifies the ordering office within ten (10) calendar days of the delay is due directly to acts of God, wars, acts of public receipt of the purchase order that Contractor will not accept the enemies, strikes, fires, floods, or other similar cause wholly extended delivery terms beyond the expiration of the state term beyond the Contractor's control, or for any of the foregoing that contract, then the purchase order will either be amended in writing affect subcontractors or suppliers if no alternate source of supply by the ordering entity within ten (10) calendar days of receipt of the is available to the Contractor. In case of any delay the Contractor contractor's notice to reflect the state term contract delivery believes is excusable, the Contractor shall notify the Customer in schedule, or it shall be considered withdrawn. writing of the delay or potential delay and describe the cause of the delay either (1) within ten (10) days after the cause that The duration of purchase orders for recurring deliveries of creates or will create the delay first arose, if the Contractor could commodities or performance of services shall not exceed the reasonably foresee that a delay could occur as a result, or (2) if expiration of the state term or agency contract by more than twelve delay is not reasonably foreseeable, within five (5) days after the months. However, if an extended pricing plan offered in the state date the Contractor first had reason to believe that a delay could term or agency contract is selected by the ordering entity, the result. THE FOREGOING SHALL CONSTITUTE THE contract terms on pricing plans and renewals shall govern the CONTRACTOR'S SOLE REMEDY OR EXCUSE WITH RESPECT maximum duration of purchase orders reflecting such pricing plans TO DELAY. Providing notice in strict accordance with this and renewals. paragraph is a condition precedent to such remedy. No claim for damages, other than for an extension of time, shall be asserted Timely purchase orders shall be valid through their specified term against the Customer. The Contractor shall not be entitled to an and performance by the Contractor, and all terms and conditions increase in the Contract price or payment of any kind from the of the state term or agency contract shall apply to the recurring Customer for direct, indirect, consequential, impact or other costs, delivery/performance as provided herein, and shall survive the expenses or damages, including but not limited to costs of termination of the Contract. acceleration or inefficiency, arising because of delay, disruption, interference, or hindrance from any cause whatsoever. If Ordering offices shall not renew a purchase order issued pursuant performance is suspended or delayed, in whole or in part, due to to a state term or agency contract if the underlying contract expires any of the causes described in this paragraph, after the causes prior to the effective date of the renewal. have ceased to exist the Contractor shall perform at no increased cost, unless the Customer determines, in its sole discretion, that 28. Advertising. Subject to Chapter 119, Florida Statutes, the the delay will significantly impair the value of the Contract to the Contractor shall not publicly disseminate any information State or to Customers, in which case the Customer may (1) accept concerning the Contract without prior written approval from the allocated performance or deliveries from the Contractor, provided Customer, including, but not limited to mentioning the Contract in a that the Contractor grants preferential treatment to Customers with press release or other promotional material, identifying the respect to products subjected to allocation, or (2) purchase from Customer or the State as a reference, or otherwise linking the other sources (without recourse to and by the Contractor for the Contractor's name and either a description of the Contract or the related costs and expenses) to replace all or part of the products name of the State or the Customer in any material published, that are the subject of the delay, which purchases may be either in print or electronically, to any entity that is not a party to deducted from the Contract quantity, or (3) terminate the Contract Contract, except potential or actual authorized distributors, in whole or in part. dealers, resellers, or service representative. 6

29. Assignment. The Contractor shall not sell, assign or transfer any necessary insurance (health, workers' compensations, and of its rights, duties or obligations under the Contract, or under any unemployment) from an employer other than the State of Florida. purchase order issued pursuant to the Contract, without the prior written consent of the Customer. In the event of any assignment, 35. Insurance Requirements. During the Contract term, the the Contractor remains secondarily liable for performance of the Contractor at its sole expense shall provide commercial insurance contract, unless the Customer expressly waives such secondary of such a type and with such terms and limits as may be liability. The Customer may assign the Contract with prior written reasonably associated with the Contract. Providing and notice to Contractor of its intent to do so. maintaining adequate insurance coverage is a material obligation of the Contractor. Upon request, the Contractor shall provide 30. Antitrust Assignment. The Contractor and the State of Florida certificate of insurance. The limits of coverage under each policy recognize that in actual economic practice, overcharges resulting maintained by the Contractor shall not be interpreted as limiting from antitrust violations are in fact usually borne by the State of the Contractor's liability and obligations under the Contract. All Florida. Therefore, the contractor hereby assigns to the State of insurance policies shall be through insurers authorized or eligible Florida any and all claims for such overcharges as to goods, to write policies in Florida. materials or services purchased in connection with the Contract. 36. Warranty of Authority. Each person signing the Contract 31. Dispute Resolution. Any dispute concerning performance of the warrants that he or she is duly authorized to do so and to bind the Contract shall be decided by the Customer's designated contract respective party to the Contract. manager, who shall reduce the decision to writing and serve a copy on the Contractor. The decision shall be final and conclusive 37. Warranty of Ability to Perform. The Contractor warrants that, to unless within twenty one (21) days from the date of receipt, the the best of its knowledge, there is no pending or threatened action, Contractor files with the Customer a petition for administrative proceeding, or investigation, or any other legal or financial hearing. The Customer's decision on the petition shall be final, condition, that would in any way prohibit, restrain, or diminish the subject to the Contractor's right to review pursuant to Chapter 120 Contractor's ability to satisfy its Contract obligations. The of the Florida Statutes. Exhaustion of administrative remedies is Contractor warrants that neither it nor any affiliate is currently on an absolute condition precedent to the Contractor's ability to the convicted vendor list maintained pursuant to section 287.133 pursue any other form of dispute resolution; provided, however, of the Florida Statutes, or on any similar list maintained by any that the parties may employ the alternative dispute resolution other state or the federal government. The Contractor shall procedures outlined in Chapter 120. immediately notify the Customer in writing if its ability to perform is compromised in any manner during the term of the Contract. Without limiting the foregoing, the exclusive venue of any legal or equitable action that arises out of or relates to the Contract shall 38. Notices. All notices required under the Contract shall be delivered be the appropriate state court in Leon County, Florida; in any such by certified mail, return receipt requested, by reputable air courier action, Florida law shall apply and the parties waive any right to service, or by personal delivery to the agency designee identified jury trial. in the original solicitation, or as otherwise identified by the Customer. Notices to the Contractor shall be delivered to the 32. Employees, Subcontractors, and Agents. All Contractor person who signs the Contract. Either designated recipient may employees, subcontractors, or agents performing work under the notify the other, in writing, if someone else is designated to receive Contract shall be properly trained technicians who meet or exceed notice. any specified training qualifications. Upon request, Contractor shall furnish a copy of technical certification or other proof of 39. Leases and Installment Purchases. Prior approval of the Chief qualification. All employees, subcontractors, or agents performing Financial Officer (as defined in Section 17.001, F.S.) is required for work under the Contract must comply with all security and State agencies to enter into or to extend any lease or administrative requirements of the Customer and shall comply with installment-purchase agreement in excess of the Category Two all controlling laws and regulations relevant to the services they amount established by section 287.017 of the Florida Statutes. are providing under the Contract. The State may conduct, and the Contractor shall cooperate in, a security background check or 40. Prison Rehabilitative Industries and Diversified Enterprises, otherwise assess any employee, subcontractor, or agent furnished Inc. (PRIDE). Section 946.515(2), F.S. requires the following by the Contractor. The State may refuse access to, or require statement to be included in the solicitation: "It is expressly replacement of, any personnel for cause, including, but not limited understood and agreed that any articles which are the subject of, to, technical or training qualifications, quality of work, change in or required to carry out, the Contract shall be purchased from the security status, or non-compliance with a Customer's security or corporation identified under Chapter 946 of the Florida Statutes other requirements. Such approval shall not relieve the Contractor (PRIDE) in the same manner and under the same procedures set of its obligation to perform all work in compliance with the forth in section 946.515(2) and (4) of the Florida Statutes; and for Contract. The State may reject and bar from any facility for cause purposes of the Contract the person, firm, or other business entity any of the Contractor's employees, subcontractors, or agents. carrying out the provisions of the Contract shall be deemed to be substituted for the agency insofar as dealings with such 33. Security and Confidentiality. The Contractor shall comply fully corporation are concerned." Additional information about PRIDE with all security procedures of the United States, State of Florida and the products it offers is available at http://www.pridefl.com. and Customer in performance of the Contract. The Contractor shall not divulge to third parties any confidential information 41. Products Available from the Blind or Other Handicapped. obtained by the Contractor or its agents, distributors, resellers, Section 413.036(3), F.S. requires the following statement to be subcontractors, officers or employees in the course of performing included in the solicitation: "It is expressly understood and agreed Contract work, including, but not limited to, security procedures, that any articles that are the subject of, or required to carry out, business operations information, or commercial proprietary this contract shall be purchased from a nonprofit agency for the information in the possession of the State or Customer. The Blind or for the Severely Handicapped that is qualified pursuant to Contractor shall not be required to keep confidential information or Chapter 413, Florida Statutes, in the same manner and under the material that is publicly available through no fault of the Contractor, same procedures set forth in section 413.036(1) and (2), Florida material that the Contractor developed independently without Statutes; and for purposes of this contract the person, firm, or relying on the State's or Customer's confidential information, or other business entity carrying out the provisions of this contract material that is otherwise obtainable under State law as a public shall be deemed to be substituted for the State agency insofar as record. To insure confidentiality, the Contractor shall take dealings with such qualified nonprofit agency are concerned." appropriate steps as to its personnel, agents, and subcontractors. Additional information about the designated nonprofit agency and The warranties of this paragraph shall survive the Contract. the products it offers is available at http://www.respectofflorida.org.

34. Contractor Employees, Subcontractors, and Other Agents. 42. Modification of Terms. The Contract contains all the terms and The Customer and the State shall take all actions necessary to conditions agreed upon by the parties, which terms and conditions ensure that Contractor's employees, subcontractors and other shall govern all transactions between the Customer and the agents are not employees of the State of Florida. Such actions Contractor. The Contract may only be modified or amended upon include, but are not limited to, ensuring that Contractor's mutual written agreement of the Customer and the Contractor. No employees, subcontractors, and other agents receive benefits and oral agreements or representations shall be valid or binding upon the Customer or the Contractor. No alteration or modification of 7

the Contract terms, including substitution of product, shall be valid or binding against the Customer. The Contractor may not unilaterally modify the terms of the Contract by affixing additional terms to product upon delivery (e.g., attachment or inclusion of standard preprinted forms, product literature, "shrink wrap" terms accompanying or affixed to a product, whether written or electronic) or by incorporating such terms onto the Contractor's order or fiscal forms or other documents forwarded by the Contractor for payment. The Customer's acceptance of product or processing of documentation on forms furnished by the Contractor for approval or payment shall not constitute acceptance of the proposed modification to terms and conditions.

43. Cooperative Purchasing. Pursuant to their own governing laws, and subject to the agreement of the Contractor, other entities may be permitted to make purchases at the terms and conditions contained herein. Non-Customer purchases are independent of the agreement between Customer and Contractor, and Customer shall not be a party to any transaction between the Contractor and any other purchaser.

State agencies wishing to make purchases from this agreement are required to follow the provisions of s. 287.042(16)(a), F.S. This statute requires the Department of Management Services to determine that the requestor's use of the contract is cost-effective and in the best interest of the State.

44. Waiver. The delay or failure by the Customer to exercise or enforce any of its rights under this Contract shall not constitute or be deemed a waiver of the Customer's right thereafter to enforce those rights, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any such right preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right.

45. Annual Appropriations. The State's performance and obligation to pay under this contract are contingent upon an annual appropriation by the Legislature.

46. Execution in Counterparts. The Contract may be executed in counterparts, each of which shall be an original and all of which shall constitute but one and the same instrument.

47. Severability. If a court deems any provision of the Contract void or unenforceable, that provision shall be enforced only to the extent that it is not in violation of law or is not otherwise unenforceable and all other provisions shall remain in full force and effect.

*THIS CONDITION DOES NOT APPLY TO THIS AGENCY.

(PUR 1000 - 60A-1.002(7), F.A.C.) 11/06

8

BID NUMBER: RFP/DM-16/17-43 OPENING DATE: DECEMBER 29, 2016 @ 2:00 P.M.

FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE AND CONSUMER SERVICES DIVISION OF MARKETING AND DEVELOPMENT

REQUEST FOR PROPOSAL

A. INTRODUCTION

Overview

The Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services (FDACS or Department) seeks to contract with a highly-qualified contractor to maintain the Livestock Market News Reporting Service for nine (9) United States Department of Agriculture (USDA) approved livestock markets (Markets) in the state of Florida in accordance with all specifications, terms and conditions provided for in this Request for Proposal (RFP).

Scope

The contractor shall provide all the necessary personnel, equipment, supplies for services to compile and disseminate the state of Florida market information on shipments, supplies, prices, market conditions, distribution and other pertinent marketing facts for livestock at nine (9) USDA approved livestock markets. The USDA approved livestock markets are as follows:

Market Name Location Sale Date Market Contact Columbia Livestock 4557 US-441 Monday Telephone: 386-755-2300 Market Lake City, FL 32025 Fax: 386-755-9809 North Florida Livestock 12171 S. US Highway 441 Wednesday Telephone: 386-755-3576 Market Lake City, FL 32025 Fax: 386-755-2999 Ocala Stockyard, Inc. 9100 NW Highway 25A Monday Telephone: 352-732-4454 or Ocala, FL 34482 352-266-0534 Sumter County Farmers 524 North Market Blvd. Tuesday Telephone: 352-793-2021 Market Webster, FL 33597 Fax: 352-793-9474 Cattlemen’s Livestock 3305 US-92 Tuesday Telephone: 863-665-5088 Market Lakeland, FL 33801 Arcadia Stockyard 2719 Earnest Street Monday and Telephone: 863-494-3737 or Arcadia, FL 34266 Wednesday 863-494-1808 Okeechobee Livestock 1055 US-98 Monday and Telephone: 863-763-3127 Market Okeechobee, FL 34972 Tuesday Superior Livestock Statewide video sales Varies Telephone: 800-422-2117 Auction (www.superiorlivestock.com) Fax: 817-624-3325 Producers Video Auction Statewide video sales Varies Telephone: 251-633-9306 (www.producerscattleauction.com) Fax: 251-633-6826

The Department has split the Markets into two (2) regions, a Northern and Southern Region. The Northern Region includes Columbia Livestock Market and the North Florida Livestock Market, Superior Livestock Market, Producers Video Auction, as listed above. The Southern Region includes Ocala Stockyard, Inc., Sumter County Farmers Market, Inc., Cattlemen’s Livestock Market, Arcadia Stockyard, Okeechobee Livestock Market, as listed above.

Deliverables

 The contractor shall provide independent, Market News reporters and pay all costs associated, including personnel costs, training, travel costs and any other associated expenses necessary to collect and disseminate Market News information from the Markets. The contractor shall ensure that any reporters are trained and certified with the USDA as specified herein.

9 BID NUMBER: RFP/DM-16/17-43 OPENING DATE: DECEMBER 29, 2016 @ 2:00 P.M.

 Sales of all livestock or commodities shall be reported in accordance with USDA reporting procedures and grade interpretations as set forth by the LGMN Reporter Handbook Version 1.0 (EXHIBIT I).  The contractor shall report a minimum of 95% per Market of all livestock sales from the specified Markets during the term of the contract. In conducting the reporting service described herein, timeliness is of the essence in reporting livestock sales, as is consistency in reporting. The contractor will be subject to liquidated damages of $100 for each day that livestock reporting falls below the 95% minimum for each region. The compliance rate for reporting shall be verified quarterly at a minimum.  The contractor must transmit sale reports to the Department and the USDA by 7:00 a.m. Eastern Standard Time, (EST), the day following each Market sale.  The contractor shall ensure that the livestock market manager is contacted prior to the sale if the sale will not be reported to the UDSA. Timeliness is of the essence in providing notice of non-reporting. The contractor will be subject to liquidated damages of $100 for each day that each livestock market manager is not contacted prior to the sale. The compliance rate for non- reporting shall be verified quarterly at a minimum.  The reporters are required to have two certifications before the reporters can report to the USDA: the USDA Livestock, Poultry & Grain Market News Written Certification Test and the USDA Livestock, Poultry and Grain Market News Livestock Evaluation Exam. Training of all reporters will be the responsibility of the contractor, per USDA standards, and shall be conducted in accordance with approved training and certification programs for Market News reporters, as outlined by specific commodity divisions as specified in EXHIBIT I. All certification trainings shall be arranged with:

David Garcia, Officer In Charge Livestock, Poultry, and Grain Market News USDA Agricultural Marketing Service 1445 Federal Drive / Room 213 Montgomery, AL 36107 Office: 334-223-7488 Fax: 334-223-7501 Email: [email protected]

B. GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS

1. Contract Period

The anticipated contract period is from February 1, 2016 through November 30, 2019.

2. Contract Manager

The contractor will coordinate and schedule all work with the Department’s contract manager, Chris Denmark, Division of Marketing and Development, 407 South Calhoun Street, M-9, Tallahassee, FL 32399.

3. General Information

a. Calendar of Events

Listed below are the important actions and dates/times by which the actions must be taken or completed. If the Department finds it necessary to change any of these fixed dates/times, an addendum will be issued.

10 BID NUMBER: RFP/DM-16/17-43 OPENING DATE: DECEMBER 29, 2016 @ 2:00 P.M.

Date/Time Activity

November 17, 2016 RFP advertised and released.

December 8, 2016 @ 3:00 p.m. Written questions due to the Department's purchasing director. Questions can be faxed to (850) 617-7090 or emailed to [email protected]. No questions shall be received/answered after this date.

December 14, 2016 The Department's written response to any questions reviewed will be posted as an addendum.

December 29, 2016 @ 2:00 p.m. Proposals must be received by the Department. Proposals shall be opened at the Department's purchasing office located at SB-8, Mayo Building, 407 South Calhoun Street, Tallahassee, Florida, 32399-0800.

January 24, 2017 Expected date for posting award notice of Department's contract award recommendations at http://myflorida.com, click on Business, Doing Business with the State of Florida, Everything for Vendors and Customers, Vendor Bid System, Search Advertisements. Tabulations shall remain posted for a period of seventy-two (72) hours.

February 1, 2017 Anticipated contract start date.

b. Contact Persons

Questions regarding proposal procedures may be directed to:

Christie Hutchinson Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services - Purchasing Office 407 South Calhoun Street, SB-8 Tallahassee, Florida 32399-0800 Telephone: 850/617-7181, Facsimile: 850/617-7190 Email: [email protected]

c. Inquires, Written Questions and Responses

Only communications from the proposers, which are in writing and signed, shall be recognized by the purchaser as duly authorized expressions on the behalf of the proposers. ***IMPORTANT NOTICE***

Pursuant to Section 287.057(23), Florida Statutes, respondents to this solicitation or persons acting on their behalf shall not contact, between the release of the solicitation and the end of the 72-hour period following the agency posting the notice of intended award, excluding Saturdays, Sundays and state holidays, any employee or officer of the executive or legislative branch concerning any aspect of this solicitation, except in writing to the procurement officer or as provided in the

11 BID NUMBER: RFP/DM-16/17-43 OPENING DATE: DECEMBER 29, 2016 @ 2:00 P.M.

solicitation documents. Violation of this provision shall be grounds for rejecting a response.

No negotiations, decisions or actions shall be initiated or executed by the bidder as a result of any discussions with any purchaser or departmental employee. Only those communications, which are in writing from the Department's purchasing office, may be considered as a duly authorized expression on behalf of the purchaser. Also, only communications from the bidders, which are in writing and signed, will be recognized by the purchaser as duly authorized expressions on behalf of the bidder.

Any response that may impact all proposers' responses shall be brought to the attention of all prospective proposers in the form of a written addendum to this RFP solicitation. The Department will answer questions from prospective proposers. Questions are due to the Department’s purchasing director via email at [email protected] or by facsimile at (850) 617-7190, on or before December 8, 2016 @ 3:00 p.m. No questions will be received after this date and time. The Department will post answers to proposer’s questions at http://www.myflorida.com, click on Business, Doing Business with the State of Florida, Everything for Vendors and Customers, Vendor Bid System, Search Advertisements. The answers shall be posted as an addendum to the solicitation on December 14, 2016. The Department will not accept any revisions or additions to any proposal after the proposal opening date.

Any questions, correspondence or contact with the Department initiated by the bidder after the bid opening date and prior to posting of intended award must be directed to the purchasing office, attention purchasing director. Department personnel will not discuss bids or proposed contract activities with bidders during the bid evaluation period. The Department will not accept any revisions or additions to any bid after the bid opening date.

d. Acceptance of Proposal

The Department reserves the right to reject any and all proposals or waive minor irregularities when to do so would be in the best interest of the state of Florida. Minor irregularities are those that will not have a significant adverse effect on overall competition, cost or performance. The Department reserves the right to reject the proposal of a proposer who the Department determines is not in a position to perform the contract..

e. Number of Copies Required

One (1) original and five (5) duplicate copies of the proposal must be completed and submitted to the purchasing office in accordance with the proposal deadlines stated herein. The original must contain an original signature of an official of the potential service provider who is authorized to bind the service provider to the proposal (in blue ink).

f. How to Submit a Proposal

Proposals must be submitted in a sealed envelope to the address listed on the proposal form (PUR 1001 and 1000) by the time and date listed on the form. In addition to the address, the face of the envelope shall be marked with the date and time of the proposal opening and the proposal number.

12 BID NUMBER: RFP/DM-16/17-43 OPENING DATE: DECEMBER 29, 2016 @ 2:00 P.M.

NOTE: Proposals received by the Department after the proposal opening time and date shall be rejected as untimely and shall not be opened. A late proposal notice shall be sent to the proposing firm upon posting of award notice with instructions for its return. Unclaimed late proposals shall be destroyed after forty-five (45) days. Offers from contractors listed on the Department's posted award notice are the only offers received in accordance with the Department's proposal opening time and date.

g. Notice of Contract Award

Proposed tabulations with recommended award(s) shall be posted on or about the date indicated on the proposal cover sheet for review by interested parties at the location where proposals were opened and shall remain posted for a period of seventy-two (72) hours. Failure to file a protest within the time prescribed in Section 120.57(3), Florida Statutes, shall constitute a waiver of proceedings under Chapter 120, Florida Statutes. Failure to file the proper bond at the time of filing the formal protest shall result in denial of the protest.

h. Cost of Preparation

The Department is not liable for any costs incurred by a proposer in response to this RFP, including an optional oral presentation.

i. Independent Capacity of Contractor

The contractor, its officers, agents and employees, in performance of this contract, shall act in the capacity of an independent contractor and not as an officer, employee or agent of the state.

j. Cancellation of Contract

Any contract resulting from this RFP may be canceled by the Department, in whole or in part, by providing thirty (30) days written notice to the contractor. Failure of contractor to follow the specifications and requirements set forth herein may result in cancellation and default proceeding. Additionally, the state shall have the right of unilateral cancellation for refusal by the contractor to allow public access to all documents, papers, letters or other material subject to the provisions of Chapter 119, Florida Statutes, and made or received by the contractor in conjunction with the contract.

k. Public Records

Proposers are hereby notified that the Florida Public Records Law, Chapter 119, Florida Statutes, as it is interpreted by the Department, applies to written proposals submitted to state executive agencies. Any material submitted in response to this RFP will become a public document pursuant to Section 119.071, Florida Statutes. This includes material that the responding proposer might consider to be confidential or a trade secret. Any claim of confidentiality shall be waived upon submission.

l. Public Entity Crimes

A person or affiliate, who has been placed on the convicted vendor list following a conviction for a public entity crime; shall not submit a bid on a contract to provide any goods or services to a public entity; shall not submit a bid on a contract with a public entity for the construction or repair of a public building or public work; shall not submit

13 BID NUMBER: RFP/DM-16/17-43 OPENING DATE: DECEMBER 29, 2016 @ 2:00 P.M.

bids on leases of real property to a public entity; shall not be awarded or perform work as a contractor, supplier, subcontractor or consultant under a contract with any public entity and shall not transact business with any public entity in excess of the threshold amount provided in Section 287.017, Florida Statutes, for category two, for a period of 36 months from the date of being placed on the convicted vendor list.

m. Employment of Unauthorized Aliens

Pursuant to Executive Order 96-236, effective October 1, 1996, the following standard provision shall apply to any contract awarded as a result of this RFP: The employment of unauthorized aliens by any contractor is considered a violation of section 274A(e) of the Immigration and Nationality Act. If the contractor knowingly employs unauthorized aliens, such violation shall be cause for unilateral cancellation of the contract.

n. Invoicing And Payment

Payment will be made quarterly upon delivery and/or satisfactory completion, by state government warrant. Invoices must be submitted in triplicate, and in sufficient detail, to allow for a proper pre-audit and post-audit. The Department will place the invoice in line for payment. Payment shall be made upon completion and acceptance of specified deliverables and in accordance with Section 215.422, Florida Statutes, which states the contractor's rights and the state agency's responsibility concerning interest penalties and time limits for payment of invoices (ATTACHMENT A, NOTIFICATION OF VENDOR OMBUDSMAN'S NAME AND TELEPHONE NUMBER). The compliance rate for reporting and non-reporting shall be verified quarterly. Any liquidated damages as specified herein shall be deducted from the quarterly payments.

o. Discrimination

An entity or affiliate, who has been placed on the discriminatory vendor list, shall not submit a bid on a contract to provide goods or services to a public entity; shall not submit a bid on a contract with a public entity for the construction or repair of a public building or public work; shall not submit bids on leases of real property to a public entity; shall not award or perform work as a contractor, supplier, subcontractor or consultant under contract with any public entity and shall not transact any business with any public entity.

p. Annual Appropriations

The state of Florida's performance and obligation to pay under this contract is contingent upon an annual appropriation by the Legislature.

q. Insurance Requirements

The contractor shall not commence any work in connection with the project until he has obtained all of the following types of insurance, and the owner has approved such insurance. Nor shall the contractor allow any independent/subcontractor to commence work on his subcontract until all similar insurance required of the independent/subcontractor has been so obtained and approved. All insurance policies shall be with insurers qualified to do business in Florida through an authorized licensed Florida Agent.

14 BID NUMBER: RFP/DM-16/17-43 OPENING DATE: DECEMBER 29, 2016 @ 2:00 P.M.

CERTIFICATE OF INSURANCE

The contractor shall furnish proof of insurance coverage within ten (10) calendar days after notification of award and prior to starting the contract.

The contractor shall furnish a Certificate of Insurance for all insurance required by this contract and shall include the state of Florida, Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services, as additional insured. This form(s) shall be completed and signed by the authorized Licensed Florida Agent and returned to the Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services, Purchasing Office, 407 South Calhoun St., Room SB-8, Mayo Building, Tallahassee, Florida 32399-0800. Certificate(s) shall be dated and show:

1. Name of the insured contractor, specific job by name, name of the insurer, number of the policy, its effective date and its termination date.

2. Statement that the insured will mail notice to the owner, at least thirty (30) calendar days, prior to any material changes in provisions or cancellation of the policy.

CONTRACTOR'S COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY INSURANCE

The contractor shall take out and maintain during the life of the contract:

Minimum Limits of Liability $1,000,000 each occurrence $2,000,000 aggregate

Including Bodily Injury, Property Damage and products and completed operations.

CONTRACTOR'S AUTOMOBILE LIABILITY INSURANCE

The contractor shall take out and maintain during the life of this agreement Automobile Liability insurance for all claims that may arise from all operations performed under this agreement:

Minimum Limits of Liability $300,000 any automobile

WORKER'S COMPENSATION INSURANCE

During the contract term, the contractor, at its sole expense, shall provide commercial insurance such a type and with such terms and limits as may be reasonably associated with the contract, which, as a minimum, shall be workers’ compensation and employer’s liability insurance in accordance with Chapter 440, Florida Statutes, with minimum employers’ liability limits of $100,000 per accident, $100,000 per person and $500,000 policy aggregate. Such policy shall cover all employees engaged in any contract work.

Employers who have employees who are engaged in Florida must use Florida rates, rules and classifications for those employees. In the construction industry, only corporate officers of a corporation or any group of affiliated corporations may elect to be exempt from workers’ compensation coverage requirements. Such exemptions are limited to a maximum of three per corporation and each exemption holder must own at least 10% of the corporation. Independent contractors, sole proprietors and partners in the construction industry cannot elect to be exempt and must maintain workers’ compensation insurance.

15 BID NUMBER: RFP/DM-16/17-43 OPENING DATE: DECEMBER 29, 2016 @ 2:00 P.M.

CONTRACTUAL LIABILITY – WORK CONTRACTS

The contractor's liability policy shall include contractual liability coverage designed to protect the vendor from contractual liabilities assumed by the vendor in the performance of this contract.

HOLD HARMLESS AND INDEMNIFY

The contractor shall hold harmless, and indemnify to the fullest extent permitted by law, the state of Florida, FDACS and/or FDACS employees from and against any and all claims, damages, losses and expenses, including, but not limited to attorneys' fees, arising out of or resulting from performance of the work, provided that such claim, damage, loss or expense is attributable to bodily injury, sickness, disease or death or injury to or destruction of tangible property (other than the work itself) including loss of use resulting therefrom, but only to the extent caused in whole or in part by negligent acts or omissions of the contractor, subcontractor(s), anyone directly or indirectly employed by them or anyone for whose acts they may be liable, regardless of whether or not such claim, damage, loss or expense is caused in part by a party indemnified hereunder. Such obligation shall not be construed to negate, abridge or reduce other rights or obligations of indemnity which would otherwise exist as to a party or person described in the paragraph.

INSURANCE, LOSS DEDUCTIBLE CLAUSE

The state of Florida shall be exempt from, and in no way liable for, any sums of money, which may represent a deductible in any insurance policy. The payment of such deductible shall be the sole responsibility of the contractor providing such insurance.

INSURANCE, INDEPENDENT/SUBCONTRACTOR'S COMMERCIAL GENERAL LIABILITY

The contractor shall require each of his independent or subcontractors to secure and maintain during the life of the subcontract, insurance of the type specified above or insure the activities of his independents/subcontractors in his policy, as specified above, including a separate Owners, Contractors Protective Liability Policy.

UNILATERAL CANCELLATION

The state shall have the right of unilateral cancellation for refusal by the contractor to allow public access to all documents, papers, letters or other material subject to the provisions of Chapter 119, Florida Statutes, and made or received by the contractor in conjunction with the contract.

INDEPENDENT CAPACITY OF CONTACTOR

The contractor, its officers, agents and employees, in performance of this contract, shall act in the capacity of an independent contractor and not as an officer, employee or agent of the state.

C. CONTRACT TERMS AND CONDITIONS

The interpretation and performance of this contract, and all transactions under it, shall be governed by the laws of the state of Florida. The contract documents shall include all terms and conditions of

16 BID NUMBER: RFP/DM-16/17-43 OPENING DATE: DECEMBER 29, 2016 @ 2:00 P.M.

the proposal specifications, any addenda, proposal, and Department contract issued as a result of this RFP (ATTACHMENT B, CONTRACTUAL SERVICES AGREEMENT).

If initially competitively procured, contracts for contractual services may, upon mutual agreement, be renewed on a yearly basis for no more than three (3) years, or for a period no longer than the term of the original contract, whichever period is longer. Renewal of a contract for contractual services shall be in writing and shall be subject to the same terms and conditions set forth in the original contract. Renewals shall be contingent upon satisfactory performance evaluations by the Department.

D. INSTRUCTIONS TO PROPOSERS

Submit one (1) original, and five (5) duplicate copies of the proposal and all attachments when responding to this RFP. Proposals shall be delivered to the Department’s purchasing office before the specified proposal opening date and time in a sealed envelope labeled with the proposer’s name, address and the RFP number. The proposal must be complete, bound by three-ring or spiral binder (do not bind with staples, paper clips, binder clips, rubber bands, file folders or envelopes). Sequentially number all pages and organize as indicated below. All pages of the proposal must be no larger than 8 ½" by 11" in size. Text shall be typed single-spaced, on one side of the sheet only. Emphasis of each proposal must be on completeness and clarity of content. In order to expedite the evaluation process, it is essential that proposers follow the format and instructions contained herein. Proposer's response package should clearly identify each area, as listed below, with an index tab or other type of identification.

The RFP response package must include the following mandatory information. Failure to provide all of the requested information may result in disqualification.

TAB A - State of Florida PUR 1001 and PUR 1000 Form, Pages 1 through 8

This form shall be complete with all information and signature of an official of proposing firm who is legally authorized to contract for the firm. The signed original of this form must be attached to the original proposal package.

TAB B - Statement of Qualifications (30 points maximum)

Contractor shall provide a narrative which summarizes their qualifications and prior relevant experience that documents, demonstrates and represents their organization’s ability to implement, manage and provide the reporting services as specified herein.

TAB C - Project Management (50 points maximum)

Contractor shall provide, at a minimum, a comprehensive and detailed project management plan for the proposed project as specified herein. The proposed project management plan shall include:

a. A project scope/statement of work that includes at a minimum:

- staffing plan, including contingency for absence or shortage of staff; - reporting schedule; - data collection methods and - timelines and schedules for implementation and management.

b. A communication plan and a responsibility task matrix for the contractor, the Department and the USDA.

17 BID NUMBER: RFP/DM-16/17-43 OPENING DATE: DECEMBER 29, 2016 @ 2:00 P.M.

TAB D - Past Performance/References (20 points maximum)

The proposal must contain names, addresses, phone numbers and email contacts of three (3) separate customers for whom they have provided similar services within the last three (3) years (ATTACHMENT C, REFERENCES). References which cannot be verified or indicate unsatisfactory performance shall result in disqualification of that proposal. Proposers who do not provide at least 3 references shall be deemed as non-responsive and their proposal shall be rejected as such. References must be current or former clients of the proposing firm. The Department shall not accept subcontractor/proposed personnel or personal references of a member of the proposing firm as a substitute for references. Past performance with the Department shall constitute a reference and be used by the Department to determine the prospective contractor's ability to perform services similar to those described in this RFP in a satisfactory manner. Confidential clients shall not be included. It is the responsibility of the proposer to assure that the Department can timely verify all references provided. References must be verifiable within three (3) business days of initial verification attempt by the Department, exclusive of weekends and holidays. The failure to verify three (3) references within said three (3) day period shall result in the proposal being deemed as non-responsive and rejected accordingly.

The following questions shall be asked of each reference, with a possible maximum score total of 20. Ratings are as follows: Questions that are rated Excellent, Good, Fair or Poor receive the following points: Excellent 5 points; Good 4 Points; Fair 3 Points; and Poor - 0 Points.

1. Did the company complete the contracted project on time and within budget?

Excellent Good Fair Poor

2. How would you rate the finished product provided by this company?

Excellent Good Fair Poor

3. How would you rate the ease and efficiency of working with this company?

Excellent Good Fair Poor

4. How would you rate the company's project and contract management abilities?

Excellent Good Fair Poor

The total number of points received from each of the three (3) references shall be added, then divided by three (3) to receive an average number. The average number shall be the total score for the proposer for Tab D.

TAB E - Pricing (30 points maximum)

Provide the Proposal Price Sheet (APPENDIX I) attached herein. Proposers must provide pricing for both regions to be considered responsive. Any proposals not providing pricing for both regions shall be rejected as non-responsive. The Proposal Price Sheet must be signed by a legally authorized representative of the company. The Proposal Price Sheet Total shall include all travel and any other incidental costs.

18 BID NUMBER: RFP/DM-16/17-43 OPENING DATE: DECEMBER 29, 2016 @ 2:00 P.M.

*The lowest cost proposal, based upon the Grand Total Price, shall be given the maximum evaluation points allowed for this section, and each other proposer shall be given a percentage of the total points based on the percentage difference of their price versus the lowest proposal price.

TAB F - Drug-Free Workplace

Preference shall be given to bids certifying a drug-free workplace has been implemented in accordance with Section 287.087, Florida Statutes. Whenever two or more equal bids are received by the state or by any political subdivision for the procurement of commodities or contractual services, the bid received from a business that certifies it has implemented a drug-free workplace program shall be given preference in the award process. Established procedures for processing tie bids will be followed if none of the tied vendors have a drug-free workplace program (ATTACHMENT D, DRUG-FREE WORKPLACE PROGRAM - BIDDER CERTIFICATION). If applicable, please sign and return with your bid response.

TAB G - CERTIFICATION REGARDING LOBBYING AND DEBARMENT, SUSPENSION AND OTHER RESPONSIBILITY MATTERS FOR EXPENDITURE OF FEDERAL FUNDS

Any person submitting a response to this bid MUST execute the enclosed form FDACS-01522, CERTIFICATION REGARDING LOBBYING; DEBARMENT, SUSPENSION AND OTHER RESPONSIBILITY MATTERS FOR EXPENDITURE OF FEDERAL FUNDS, and enclose it with his/her bid or proposal (ATTACHMENT E, CERTIFICATION REGARDING LOBBYING; DEBARMENT, SUSPENSION AND OTHER RESPONSIBILITY MATTERS FOR EXPENDITURE OF FEDERAL FUNDS). The Certification for Lobbying is required by 7 CFR Part 3018 for expenditures $100,000 and above. The Certification for Debarment and Suspension and Other Responsibility Matters is required by 7 CFR Part 3017 for expenditures $25,000 and above.

TAB H - Conflict of Interest

This form shall be complete with all information and signature of an official of proposing firm who is legally authorized to contract for the firm. The signed original of this form must be attached to the original proposal package (ATTACHMENT F, CONFLICT OF INTEREST STATEMENT).

E. PROPOSAL EVALUATION AND AWARD

Proposals will first be reviewed to see if they conform to all mandatory requirements. Proposals that do not conform to the requirements, or contain material deviations from the specifications, will be rejected as non-responsive and not further reviewed. An appointed evaluation committee will utilize a point system to score each responsive proposal submitted. Once the evaluation committee has concluded scoring all responsive replies, a list of responses will be tabulated in ranked order. Available points for each of the evaluation criteria are specified herein.

As the best interest of the state may require, FDACS reserves the right to reject any and all responses or waive any minor irregularity or technicality in responses received. Proposers are cautioned to make no assumptions unless their response has been evaluated as being responsive. Any further clarification, if necessary, will be by written addendum. All other provisions of the award paragraphs, General Contract Conditions, shall prevail. FDACS reserves the right to award, or not award, contract(s) based on the availability of funds.

The Department is not liable for any costs incurred by a proposer in preparing a proposal, site visits or attending any demonstration/presentations.

19 BID NUMBER: RFP/DM-16/17-43 OPENING DATE: DECEMBER 29, 2016 @ 2:00 P.M.

F. EVALUATION CONSIDERATIONS

The Department evaluation committee members will evaluate responses in accordance with the evaluation criteria listed herein. A list of responses will be tabulated in ranked order following the evaluation of responsive proposals.

If, in the sole discretion of the evaluation committee, the Department needs oral presentations to supplement the written proposals, the proposers from whom such presentations are desired shall be notified.

G. EVALUATION PROCEDURE

The evaluation committee will utilize a point system from which a list of proposals is tabulated in ranked order. Available points for each of the evaluation criteria are listed below. Award will be recommended to the proposer with the highest average cumulative point total based on the criteria listed below.

RANGE OF POINTS CRITERIA

1-30 (Tab B) Statement of Qualifications

1-50 (Tab C) Project Management

1-20 (Tab D) Past Performance/References

1-30 (Tab E) Pricing

130 Maximum Points

*The lowest cost proposal shall be given the maximum evaluation points allowed for this section, and each other proposer shall be given a percentage of the total points based on the percentage difference of their price versus the lowest proposal price.

H. INTERPRETATIONS/DISPUTES

Any questions concerning conditions and specifications shall be directed in writing to the purchasing office for receipt no later than 10 days prior to the bid opening. No interpretation shall be considered binding unless provided in writing by the Department's purchasing director in response to requests in full compliance with this provision. Any person, who is adversely affected by the agency's decision or intended decision, shall file with the agency a Notice of Protest in writing within 72 hours after the posting of the notice of decision or intended decision. With respect to a protest of the terms, conditions and specifications contained in a solicitation, including any provision governing the methods for ranking bids, proposals or replies, awarding contracts, reserving rights or further negotiation or modifying or amending any contract, the Notice of Protest shall be filed in writing within 72 hours after the posting of the solicitation. The formal written protest shall state with particularity the facts and law upon which the protest is filed.

20 BID NUMBER: RFP/DM-16/17-43 OPENING DATE: DECEMBER 29, 2016 @ 2:00 P.M.

ATTACHMENT A

STATE OF FLORIDA

FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE AND CONSUMER SERVICES

NOTIFICATION OF VENDOR OMBUDSMAN'S NAME AND TELEPHONE NUMBER

Vendors providing goods and services to an agency should be aware of the following timeframes. Upon receipt, an agency has five (5) working days to inspect and approve the goods and service, unless the bid specifications, purchase order or contract specifies otherwise. An agency has 20 days to deliver a request for payment (voucher) to the Department of Financial Services. The 20 days are measured from the latter of the date the invoice is received or the goods or services are received, inspected and approved.

If a payment is not available within 40 days, a separate interest penalty of .02740 percent per day will be due and payable, in addition to the invoice amount, to the vendor. Payments to health care providers for hospital, medical or other health care services, shall be made not more than 35 days from the date eligibility for payment is determined, and the daily interest rate is .03333 percent. Interest penalties of less than one (1) dollar will not be enforced unless the vendor requests payment. Invoices, which have to be returned to a vendor because of vendor preparation errors, will result in a delay in the payment. The invoice payment requirements do not start until a properly completed invoice is provided to the agency.

A Vendor Ombudsman has been established within the Department of Financial Services. The duties of this individual include acting as an advocate for vendors who may be experiencing problems in obtaining timely payments(s) from a state agency. The Vendor Ombudsman may be contacted at (850) 413-5516 or by calling the Department of Financial Services Consumer Hotline at 1-877-693-5236 or (850) 413-3089.

21 BID NUMBER: RFP/DM-16/17-43 OPENING DATE: DECEMBER 29, 2016 @ 2:00 P.M.

ATTACHMENT B

Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services Division of Administration

CONTRACTUAL SERVICES AGREEMENT

ADAM H. PUTNAM COMMISSIONER

This AGREEMENT, made and entered into this____day of ______, by and between the FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE AND CONSUMER SERVICES, the DEPARTMENT, and ______, the CONTRACTOR.

CONTRACT PERIOD:______

SCOPE OF WORK: The CONTRACTOR agrees to provide the following commodities and/or services: ______

DELIVERABLES: The CONTRACTOR must provide the following quantifiable, measureable and verifiable units of deliverables which must be received and accepted in writing by the contract manager before payment. These deliverables are directly related to the Scope of Work specifying minimum levels of service to be performed and criteria for evaluating the successful completion of each deliverable. ______

Intellectual property is subject to the following provisions:

A. Anything by whatsoever designation it may be known, that is produced by, or developed in connection with this contract shall become the exclusive property of the DEPARTMENT and may be copyrighted, patented or otherwise restricted as provided by Florida or federal law. Neither the CONTRACTOR nor any individual employed under this contract shall have any proprietary interest in the product.

B. With respect to each deliverable that constitutes a work of authorship within the subject matter and scope of U.S. Copyright Law, 17 U.S.C. Sections 102-105, such work shall be a “work for hire” as defined in 17 U.S.C. Section 101 and all copyrights subsisting in such work for hire shall be owned exclusively by the DEPARTMENT.

22 BID NUMBER: RFP/DM-16/17-43 OPENING DATE: DECEMBER 29, 2016 @ 2:00 P.M.

C. In the event it is determined as a matter of law that any such work is not a “work for hire,” CONTRACTOR shall immediately assign to the DEPARTMENT all copyrights subsisting therein for the consideration set forth in the contract and with no additional compensation.

D. The foregoing shall not apply to any preexisting software, or other work of authorship used by CONTRACTOR to create a deliverable but which exists as work independent of the deliverable, unless the preexisting software or work was developed by CONTRACTOR pursuant to a previous contract with the DEPARTMENT or a purchase by the DEPARTMENT under a State Term Contract.

The DEPARTMENT agrees to provide the following services:

The Department of Management Services' designated United Nations Standard Products and Services Code (UNSPSC) is:______

The DEPARTMENT will pay the CONTRACTOR as follows:

Bills for any authorized travel expenses shall be submitted and paid in accordance with the rates specified in Section 112.061, Florida Statutes, governing payments by the state for travel expenses. Authorization for travel expenses must be specified in the paragraph for payments directly above.

Bills for services shall be submitted to the DEPARTMENT in detail sufficient for a proper pre-audit and post-audit thereof.

Section 215.422, Florida Statutes, provides that agencies have five (5) working days to inspect and approve goods and services, unless bid specifications or the purchase order specifies otherwise. With the exception of payments to health care providers for hospital, medical or other health care services, if payment is not available within 40 days, measured from the latter of the date the invoice is received or the date the goods or services are received, inspected and approved, a separate interest penalty set by the Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 55.03, Florida Statutes, will be due and payable in addition to the invoice amount. To obtain the applicable interest rate, please contact the Agency's Fiscal Section at (850) 617-7200 or Purchasing Office at (850) 617-7181.

Transaction Fee: CONTRACTOR shall be pre-qualified as meeting mandatory requirements and qualifications and shall remit fees pursuant to section 287.057(22), F.S., and any rules implementing

23 BID NUMBER: RFP/DM-16/17-43 OPENING DATE: DECEMBER 29, 2016 @ 2:00 P.M. section 287.057, F.S.

Invoices returned to a vendor due to preparation errors will result in a payment delay. Invoice payment requirements do not start until a properly completed invoice is provided to the DEPARTMENT.

A Vendor Ombudsman has been established within the Department of Financial Services. The duties of this individual include acting as an advocate for vendors who may be experiencing problems in obtaining timely payment(s) from a state agency. The Vendor Ombudsman may be contacted at (850) 413-5516 or by calling the Department of Financial Services’ Hotline, 1-877-693-5236.

The DEPARTMENT may make partial payments to the CONTRACTOR upon partial delivery of services when a request for such partial payment is made by the CONTRACTOR and approved by the DEPARTMENT.

This contract may be cancelled by either party giving______written notice.

The DEPARTMENT may terminate this contract at any time in the event of the default or failure of the CONTRACTOR to fulfill any of its obligations hereunder. Prior to the exercise of any remedy provided for herein, the DEPARTMENT shall provide thirty (30) calendar days written notice of default and shall provide the CONTRACTOR the opportunity to cure such failure or default within said thirty (30) day period. Upon the failure or inability to cure, the DEPARTMENT shall have all rights and remedies provided at law or in equity, including without limitation the following:

A. Temporarily withhold cash payments pending correction of the deficiency by the CONTRACTOR.

B. Disallow all or part of the cost of the services not in compliance.

C. Wholly or partly suspend or terminate this contract.

It is acknowledged that the CONTRACTOR’s failure to timely and consistently report livestock market information and to timely notify livestock market managers of an inability to report a scheduled livestock sale will cause DEPARTMENT to incur economic damages and losses of types and in amounts that are impossible to compute and ascertain with certainty, and that liquidated damages, as defined and set forth in RFP # which is attached hereto, represent a fair, reasonable and appropriate estimate of damages thereof. CONTRACTOR agrees that DEPARTMENT may recover such liquidated damages as set forth in RFP #, and that such liquidated damages are intended to represent estimated actual damages and are not intended as a penalty,

24 BID NUMBER: RFP/DM-16/17-43 OPENING DATE: DECEMBER 29, 2016 @ 2:00 P.M. and CONTRACTOR shall pay them to DEPARTMENT without limiting DEPARTMENT’s right to terminate this Agreement for default has provided elsewhere herein.

IF THE CONTRACTOR HAS QUESTIONS REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF CHAPTER 119, FLORIDA STATUTES, TO THE CONTRACTOR’S DUTY TO PROVIDE PUBLIC RECORDS RELATING TO THIS CONTRACT, CONTACT THE CUSTODIAN OF PUBLIC RECORDS:

OFFICE OF GENERAL COUNSEL 407 SOUTH CALHOUN STREET, SUITE 520 TALLAHASSEE, FL 32399 PHONE: (850) 245-1000 EMAIL: [email protected]

The CONTRACTOR must:

A. Keep and maintain public records that ordinarily and necessarily would be required by the DEPARTMENT in order to perform the service.

B. Provide the public with access to public records on the same terms and conditions that the DEPARTMENT provides the records and at a cost that does not exceed the cost provided by the law.

C. Ensure that public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements are not disclosed except as authorized by law.

D. Meet all requirements for retaining public records and transfer, at no cost, to the DEPARTMENT all public records in possession of the CONTRACTOR upon termination of the contract and destroy any duplicate public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public records disclosure requirements. All records stored electronically must be provided to the DEPARTMENT in a format that is compatible with the information technology systems of the DEPARTMENT.

The Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services shall have the right of unilateral cancellation for the refusal of the Vendor, upon request by the Department’s custodian of public records, to provide copies of requested public records, or permit inspection of public records, as required by Section 119.0701(2)(b)(2), Fla. Stat.

Extension of a contract for contractual services shall be in writing for a single period only not to exceed six (6) months and shall be subject to the same terms and conditions set forth in the initial

25 BID NUMBER: RFP/DM-16/17-43 OPENING DATE: DECEMBER 29, 2016 @ 2:00 P.M. contract. There shall be only one extension of a contract unless the failure to meet the criteria set forth in the contract for completion of the contract is due to events beyond the control of the CONTRACTOR. If initially competitively procured, contracts for contractual services may be renewed on a yearly basis for no more than three (3) years, or for a period no longer than the term of the original contract, whichever period is longer. Renewal of a contract for contractual services shall be in writing and shall be subject to the same terms and conditions set forth in the initial contract. Renewals shall be contingent upon satisfactory performance evaluations by the DEPARTMENT and subject to the availability of funds. Renewal costs may not be charged by the CONTRACTOR. Exceptional purchase contracts (single source and emergency contracts) pursuant to section 287.057(3)(a) and (c), Florida Statutes, may not be renewed.

It is mutually understood and agreed that:

A. The state of Florida's performance and obligation to pay under this contract is contingent upon an annual appropriation by the Legislature as provided in Section 287.0582, Florida Statutes.

B. Payments made under this contract are subject to the approval of the State Chief Financial Officer (Department of Financial Services).

It is expressly understood and agreed that any articles that are the subject of, or required to carry out, in accordance with section 287.042, Florida Statutes, this contract shall be purchased from a nonprofit agency for the blind or for the severely handicapped that is qualified pursuant to Chapter 413, Florida Statutes, in the same manner and under the same procedures set forth in section 413.036(1) and (2), Florida Statutes; and for purposes of this contract the person, firm or other business entity carrying out the provisions of this contract shall be deemed to be substituted for the state agency insofar as dealings with such qualified nonprofit agency are concerned. Available products, pricing and delivery information may be obtained by contacting: RESPECT of Florida, 2475 Apalachee Parkway, Suite 205, Tallahassee, Florida 32301-4946, telephone number (850) 877-4816 and fax number (850) 942-7832.

It is expressly understood and agreed that any articles which are the subject of, or required to carry out, in accordance with section 287.095(3), Florida Statutes, this contract shall be purchased from the corporation identified under Chapter 946, Florida Statutes, in the same manner and under the same procedures set forth in section 946.515(2) and (4), Florida Statutes; and for the purposes of this contract the person, firm or other business entity carrying out the provisions of this contract shall be deemed to be substituted for the DEPARTMENT insofar as dealings with such corporation are concerned.

26 BID NUMBER: RFP/DM-16/17-43 OPENING DATE: DECEMBER 29, 2016 @ 2:00 P.M.

The “corporation identified” is Prison Rehabilitative Industries and Diversified Enterprises, Incorporated. Available products, pricing and delivery schedules may be obtained by contacting: PRIDE of Florida, 223 Morrison Road, Brandon, Florida 33511-4835, telephone number (813) 324-8700.

The CONTRACTOR is informed that a person or affiliate who has been placed on the convicted vendor list following a conviction for a public entity crime may not submit a bid on a contract to provide any goods or services to a public entity, may not submit a bid on a contract with a public entity for the construction or repair of a public building or public work, may not submit bids on leases of real property to a public entity, may not be awarded or perform work as a CONTRACTOR, supplier, subcontractor or consultant under a contract with any public entity, and may not transact business with any public entity in excess of the threshold amount provided in section 287.017, Florida Statutes, for CATEGORY TWO for a period of 36 months from the date of being placed on the convicted vendor list.

The CONTRACTOR shall not discriminate on the basis of race, sex, religion, color, national origin age or disability and shall comply with all applicable state and federal laws and regulations related thereto, including without limitation, the Americans with Disabilities Act (42 USC 12101 et. Seq.); Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973 (29 USC 795); and the Age Discrimination Act of 1975 (42 USC 6101-6107).

The CONTRACTOR is informed that the employment of unauthorized aliens by any Contractor is considered a violation of Section 274A(e) of the Immigration and Nationality Act. If the CONTRACTOR knowingly employs unauthorized aliens, such violation shall be cause for unilateral cancellation of the contract.

The CONTRACTOR will comply with section 20.055, Florida Statutes.

The CONTRACTOR is informed that an entity or affiliate who has been placed on the discriminatory vendor list may not submit a bid on a contract to provide goods or services to a public entity, may not submit a bid on a contract with a public entity for the construction or repair of a public building or public work, may not submit bids on leases of real property to a public entity, may not award or perform work as a contractor, supplier, subcontractor, or consultant under contract with any public entity, and may not transact business with any public entity.

In the event that two or more documents combine to form this agreement between the parties, including future amendments and addenda, and in the event that there are contradictory or conflicting clauses or requirements in these documents, the provisions of the document(s) prepared by the DEPARTMENT shall be controlling.

27 BID NUMBER: RFP/DM-16/17-43 OPENING DATE: DECEMBER 29, 2016 @ 2:00 P.M.

All contracts entered into by the DEPARTMENT or any division or bureau thereof, are and shall be controlled by Florida law, contrary provisions notwithstanding.

In the event that any clause or requirement of this agreement is contradictory to, or conflicts with the requirements of Florida law, including, but not limited to requirements regarding contracts with Florida's governmental agencies, the offending clause or requirement shall be without force and effect and the requirements of the Florida Statutes and rules promulgated thereunder on the same subject shall substitute for that clause or requirement and be binding on all parties to this contract.

The contract manager for the DEPARTMENT is______and is located at______

The contract manager for the CONTRACTOR is______and is located at______

Signed by parties to this agreement:

FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE CONTRACTOR AND CONSUMER SERVICES

Signature Signature

Director of Administration Title Title

Date Date

28 BID NUMBER: RFP/DM-16/17-43 OPENING DATE: DECEMBER 29, 2016 @ 2:00 P.M.

ATTACHMENT C

REFERENCES

ADAM H. PUTNAM COMMISSIONER

As per the requirements of RFP, as specified for Tab D, each proposer is required to submit the names, addresses, telephone numbers and email addresses for the required three (3) references. References shall be listed below.

In order for your response to be considered responsive, this form must be completed and included in your package.

1. Company Name:

Company Address:

Contact Person Name and Telephone Number:

Email:

2. Company Name:

Company Address:

Contact Person Name and Telephone Number:

Email:

3. Company Name:

Company Address:

Contact Person Name and Telephone Number:

Email:

29 BID NUMBER: RFP/DM-16/17-43 OPENING DATE: DECEMBER 29, 2016 @ 2:00 P.M.

ATTACHMENT D

Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services Bureau of General Services DRUG-FREE WORKPLACE PROGRAM - BIDDER CERTIFICATION

ADAM H. PUTNAM COMMISSIONER

IDENTICAL TIE BIDS - Preference shall be given to businesses with drug-free workplace programs. Whenever two or more bids, which are equal with respect to price, quality and service, are received by the state or by any political subdivision for the procurement of commodities or contractual services, a bid received from a business that certifies that it has implemented a drug-free workplace program shall be given preference in the award process. Established procedures for processing tie bids will be followed if none of the tied vendors have a drug-free workplace program. In order to have a drug-free workplace program, a business shall:

1) Publish a statement notifying employees that the unlawful manufacture, distribution, dispensing, possession or use of a controlled substance is prohibited in the workplace and specifying the actions that will be taken against employees for violations of such prohibition.

2) Inform employees about the dangers of drug abuse in the workplace, the business's policy of maintaining a drug-free workplace, any available drug counseling, rehabilitation and employee assistance programs and the penalties that may be imposed upon employees for drug abuse violations.

3) Give each employee engaged in providing the commodities or contractual services that are under bid a copy of the statement specified in subsection (1).

4) In the statement specified in subsection (1), notify the employees that, as a condition of working on the commodities or contractual services that are under bid, the employee will abide by the terms of the statement and will notify the employer of any conviction of, or plea of guilty or nolo contendere to, any violation of chapter 893 or of any controlled substance law of the United States or any state, for a violation occurring in the workplace no later than five (5) days after such conviction.

5) Impose a sanction on, or require the satisfactory participation in a drug abuse assistance or rehabilitation program if such is available in the employee's community, by any employee who is so convicted.

6) Make a good faith effort to continue to maintain a drug-free workplace through implementation of this section.

As the person authorized to sign the statement, I certify that this firm complies fully with the above requirements.

VENDOR'S SIGNATURE

FDACS-01218 09/12

30 BID NUMBER: RFP/DM-16/17-43 OPENING DATE: DECEMBER 29, 2016 @ 2:00 P.M.

ATTACHMENT E

Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services Division of Administration

CERTIFICATION REGARDING LOBBYING; DEBARMENT, SUSPENSION AND OTHER RESPONSIBILITY MATTERS ADAM H. PUTNAM COMMISSIONER FOR EXPENDITURE OF FEDERAL FUNDS

LOBBYING

As required by 7 CFR Part 3018, for persons entering into a contract, grant or cooperative agreement over $100,000 involving the expenditure of Federal funds, the undersigned certifies for itself and its principals that:

(a) No Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid, by or on behalf of the undersigned, to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress, or an employee of a Member of Congress in connection with the making of any Federal grant, the entering into of any cooperative agreement and the extension, continuation, renewal, amendment or modification of any Federal grant or cooperative agreement;

(b) If any funds other than Federal appropriated funds have been paid or will be paid to any person for influencing or attempting to influence an officer or employee of any agency, a Member of Congress, an officer or employee of Congress or an employee of a Member of Congress, in connection with this Federal grant or cooperative agreement, the undersigned shall complete and submit Standard Form - LLL, “Disclosure Form to Report Lobbying,” in accordance with its instructions; and

(c) The undersigned shall require that the language of this certification be included in the award documents for all subawards at all tiers (including subgrants, contracts under grants and cooperative agreements, and subcontracts) and that all subrecipients shall certify and disclose accordingly.

This certification is a material representation of fact upon which reliance was placed when this transaction was made or entered into. Submission of this certification is a prerequisite for making or entering into this transaction imposed by section 1352, title 31, U.S. Code. Any person who fails to file the required certification shall be subject to a civil penalty of not less than $10,000 and not more than $100,000 for each such failure.

PRINTED NAME/TITLE OF REPRESENTATIVE CONTRACT / PURCHASE ORDER NUMBER

______SIGNATURE OF REPRESENTATIVE / DATE

DEBARMENT, SUSPENSION AND OTHER RESPONSIBILITY MATTERS

As required by 2 CFR Part 417, for persons entering into a contract, grant or cooperative agreement over $25,000 involving the expenditure of Federal funds, the undersigned certifies for itself and its principals that:

(a) Are not presently debarred, suspended, proposed for debarment, declared ineligible, or voluntarily excluded from covered transactions by any Federal department or agency;

(b) Have not within a three-year period preceding this application been convicted of or had a civil judgment rendered against them for commission of fraud or a criminal offense in connection with obtaining, attempting to obtain, or performing a public (Federal, State, or local) transaction or contract under a public transaction; violation of Federal or State antitrust statutes or commission of embezzlement, theft, forgery, bribery, falsification or destruction of records, making false statements, or receiving stolen property;

(c) Are not presently indicted for or otherwise criminally or civilly charged by a Government entity (Federal, State, or local) with commission of any offenses enumerated in paragraph (b) of this certification; and

(d) Have not within a three-year period preceding this application had one or more public transaction (Federal, State, or local) terminated for cause or default; and

Where the applicant is unable to certify to any of the statements in this certification, he or she shall attach an explanation to this application.

PRINTED NAME/TITLE OF REPRESENTATIVE CONTRACT / PURCHASE ORDER NUMBER

SIGNATURE OF REPRESENTATIVE / DATE

FDACS-01522 09/12

31 BID NUMBER: RFP/DM-16/17-43 OPENING DATE: DECEMBER 29, 2016 @ 2:00 P.M.

ATTACHMENT F

STATE OF FLORIDA

FLORIDA DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE AND CONSUMER SERVICES

CONFLICT OF INTEREST STATEMENT ADAM H. PUTNAM COMMISSIONER

I, ______, as authorized representative of______certify that no member of this firm or any person having interest in this firm has been awarded a contract by the Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services on a non-competitive basis to:

(1) develop this Invitation to Negotiate (ITN);

(2) perform a feasibility study concerning the scope of work contained in this ITN;

(3) develop a program similar to what is contained in this ITN.

Authorized Representative

Date

Bid Number

FDACS-01342 Rev. 09/12

32 BID NUMBER: RFP/DM-16/17-43 OPENING DATE: DECEMBER 29, 2016 @ 2:00 P.M.

APPENDIX I

PROPOSAL PRICE SHEET

Proposers shall provide an attachment showing the budget under which the proposer plans to operate this contract in the GRAND TOTAL PRICE, which shall include all deliverables, travel and any other incidental costs.

TOTAL PRICE FOR THE NORTHERN REGION AS SPECIFIED HEREIN $ (Columbia Livestock Market, North Florida Livestock Market, Superior Livestock Market, Producers Video Auction)

TOTAL PRICE FOR THE SOUTHERN REGION AS SPECIFIED HEREIN $ (Ocala Stockyard, Inc., Sumter County Farmers Market, Inc., Cattlemen’s Livestock Market, Arcadia Stockyard, Okeechobee Livestock Market)

*GRAND TOTAL PRICE $

*The lowest cost proposal, based upon the GRAND TOTAL PRICE, shall be given the maximum evaluation points allowed for this section, and each other proposer shall be given a percentage of the total points based on the percentage difference of their price versus the lowest proposal price.

By affixing signature to this budget, contractor acknowledges reading and agrees to accept all terms, provisions and conditions in this Request for Proposal.

CONTRACTOR NAME:

SIGNATURE (MANUAL):

SIGNATURE (PRINTED):

ADDRESS: CITY:

STATE: ZIP: PHONE NUMBER:

FEID/SSN: EMAIL ADDRESS:

33 LGMN Reporter Handbook Version 1.0

Table of Contents Introduction ...... 2 The Purpose Of Market News ...... 3 Legal Authority For ...... 4 Organization And General ...... 5 102-1 Numbered Series Of Instructions ...... 5 102-2 Organization Of Market News Division ...... 7 102-2 Field Offices And Officer In Charge ...... 10 Office Administration ...... 11 105-1 Personnel And Confidential Information ...... 11 105-2 Grading Demonstrations And Related Activities ...... 13 105-3 Correspondence And Relief ...... 14 Exhibit A ...... 15 105-4 Retention Of Records And Reports ...... 18 Exhibit A: Reports Generated At Local Offices ...... 18 105-5 Travel Management ...... 21 105-6 Reproduction Of Reports And Data ...... 23 Reports Administration ...... 25 105-7 Dissemination ...... 25 105-8 Market News Communication System ...... 29 Preparation Of Reports ...... 31 933-1 General Policy ...... 31 933-2 Market Terminology ...... 37 933-3 Slaughter Cattle Report ...... 44 Exhibit A: Calculating Weighted Averages ...... 48 Exhibit B: Example Of Typical Daily 5 Area Weighted Average Report ...... 49 933-4 Feeder Cattle Reporting ...... 50 Exhibit A: Cattle Auction Report ...... 60 Exhibit B: Laptop Weighted Average Report ...... 61 Exhibit C: Direct Feeder Cattle Report ...... 63 Exhibit D: Video/Internet Auction Report ...... 64 933-5 Replacement Cattle ...... 65 Exhibit A: Replacement Cow Report ...... 67 Exhibit B: Replacement Cow Report ...... 67 933-6 Slaughter Hog Reporting ...... 68 933-7 Feeder Pig Reporting ...... 72 933-8 Sheep, Lamb, And Goat Trade ...... 75 933-9 Wool And Mohair Trading ...... 83 933-10 Meat And Meat By-Product Reporting ...... 85 Exhibit 1: National Boxed Beef Cutout And Cuts: ...... 104 Exhibit 2: Beef Carcass Equivalent Index Calculation ...... 112 Exhibit 3: Estimated Composite Pork Carcass Cutout – An Overview...... 118 Exhibit 4: Glossary ...... 127 933-11 Livestock Acceptance ...... 142 933-12 Grain And Feed Market Reporting ...... 150 Exhibit A: Order Of Commodity Descriptive Terms ...... 156 Exhibit B: Glossary Of Trade Terms ...... 157 Exhibit C: Glossary Of Rice Terms ...... 161 Exhibit D: Weights, Measures, And Conversion Factors ...... 163 Exhibit E: Examples Of Commonly Used Conversions Between Bushels, Cwt, & Tons ...... 164 Exhibit F: Approved Abbreviations For Market News ...... 166 933-13 Hay Market Reporting ...... 168 Exhibit A: Glossary Of Trade Terms ...... 174 Exhibit B: Formula’s Used To Calculate Various Hay Values ...... 176 Change History ...... 177

Introduction

The LGMN REPORTER'S HANDBOOK is the product of the efforts of many reporters working individually and together as teams to incorporate the ideas and recommendations of the field staff. This handbook has been organized into sections covering office and report administration, as well as report preparation for each major commodity reported. In addition to the normal procedures to be followed regarding the collection, analysis, and dissemination of market information, this handbook also provides detailed explanations of some of our more complex reports.

This handbook was written to be used by all LGMN employees as a reference guide to be reviewed on a regular basis. Reporters are expected to be familiar with its contents and apply these procedures in their daily market reporting duties. Administrative support employees should also be thoroughly familiar with the instructions pertaining to administrative responsibilities. While we have tried to make these guidelines as complete as possible, we realize they are not all inclusive. Therefore, employees should rely on their supervisors for guidance on issues that may arise which are not covered in the handbook.

Your suggestions and input to assist in the ongoing maintenance of an up-to-date handbook are greatly appreciated.

Michael Lynch, Director Livestock and Grain Market News Washington D.C. November 2010 THE PURPOSE OF MARKET NEWS

The primary function of the Livestock and Grain Market News Division of the Livestock and Seed Program (LSP) is to compile and disseminate information that will aid producers, consumers, and distributors in the sale and purchase of livestock, meat, grain, and their related products nationally and internationally.

This information provides the industry with tools to determine where and when to buy and sell livestock, grain, and their related products. Market reports assist producers in their production planning and help promote orderly marketing by placing producers and others in the industry on a more equal bargaining basis. Related industries which process and distribute agricultural products also make considerable use of market reports to conduct and plan business operations. Statistics prepared by the Division are utilized by all segments of the industry and as basic data by agricultural colleges, universities, government agencies, and private research organizations.

DIVISION STATEMENT

Provide to the agricultural industry accurate and unbiased marketing information depicting current conditions relating to the trade of livestock, meat, wool, grain, and feedstuffs that will promote orderly marketing and enhance competition.

In pursuit of this mission, our employees are committed to work with the industry to identify changes in the marketing structure and stay abreast of these changes to develop and revise market reports that foster trust and maintain the integrity of our service. Suggestions for improvements in procedures, data collection, and dissemination are encouraged and welcomed from the industry. Reports will reflect consumer preference through the marketing channels to aid the production and processing industry segments. LEGAL AUTHORITY FOR MARKET NEWS SERVICE

“Livestock Mandatory Reporting Act of 1999” – Legislation enacted by Congress on October 22, 1999, as an amendment to the Agricultural Marketing Act of 1946 provides for the Mandatory Program of reporting market information regarding the marketing of cattle, swine, lambs, and products of such livestock by certain livestock packers, livestock product processors, and importers.

"The Agricultural Marketing Act of 1946, under which marketing services activities were consolidated, contains this statement of duties concerning market news activities "... to collect and disseminate marketing information ..." and "... to collect, tabulate, and disseminate statistics on marketing agricultural products, including , but not restricted to statistics on marketing supplies, storage, stocks, quantity, quality, and condition of such products in various positions in the marketing channel, utilization of such products, and shipments and unloads thereof.

"The Shepherd Amendment" - Legislation enacted by Congress Aug. 11, l916, authorized the Secretary of Agriculture "to gather from stockmen, livestock associations, State livestock and agricultural boards, common carriers, stockyards, commission firms, livestock exchanges, slaughtering and meat packing companies, and others information relative to the number of different classes and grades of marketable livestock, especially cattle, hogs, and sheep in the principal livestock feeding districts and growing sections; prices, receipts, and shipments of the different classes and grades of cattle, hogs, and sheep at livestock centers; prices of meats and meat food products, and the amounts of such products in storage, to compile and publish such information at such frequent intervals as most effectively to guide producers, consumers and distributors in the sale and purchase of livestock, meats, and other animal products, and to gather and publish any related information pertaining to marketing and distribution of livestock, meats, and animal byproducts.1"

164th Congress, lst session, l9l6 - Agric. Ap. Act for fiscal year l9l7 - Vol. 39 Statutes at large, page 473 - Office of Markets and Rural Organization - Congressional Record, Vol. 53, page 779.

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 102-1 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

ORGANIZATION AND GENERAL

Numbered Series of Instructions

I. PURPOSE

The general instructions of the service regarding organization and operation are issued in a series numbered according to major subjects. The complete set constitutes a Livestock and Grain Market News Handbook and will be kept in a loose leaf binder. This numbered series revises the Handbook issued in 1995 and supersedes any other instructions.

II. SUBJECT CLASSIFICATION AND NUMBERING

The selected general classifications for each handbook section are shown below.

1. Organization and General 2. Office Administration 3. Reports Administration & Dissemination 4. Preparation of Reports: a. Slaughter Cattle b. Feeder Cattle c. Replacement Cattle d. Slaughter Hogs e. Feeder Pigs f. Sheep and Lambs 5. Meat and Meat By-Product Reporting 6. Livestock Acceptance (Futures) 7. Grain and Feedstuff Reporting

Individual instructions on activities or topics falling within each of the above general subject classifications are numbered in sequence and identified by a number to the right of a dash, i.e., 933-l, 933-2, and so on. The sequential page number is also printed at the bottom for quick reference to an individual page. U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 102-1 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

III. MANDATORY LIVESTOCK AND MEAT REPORTING

The Livestock Mandatory Reporting Act of 1999 (Act) and subsequent Rules and Regulations established a mandatory program that requires the reporting of market information by certain livestock packers, and livestock product processors and importers. This Act requires reporting of cattle purchases, boxed beef sales, swine purchases, lamb purchases, lamb carcass and boxed lamb sales, and sales of imported boxed lamb cuts.

Livestock Mandatory Reporting Regulations see Appendix A.

I V. NOTICES

Temporary or one-time instructions that call attention to certain procedures in the numbered instructions that are not being properly followed, or those which emphasize certain points but do not alter or add to the basic instructions, will be issued in the form of memoranda. These memoranda should be kept in a separate binder from the numbered instructions and be accessible to all members of the staff.

V. UPDATING

The numbered series will comprise a manual of procedures and policies to be followed by all employees and offices of the Market News Division. In order to keep the manual current and to obtain the maximum benefit from it, insert new or revised instructions immediately under the proper series.

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 102-2 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

ORGANIZATION AND GENERAL

Organization of Market News Division

I. ORGANIZATION

The organization for conducting the Market News Service consists of the Market News Division of the LS Program in Washington, DC, and the Market News Division field offices. The Division Director, assistants, and area supervisors will coordinate and supervise the operations.

II. GENERAL PLAN OF OPERATION

A. Instructions will be issued by the Washington office directly to the field offices and area supervisors.

B. Area Supervisors will direct the operation of each market news office in their area. Supervisors will: (l) direct and coordinate the collection of information and the preparation and dissemination of market reports; (2) plan and approve leave for technical employees and assignment of relief reporters; (3) prepare performance ratings of officers in charge; (4) review and approve performance ratings made by officers in charge; and (5) help the Market News Division maintain and develop working relationships with Federal and State agencies, producers, and marketing and consumer groups for the purpose of collecting and disseminating market news information, obtaining policy and program recommendations, and promoting harmonious relationships and cooperation. Supervisors will be on call to give technical or other assistance to the market reporters in their area.

C. An Area Supervisor will conduct correlations and examinations for certification of new Federal and State reporters and cross-utilized personnel.

D. Market News Division offices will be headed by a reporter who will be technically in charge of all market news service at that office. The Officer in Charge will be a member of the operating committee when the office is part of an LS Program field office. On questions of technical operation and program matters, the respective market news offices will communicate with the supervisors assigned to handle such matters, as set forth below. In the event the supervisor is not accessible, and if it is advisable for the field office to submit the matter to the Washington office, an information copy of the communication sent to Washington will be forwarded to the supervisor. U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 102-2 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

E. Federal-State Supervisory Responsibilities: Federal-State supervisors will be responsible for the technical coordination and supervision of all livestock and grain market news activities within the respective State. The supervisor will work directly with State supervisors and headquarters staff to maintain a strong market news program through the utilization of State personnel. They will take advantage of opportunities to participate in activities which increase the value of the market news service to industry. The Federal-State supervisor will be alert for opportunities to participate in grading demonstrations, livestock or grain group meetings, feedlot and pasture tours, and grading of livestock shows and sales. The work schedule will be arranged to provide the Federal supervisor with time to visit the State reporters on a regular basis. At times, supervisors may be needed to report a market in the absence of the State reporter or grader. The Federal-State supervisor will be directly responsible to the Federal Area supervisor.

F. Administrative procedures will be handled as prescribed in LS Program and AMS Instructions. On questions of administrative procedure, offices will communicate with the Program Administrative Officer or the Headquarters Office.

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 102-2 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

III. DESIGNATION OF SUPERVISORY AREAS

Livestock & Grain Market News

Organizational Chart December 2010

Director Mike Lynch Washington, DC

Deputy Director Jennifer Porter Washington, DC

Western Area Supervisor Eastern Area Supervisor Russ Travelute Jim Epstein St. Joseph, MO Washington, DC Assistant to the Director Rick Tanger

14 Field Officers in Charge 13 Field Officers in Charge IT Supervisor Cheryl Johnson Kenneth Gladney, Amarillo, TX Keith Williams, Jackson, MS James Ward, Billings, MT Dan Schussler, Columbia, SC Rich Hruska, Dodge City, KS Jim Bernau, Des Moines, IA Randy Hammerstrom, Greeley, CO Taylor Cox, Des Moines, IA Thomas Walthers, Kearney, NE Bill Sumpter, Des Moines, IA John Langanegger, Las Cruces, NM Steve Cheney, Little Rock, AR Martha Hansen, Moses Lake, WA Jack Colley, Louisville, KY Tina Colby, Oklahoma City, OK Carol Meinders, Minneapolis, MN Martha Hansen, Portland, OR David Garcia, Montgomery, AL Brittany Koop, St. Joseph, MO Louis Langell, Nashville, TN Corbitt Wall, St. Joseph, MO Levi Geyer, New Holland, PA Becky Sauder, San Angelo, TX Kim Harmon, Springfield, IL Justin Lumpkin, Sioux Falls, SD Terry Harris, Thomasville, GA Dennis Widga, Torrington, WY U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 102-2 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

FIELD OFFICES AND OFFICER IN CHARGE

STATION ST PHONE REPORTER IN CHARGE MAILING ADDRESS ZIP Amarillo TX (806) 372-6361 Kenneth Gladney Amarillo Livestock Bldg, 101 S. Manhattan 79104 Austin TX (512) 463-7624 John Garza P.O. Box 12847, Capital Station 78711 Baton Rouge LA (225) 922-1328 Keith Williams 5825 Florida Blvd., Room 1172 70821-3334 Billings MT (406) 657-6285 James Ward Public Auction Yards Bldg Rm 2006 112 S 18 & MN Ave 59103-1191 Charleston WV (304) 558-2210 Dwayne O’Dell 1900 Kanawha Blvd East 25305 Clovis NM (575) 762-3705 Gary Lewis P.O. Box 716 88101 Columbia SC (803) 737-4491 Daniel Schussler P.O. Box 13405 29201-3405 210 Walnut Street, Room 767 Des Moines IA (515) 284-4460 Bill Sumpter National Meat, MPR 50309-2106 210 Walnut Street, Room 767 Jim Bernau MPR Hogs, Organic Grain and Feedstuffs Taylor Cox IA Fed State Programs State Mkt Bureau State Office (515) 242-6237 Harold Hommes Chief Wallace Building, 900 East Grand #502 50319 Dodge City KS (620) 227-8881 Richard Hruska 100 Military Avenue, Suite 217 67801-4945 Frankfurt KY (504) 564-0260 William Barrows 100 Fair Oaks Drive 5th Floor 40601 Greeley CO (970) 353-9750 Randy Hammerstrom Jerome Building 800 8th Ave, Suite 209 80631-9540 Jackson MS (601) 354-6818 Michael Lasseter Farmers Central Market P.O. Box 4629 39296 Jefferson City MO (573) 751-4561 Steve Allison MDA Market Development P.O. Box 630 65101 Kearney NE (308) 237-7579 Tom Walthers Eagles Nest Plaza, Suite 47 4009 6th Avenue 68845-3394 Las Cruces NM (575) 527-6861 John Langenegger Boutz Plaza Bldg 4, 205 West Boutz, Suite 4 88005 Lexington KY (859) 255-7423 William Barrows P.O. Box 1023 40588 Little Rock AR (501) 671-2203 Steven Cheney 2301 South University Rm 110-B 72203-0391 Louisville KY (502) 582-5287 Jack Colley 1321 Story Avenue 40206-1733 Minneapolis MN (612) 370-3258 Carol Meinders P.O. Box 15084 55415 Montgomery AL (334) 223-7488 David Garcia P.O. Box 3336 36109-0336 Moses Lake WA (509) 765-3611 1428 South Pioneer Way 98837-2484 Nashville TN (615) 781-5406 Lewis Langell P.O. Box 40627 37204 New Holland PA (717) 354-2391 Levi Geyer 101 West Fulton Street P.O. Box 155 17557 Oklahoma City OK (405) 232-5425 Tina Colby 2501 Exchange Avenue Room 140 73108-2477 State Office OK (405) 521-3864 Johnny Roberts 2800 North Lincoln Blvd 73105-4201 Portland OR (503) 326-2237 Martha Hansen 805 SW Broadway, Suite 920 97205 Raleigh NC (919) 856-4377 Sherry Warren 1020 Mil Service Center 27699 Richmond VA (804) 786-3947 Brett Richardson 102 Governor Street, Suite 368 23219-3624 Salt Lake City UT (801) 538-7109 Mike Smoot 350 North Redwood Road 84116 San Angelo TX (325) 653-1778 Rebecca Sauder P.O. Box 511 76903-0160 Sioux Falls SD (605) 372-8350 Justin Lumpkin P.O. Box 39, Worthing, SD 57077 Corbitt Wall State of MO 12819 Country Place Dr. St. Joseph MO (816) 676-7000 64505 Brittany Dreier National Slaughter Cattle & Sheep Springfield IL (217) 782-4925 Kim Harmon State Fair Grounds Box 19281 62794-9281 Thomasville GA (229) 226-2198 Terry Harris 502 Smith Avenue Stall 38 31792-0086 Torrington WY (307) 532-4146 Dennis Widga 1834 East A Street 82240 Washington DC (202) 720 4846 Mike Lynch 1400 Independence Ave, SW 20250

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 105-1 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

OFFICE ADMINISTRATION

Personnel and Confidential Information

I. CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

Information regarding sales, stocks, prices, etc., obtained from individuals or firms voluntarily is of a confidential nature and must not be revealed. Government or private agencies may in the course of investigations ask for details on some individual's or firm's operations. In most cases, an explanation as to the nature of market news work and respect for information given in confidence should explain why such information cannot be released. If a demand for information continues, refer the request to the Washington Office. Do not under any circumstances release any information of a confidential nature without prior approval from the Washington Office.

Information collected through the Livestock Mandatory Reporting program (LMR) shall be made available to the public in a manner that ensures that confidentiality is preserved regarding the identity of the persons, including parties to a contract and proprietary business information. All requests for information collected through LMR that is not released to the public will be referred to the Washington office. Any person that willfully violates the confidentiality provision of LMR may be assessed a civil penalty of $10,000. AMS employees and other USDA employees who are permitted access to Mandatory Reporting Data in the course of performing their official duties are required to sign a confidentiality statement annually.

II. COURT TESTIMONY OR APPEARANCE

An employee who is asked to appear in court to testify on official matters shall contact the Washington Office for instructions. The employee must be subpoenaed in order to testify. In most cases, the employee will not be allowed to testify even if subpoenaed and the Department of Justice will notify the local Jurisdiction that the employee will not make an appearance. The employee may provide official records that are public documents in place of testifying.

III. PERSONAL STATEMENTS

Expression of personal views contrary to official policies and programs should be avoided. U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 105-1 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

I V. PROGRESS REVIEWS AND PERFORMANCE APPRAISALS

A. Performance Appraisals Form AD-435

The appraisal period is 12 months from Oct. 1 to Sep. 30. A rating of record may not be given unless elements and standards were established and communicated to the employee and the employee served under those elements and standards in the current position for at least 90 days. If the employee has not served in the position for 90 days, the previous position occupied by the employee will be used for rating purposes.

B. Progress Reviews Form AD-435A&B

Progress reviews are to be conducted with each employee at least once sometime during the appraisal period, preferably at the midpoint or April.

V. ETHICAL CONDUCT CERTIFICATION

Each new employee is to be provided 1 hour of official duty time to review the regulations within 90 days of the date he/she reports for duty. Each office should have a copy of the booklet "Standards of Ethical Conduct". These may be reproduced locally along with the Certification Statements for use in obtaining certifications from new employees. Completed certifications should be forwarded to the Washington Office. Intermittents are also required to complete the certifications.

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 105-2 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

OFFICE ADMINISTRATION

Grading Demonstrations and Related Activities

I. POLICY

Market News Division personnel in all field offices are encouraged to look for opportunities to conduct grading demonstrations and other activities that will enhance the market news service to producers. The scheduling of such activities and demonstrations, however, should be limited to days and times when the reporter can be away from regular market reporting activities. Following are types of activities or meetings which are encouraged.

A. Grading Demonstrations - Live animal grading demonstrations in the market area for producers, students, or other industry groups.

B. Industry Group Meetings - Meetings within your reporting area where there is an opportunity to obtain information on current livestock or grain production and marketing plans or to discuss market news activities.

C. Feedlot and Pasture Tours - Organized tours by market agencies or other livestock production or marketing groups where the market news service can be discussed.

D. Livestock Shows and Sales - Live animal grading at shows and sales where premiums are awarded or sales are made on a grade basis.

E. Special Division Assignments - Assignments to assist Standardization and other Department employees in grade demonstrations, shows, etc.

II. AUTHORITY TO INCUR ADDITIONAL EXPENSE

The Division Chief or your Area Supervisor must approve in advance an invitation to conduct grading demonstrations or grading service, to attend meetings, or to accompany tours that involve travel or other extra expense. (Requests that require a travel authorization (AD-202) separate from normal travel should be made by memorandum or electronically. Requests shall list the cost and brief description as to the nature of the invitation.

13

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 105-3 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

OFFICE ADMINISTRATION

Correspondence and Relief

I. CORRESPONDENCE

A. Field offices will forward to Washington a copy of all nonroutine letters or memos they write, other than those written directly to the Washington Office. Copies of letters and memos from the field offices to Washington should also be sent to Area Supervisors. If there is any doubt as to how an inquiry should be handled, the letter should be acknowledged and the writer informed that the inquiry has been referred to the Washington Office for further attention. A copy of all memos and other correspondence from Washington to field offices is sent to the appropriate Area Supervisor. However, the notation indicating the distribution of carbon copies is not usually shown on the original memo, except in instances when such procedure is necessary for the special information of the addressee.

B. Field offices will prepare a monthly general activity and situation report. This report should contain the type of information as listed in Exhibit A of this instruction. Field offices are not expected to cover each item listed in Exhibit A in each of their reports, and the list is not inclusive. The report will be sent electronically no later than the 3rd of each month to St. Joseph, Missouri. An electronic copy should also be forwarded to your Area Supervisor. The deadline is to be met even if it requires a negative report. Such reports are not limited to a monthly basis. Additional reports should be submitted as local conditions warrant. Subjects such as personnel activities and administrative functions should be sent in separate memorandums to the Area Supervisor, Division Director and Deputy Director.

C. Disclaimer Clause - Market News offices occasionally receive requests for names of manufacturers, dealers, selling agencies, etc. If a field office furnishes such names, USDA's position should be clearly explained to guard against (l) the assumption that the names listed imply endorsement of certain firms to the possible detriment of others, or (2) the impression that the lists necessarily include all dealers or agencies in a certain line. An approved form of disclaimer is as follows: "It is generally impractical to give a complete list of dealers, agencies, packers, etc., and in furnishing a partial list in an effort to aid you, it should be understood that no discrimination is intended and no guarantee of reliability implied.”

14

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 105-3 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

D. Annual Reports of Market News Activities All field offices must prepare an annual report of market news activities. The original copy will be forwarded to the Washington Office by Sept. l. A copy will be retained in a permanent file for future reference. Offices will send a copy to their Area Supervisor. If any difficulty is encountered in preparing the desired information, the Area Supervisor should be contacted. It is important that the information be accurate and complete.

II. RELIEF

Each Market News employee shall maintain an up-to-date outline of duties and responsibilities for use by relief personnel. The outline shall include:

! Commodities covered;

! Time of day report is to be released;

! List of trade contacts including names, telephone numbers, etc.

! Radio and press requirements;

! Special reports issued, including title and when released;

! Administrative support assignments;

! Reports to Division headquarters;

! Reports to other agencies; and

! Other instructions peculiar to the office.

Exhibit A

Examples of information to be included in General Activity and Situation Reports:

! Significant changes in market influences such as crop, planting, and harvest conditions, soil moisture and weather, insect damage, transportation problems, world conditions, etc.;

! Situations that may cause abrupt changes in supply or prices, such as storms, floods, fires, strikes, embargoes, etc.

15

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 105-3 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

! Indications of unusual increase or decrease of planted acres in an area;

! Unusual price changes in an area;

! Unusual changes in demand, supply, or movement of commodities;

! New elevators or export facilities or closing of or major changes in these facilities;

! Unusual price spreads (wide or narrow) or changes in price spreads between weights and/or grades;

! Significant changes in procurement policies;

! Significant changes in marketing practices;

! Changes in dissemination of market information, such as video auction or electronic marketing;

! Changes in State personnel that might change current policy in Federal-State programs;

! Public relations activities, such as judging livestock shows, conducting grading demonstrations, working with judging teams, etc;

! Meetings with the industry or contacts;

! Changes in the numbers of breeding stock slaughtered -- cows, bulls, sows, boars, ewes, etc.;

! Indications of unusual increase or decrease in beef cow herds in area;

! Changes in relative number of cattle grading Select and Choice or Yield Grade 4 and 5;

! Changes in weights (steers, heifers, cows, barrows and gilts);

! Changes in relative numbers of steers, heifers, and cows slaughtered;

! Pasture, crop, or weather conditions;

! Numbers of cattle on feed in specific area compared to a previous period;

16

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 105-3 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

! Trends in kinds or weights of cattle handled in feedlots;

! Length of feeding period in area and cost of gain;

! Feeder cattle supplies (condition and movement as they are and as they differ from normal);

! Indications of consumer resistance to higher meat prices for a commodity or in an area;

! New feedlots, new packing plants or closing or major changes of packing plants;

! Feedlot capacity in area and percentage filled;

! Details of contracting for cattle and lambs and information on numbers as well as prices;

! Significant changes in procurement policies, especially of major buyers or out-of-State buyers operating in your area (for example, livestock being purchased for Canadian export);

! Changes in marketing practices, such as carcass versus primal or fabricated cuts;

! Disease outbreaks;

! Discount or mud problems;

! Projected price trends; and

! Reliable information concerning futures deliveries.

17

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 105-4 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

OFFICE ADMINISTRATION

Retention of Records and Reports

I. GENERAL OBJECTIVE

A. Retention of Records - In determining records and reports to be retained and the length of time each shall be retained, Market News offices will practice keeping only those that are necessary in rendering an adequate and useful market news service. (Certain tabulations of data collected must be retained permanently or selected items transcribed to permanent records.)

B. Worksheet Items - Worksheets are not to be retained after the published reports become available, or after the data has been transcribed to permanent records.

II. RECORDS AND REPORTS TO BE RETAINED BY LOCAL OFFICES

A. Permanent Records - The records and reports that are to be retained permanently by the respective offices, and those retained for only limited periods are listed in Exhibit A. This list establishes the pattern for maintaining the essential basic records and reports by the market news service on a national basis without unnecessary duplication between offices.

B. Rotating System for Those Retained for Limited Periods - In the case of the records and reports retained for only limited periods, Market News offices will maintain continuous supervision to assure that the material is not allowed to accumulate beyond its period of usefulness. The most effective procedure is to discard the oldest material at the time current items are added to the file.

III. DISPOSAL OF OBSOLETE AND IRRELEVANT ITEMS

Each office will immediately establish and maintain files of records and reports in accordance with Exhibit A. All other material (obsolete and irrelevant) that the office may have will be disposed of in accordance with prescribed procedure.

Exhibit A: Reports Generated at Local Offices

Market News reporters are occasionally called upon as witnesses in court cases to testify as to prices and trade conditions on certain days. For that reason and for reference purposes, it is essential that local offices maintain records of local trade conditions. In maintaining these records, local offices will be guided by the following instructions.

18

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 105-4 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

Type of Market Reports Period Retained

Market Reports – all reports are maintained electronically Permanent Electronically in an archival database for any future use by the originating office

Reviews furnished to newspapers and radio stations Only until copies can be verified - maximum 1 month

Special Data and Reports

Annual Report of Market News Activities Permanent

Correlation Reports 2 years

Selected markets posted on bulletin boards None to be retained more than 2 weeks depending upon request

Printed market or statistical reports Certain ones may be retained for 60-90 days depending upon need for reference

Publications and Reports

U.S. Official Grade Standards for Livestock, Meat, Wool, Current Set and Mohair

Grain Standards Current Set

General Correspondence, memorandums, letters, etc. In accordance with LS Program and AMS Instructions Time and Attendance certified hard copy 7 years Travel receipts 7 years

19

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 105-4 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

Records and Reports to be retained by Livestock and Grain Market News Offices

Records and Reports Prepared or Issued by Local Offices (Covers all records and reports issued in the Livestock and Grain Market News Division; thus, all items are not applicable to all offices.)

Basic Data Period Retained

Detailed Grain and Feedstuff Quotations Permanent

Detailed Livestock Quotations: Weekly, Monthly, and Permanent Annually

Wholesale Meat Quotations: Weekly, Monthly, and Permanent Annual

Wool and Mohair Quotations: Monthly Permanent

Actual Daily Salable and Total Livestock Receipts Permanent (Form LMGS-l82 and LMGS-l82-l)

Weekly Estimated Percent Cows & Stockers & 1 year Feeders

Grading certificates 1 year

20

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 105-5 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

OFFICE ADMINISTRATION

Travel Management

I. GENERAL OBJECTIVE

All travel will be performed in such a way as to realize maximum economy, and at the same time, effectively carry out the various programs of the Market News Division. Each traveler will be responsible for taking steps to assure the fulfillment of this objective.

II. PRACTICES TO FOLLOW WHEN PLANNING TRAVEL

A. Trips should be planned so that all contacts regularly visited in an area will be contacted on each trip to the greatest extent possible. Every effort should be made on each trip to view all livestock that may be marketed within the next month.

B. Reporters on relief assignments will limit travel to the vicinity of the office. Travel outside the office vicinity is more productive when performed by the regular reporter.

C. On an annual basis, all employees will be issued an AD-202 Travel Authorization for travel in their respective reporting areas.

D. Any travel outside of the normal reporting area or to national or regional meetings must be approved by the Area Supervisor or Director and may require a separate AD-202.

E. Livestock and Seed Program Notices set policy on the current procedure for authorizing and approving travel. Authorized approving officials must approve on a case- by-case basis travel involving situations noted below. Written justification is required for travel of this type and must be submitted to your Area Supervisor and Washington D.C. 30 days in advance of travel. (Special Note: This includes employees traveling on an annual authorization.) 1. A combination of business and personal travel requires a constructive travel cost comparison statement.

2. Annual leave taken during an official trip requires a constructive travel cost comparison statement.

3. Deviations for personal convenience from the normal mode of transportation or itinerary require a constructive travel cost comparison statement. (Example: Employee elects to drive POV in lieu of using common carrier.)

4. Travel to resort areas requires a written justification.

21

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 105-5 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

5. Request for Actual Lodging expense that exceed the lodging rate for that area.

III. TRAVEL VOUCHER SUBMISSION

All travel vouchers are to be electronically submitted to the Washington, D.C. office for approval, in addition send a copy to your Area Supervisor. This will allow electronic entry of travel directly to NFC, which is less costly and shortens reimbursement time. The original voucher and supporting documentation and receipts should be filed at the local field office. If the voucher is audited by NFC the original voucher and all documents will be forwarded to Washington D.C. for submission to NFC.

I V. CHANGE OF OFFICIAL DUTY STATION VOUCHER SUBMISSION

The original voucher and all original documents for move vouchers must be submitted to the Washington, D.C. office for approval and in turn will be forwarded to NFC. Travel regulations concerning changes in official duty stations will be provided by Washington, D.C. office. Form AMS-4 must be submitted to Washington, D.C. before any move expenditures are incurred. Upon submission of AMS-4, an AD-202 will be prepared to authorize move expenses.

22

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 105-6 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

OFFICE ADMINISTRATION

Reproduction of Reports and Data

I. PRINTED, FACSIMILE, AND ELECTRONIC REPORTS

A. Reports

1. A limited number of market reports can be furnished to the news media at our expense provided the information is being used for dissemination to the general public. In Federal-State programs, the cost of disseminating these reports will usually be the responsibility of the State. Dissemination of reports to individuals, statisticians, other Government Agencies, universities, and consulting firms will be provided only if a stamped, self-addressed envelope is furnished.

2. Dissemination of reports from other Agencies is discouraged. These reports are available from the appropriate Agency.

B. Procedures for Copying and Disseminating Information

1. Copy Requests: When a request for information requires photocopying, fees shall be charged in accordance with the Department's fee schedule in Exhibit B to AMS Instruction l60-l.

CHARGES FOR COPYING:

Back copies of publications ...... $1.50/copy Paper copies...... 25 cents/sheet plus clerical cost Copy of diskettes ...... $25 for 1st disk, $10/additional disk Emailed data files ...... $25 for 1st 2 MB, $10/additional 2 MB

2. FedEx: Information will be sent by Federal Express only if requester has a FedEx account number, or VISA or MasterCard.

3. Fee Waivers: Fees shall be waived when individual charges are less than $3.00. Copies will be provided without charge to foreign governments; international organizations; local, State, and Federal Government organizations; and nonprofit activities designed for the public safety, health, or welfare.

23

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 105-6 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

If a fee is to be charged, inform the requester in advance of the amount payable, and if possible, collect the fee in advance. Checks or money orders shall be made payable to: USDA/AMS. Offices that don't have standard subscription account systems will forward checks and money orders to Washington headquarters for processing.

If you have any questions regarding the waving of fees, contact the Washington Office.

C. Mailing Lists

1. For Official Use Only: Mailing lists for the distribution of printed reports are for "official use only" and are not to be furnished to any individual, firm, or organization. If the person requesting the information is persistent, contact the Washington Office for guidance.

Government publications, including market reports, are not copyrighted and may be reprinted in whole or in part without special permission. Credit as to the source of the material is desirable.

2. Establishing a mailing list: No mailing list of any kind will be established without prior approval by the Director.

24

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 105-7 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

REPORTS ADMINISTRATION AND DISSEMINATION

Dissemination

I. PRESS AND COMMERCIAL NEWS DISPATCHES

A. Policy and Cooperation All offices will contact local press associations, newspapers, and other media to secure dissemination of market news information. To the extent possible, necessary adjustments will be made in style, length, and issuing time of the reports to best suit the purpose of the disseminating agencies. Market reporters generally are better qualified to edit market reports than commercial disseminating agencies. No change will be made in the issuing time of a report without prior approval of the appropriate Area Supervisor. Arrangements will be made for the most desirable and efficient method of transmitting the report to the media contact. Transmission of reports to press associations and to some newspapers will be largely by telephone; however, increased use of electronic transfer and facsimile should be utilized. Most offices mail summaries of the local trade to the smaller newspapers in their areas. Periodic checks will be made to see in what manner the various disseminating agencies are releasing the reports furnished them.

B. Credit Line The simple credit line inserted within the report (USDA or Federal-State) will identify the report as being an official report prepared by a representative of the LS Program. Disseminating agencies should be encouraged to use this identification. However, they should be informed that this credit line is to be used only on reports that are reproduced as they are released by the Market News office.

II. RADIO, TELEVISION, AND AUTOMATIC TELEPHONE ANNOUNCEMENT SYSTEMS

A. Policy All offices will give their fullest cooperation to radio and television stations in their area by providing reports on the livestock, meat, grain, and wool trade for broadcasts and by appearing on programs. Considering the importance of broadcasting, it will be the responsibility of each Market News office to contact area program directors of radio and television stations, offering to cooperate fully in disseminating news of the livestock, meat, grain, and wool trade. Such cooperation will include providing adequate market reports, reporters appearing on programs when so requested, and offering practical suggestions to facilitate the program.

25

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 105-7 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

B. Voicing Market News Reports

The Organic Act that established the USDA gave it duties "to acquire and to diffuse among the people of the United States useful information on subjects connected with agriculture, in the most general and comprehensive sense of that word...." This statement is designed to suggest some guidelines to personnel of the Agricultural Marketing Service about voicing market news reports.

1. Voice Opportunities: Market News personnel should take the initiative in seeking out ways to diffuse the information they have acquired. They should make it known that they are ready at all times to respond to any reasonable invitation that will help get this job done more effectively. This may include voicing market news on a local radio or TV station, telephoning it to a station in another city for recording, or cooperating in other ways to get the information out promptly and accurately.

2. Precautions: Such a policy risks some pitfalls that should be recognized and avoided, if it is to be carried out successfully.

AMS employees should not be publicly identified with a radio or television station in any manner that suggests they are employees of the station. They should not voice commercial announcements nor endorse commercial products, nor do anything that might imply the Government is endorsing one station or program or product over another. Employees shall avoid any activity or statement that would imply favoritism or unequal treatment.

Many stations employ radio or television farm directors, organized into regional associations and a national association. Sometimes the farm programs are among the first to be dropped in times of general retrenchment. USDA and the colleges over the years have probably contributed to the establishment of such positions by stimulating an interest in farm news and supplying the material for farm programs. We depend on many of them as outlets for our material and should try to assist them in obtaining and disseminating our information.

Ordinary prudence suggests that we should stay alert to situations where we may make an enemy of one of these directors, by implying in any way that a Government employee is their rival or competitor.

We should make every effort to convey that we are ready to help and be of service. In other words, Market News people can very well respond to invitations to voice Market News material directly or through tapes--and make it known that they are available. However, they should not carry it to the point of making the station feel they are pushing themselves in or pressuring the station to let them voice material.

26

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 105-7 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

In any discussion with media representatives, and especially when pointing out errors or misstatements, employees should make it clear that they recognize the freedom of the press (including radio and television). They should never give the impression that they are "telling" the station, or the newspaper, what it can or cannot do--or even how it can or cannot handle the market news we supply. If we feel it necessary to correct them, we should do so tactfully on the assumption that the mistake was an oversight and that the station reporter or broadcaster wants to be fair and accurate. We can suggest, but we cannot demand.

III. PREPARATION OF REPORTS

In preparing material for radio, reporters will keep in mind that the information is for the ear as contrasted with news copy written for the eye. Use simple language, avoid long sentences; talk as though you were telling a friend about the day's trade. Market News personnel reporting the market on TV should be appropriately dressed and use visual aids such as simple price charts and photos as much as possible.

I V. AUTOMATIC TELEPHONE ANNOUNCEMENT SYSTEMS

Reporters should encourage and promote SPONSORSHIP OF RECORDED MARKET installations of telephone recording systems NEWS with private sponsors wherever possible. The use of automatic telephone answering devices is definitely Automatic telephone answering devices are in in the best interests of the public and of AMS. They provide the best interest of the public and of AMS, for faster, more current service to users and they often cut down they provide faster, more current service to our personnel requirements for answering requests. They should be encouraged in every possible way. users and they often cut down our manpower requirements for answering requests. (See In brief, our policy should be as follows: sidebar, "Sponsorship of Recorded Market # Sponsorship by private organizations--whether commercial News".) A directory of offices with automatic or profit--is within the public interest. telephone announcements systems, along with telephone numbers, will be published monthly # Voicing of the market news data itself may be done by either (or as space permits) in the Livestock, Meat, a Market News reporter or by the sponsoring organization. and Wool Market News Weekly Summary and # Identification of the sponsor's name may be included in the Statistics and Grain and Feed Market News recording--provided the identification is not voiced by a Weekly Summary and Statistics. There are Government employee. several Federal/State programs that utilize # Obviously, no Government employee can receive outside "800" numbers and touch-tone specific reports reimbursement for voicing the market news for various commodities. These systems are These instructions are consistent with current USDA rules for very comparable to regular number or one line the broadcast of market news by AMS personnel, and must be "800" numbers; however, multiple messages adhered to. can be disseminated at the same time. Recorder messages should be brief and to the point.

27

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 105-7 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

! Identify yourself and the Market News Service.

! Speak clearly and at a normal rate. Pause between commodities.

! Keep the message brief by eliminating unneeded qualifying terms.

! Establish an orderly sequence or pattern for the message.

! Specify the date and time when the recording will be updated and use it routinely.

! Update the recording on time.

! Listen to the recording and check for errors.

V. APPEARING ON SPONSORED PROGRAMS

While the policy of the Department permits USDA employees to provide market news on commercial broadcasts, the Department insists that neither the broadcasts nor the commercial announcements shall imply Government or Department endorsement of the advertiser, their product, or service. Neither shall it be stated or implied that the sponsor does the actual reporting, has the reporting done for them, or has overall responsibility for the compilation of the information used. Further, it is desired that credit shall be given to USDA-AMS or to the Federal-State market news service. The USDA or the Federal-State arrangement provides the reports; the sponsor provides the facilities.

The most acceptable method of presenting market reports in a sponsored broadcast is to have station personnel make commercial announcements without reference to the market news which follows or precedes it. Another satisfactory method is to have station personnel present the commercial announcement and conclude with the statement that the AYZ Company is pleased to provide facilities for the presentation of USDA or Federal-State market reports on livestock and grain, etc.

Any question that may occur to a market reporter about the propriety of participating in commercially sponsored programs on local stations or local or regional networks because of conditions or situations not considered in "good taste" should be referred to the Washington Office for approval.

28

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 105-8 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

REPORTS ADMINISTRATION AND DISSEMINATION

Market News Communication System

I. REPORTS RELEASED

No report should be released before prior approval of the Washington office. New reports will be assigned ID number by Washington for identification purposes and for electronic transmission. Please notify the Washington office when reports are discontinued so they can be deleted from the communication system. Complete list of reports located at: http://www.ams.usda.gov/LSMNpubs/allrep.htm.

II. COMPUTER OPERATION

The officer in charge of the Market News office is responsible for ensuring that the computer is in service during regular office hours. All employees in the office should be trained to operate the computer in order to provide uninterrupted transmission of reports and messages during periods of annual leave or emergency absence. This includes sending and receiving market information, messages, and entering data into the Oracle Database.

III. TRANSMISSION SCHEDULE

The Market News Support Unit (MNSU) has overall responsibility for supervision of the Backweb and BW_USDA client software which is used to transmit and receive market reports. Each Market News office is assigned a filing schedule for regular reports.

Daily Reports: The scheduled filing time for dissemination of reports from each office will be followed as closely as possible. These schedules have been developed through experience in reporting each market and reflect the earliest time at which trade has normally progressed sufficiently to allow the preparation of designated reports. On any day when trade develops earlier than usual, reports should be prepared as soon as adequate information has been obtained and the report filed ahead of schedule. If marketing practices change or for other reasons it regularly becomes impossible to file reports near the scheduled time, the reasons and recommendations for a schedule change should be suggested to the Area Supervisor. Radio stations, press services, and market agencies need to receive specific reports at the customary time. Therefore, it is necessary that reports be filed on schedule if they are to be of maximum benefit to the industry.

29

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 105-8 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

IV. LOCATION OF INFORMATION FOR PUBLIC VIEWING

Each Market News office will provide a convenient place and means of making market reports available to press representatives, trade members, and others who visit the office.

V. COMPUTER SYSTEMS SECURITY

Whenever an employee leaves his/her desk temporarily their computer system should be locked. This can be accomplished by pressing Ctrl/Alt/Delete, then select the option to Lock Computer. This will prevent others from accessing the computer while the owner is not present at the computer. The computer can be unlocked by pressing Ctrl/Alt/Delete, enter the NT password, and then press Ok. All employees should disconnect from the network when leaving the office for the day. In inclement weather areas, it is advised that computer systems be powered off at the end of each business day. All employees should change their NT passwords at least every ninety days.

When employees leave Market News notify personnel in Washington so their NT, Outlook and dial in accounts can be deleted.

VI. USE OF GOVERNMENT OFFICE EQUIPMENT

Government office equipment (which includes e-mail and the Internet) is an important tool for carrying out the programs and activities of AMS. These resources provide for quick and efficient communication and access to a wealth of useful information. Under this policy, AMS employees have certain privileges and responsibilities. By authorizing limited personal use of Government office equipment, AMS regards its employees as responsible individuals, capable of balancing this privilege with Agency expectations.

Please refer to AMS directive 3300.1 located on the AMS Intranet site for additional information concerning use of government office equipment: http://insideams.ams.usda.gov/

30

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-1 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

PREPARATION OF REPORTS

General Policy

I. REPORTING GUIDELINES

Reporters are responsible for compiling a record of important transactions of a specified market or marketing area. Compiling such releases and related statistical data requires an accurate evaluation of a cross section of the trade. The reporter must include factual data on supply, demand, trade activity, price trends, volume, and quotations by class, grade, and/or weight. Reporters must gain and hold the confidence and respect of trade members (1) by proving their ability to retain confidential information and (2) by establishing a reputation for fair and equitable treatment of all members of the trade. The reporter should strive to have the trade recognize that they are rendering a service and are seeking information for reporting purposes. Complete reporting of all transactions should be encouraged from all segments of the industry. Information gathered from a wide portion of the industry broadens the reporting base, lends integrity to our reports, and provides for a better report. Each reporter should be able to intelligently discuss the overall market situation and marketings, not only in the area of the individual market reported, but also at other markets throughout the country. A reporter should not attempt to be dictatorial or predict the future of the market but should be able to intelligently discuss forthcoming market directions. Reporters may trade information but should be careful never to reveal a sale prematurely, and at no time should a reporter reveal confidential bids or asking prices. If a reporter reveals confidential information or releases it prematurely, the result will be lack of trust and confidence on the part of trade members, making it doubly hard for the reporter to gain any information until it has become common knowledge. A reporter may use confidential information in the preparation of reports if by so doing it does not reveal situations or conditions that would be detrimental or objectionable to the informant.

II. POINTS TO BE KEPT IN MIND

A. All reports released by market news offices are official Departmental documents. Therefore, the dignity of the Department will be maintained in preparing reports. Reporters will also exercise great care to see that official grade standards are applied accurately. Uniform terminology increases the nationwide value of the reports. The use of undefined or nonstandardized terms often makes reports confusing. Printed reports are frequently certified under the seal of the Department of Agriculture for use as evidence in court proceedings.

B. The reports are widely disseminated to all classes of readers and listeners--many of the people may not understand or have a clear conception of the meaning of many terms commonly used by trade members.

C. The reports are designed to serve many people who may not readily understand or

31

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-1 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

interpret the many-syllable words sometimes used by market writers.

D. Short sentences and short paragraphs dividing the various classes make the report more readable.

E. Uniform and consistent use of official class and grade terms will promote better understanding among producers and trade members, enhancing the value of market reports and broadening the field of service.

F. Avoid emphasis on insignificant statistics.

G. Use the everyday language of producers or other people served by the reports; avoid terms common only to the local market.

III. PHRASEOLOGY

Reports will be phrased in clear, positive, and precise terms leaving no doubt as to the intended meaning. Ambiguous terms and expressions will be avoided. All reports and correspondence will be carefully reviewed before release to eliminate errors and to correct faulty phraseology. When reports are released by telephone, the recipient should read back the report to assure that a correct copy is received.

I V. UNNECESSARY WORDS

It is often possible to condense reports and improve dissemination and readability by grouping sales of similar weight, price, and grade rather than by listing numerous sales separately. By framing the report mentally or on paper while the information is being collected, the reporter can write or dictate quickly, using the least number of words. The result is more accurate and concise reports. Reports will be edited to eliminate unnecessary words and improve style and meaning without adversely affecting the value of the report or delaying its release.

V. REPORTING

Reporters may use discretion to exclude sales or purchases that are substantially above or below the general price range for the day. However, before excluding these lots the reporter should make an effort to determine why the price falls outside the generally established price range to be able to explain to industry members and others why a price is not used. Market reports should reflect prices paid in the market and reporters should not try to establish the market or influence price levels. Reporters should encourage buyers and sellers to cooperate and to assist them in making accurate appraisals of supply, demand, trade activity, trends, prices, volume, and significant features of the day's trading. After covering their assigned areas, reporters should carefully evaluate the information received before compiling a report. The reporter should ensure that reports reflect a complete and accurate picture of market conditions and they are not geared to satisfy or cater to individuals or groups. Prepare reports in an interesting and factual

32

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-1 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250 manner; however, descriptive trade terms, as well as official grade names, are required to be uniform and accurate so that market news reports will convey the same meaning in all sections of the country. The report should be prepared in a manner that would allow average producers to evaluate and determine the approximate value of their livestock, grain, or hay by using the market reports. Prices derived under conditions that are not normal for that market should be omitted unless the conditions are specified.

A. Daily Reporting

Reports will describe market conditions existing up to the time the report is filed. Later releases should include any pertinent information not included in the previous release. Such events as storms, floods, fires, strikes, embargoes, and any other event or situation that may cause abrupt changes in receipts or price trends will be included in market reports along with appropriate and careful explanations. When abrupt changes occur for no readily recognized reason, every effort should be made to learn the cause. However, reporters should avoid repeating rumors and making assumptions without sound basis.

B. Weekly Reviews

These afford the opportunity for a more objective and complete analysis of current market conditions. Monday's developments in the trade frequently appear somewhat different when viewed from Thursday's perspective. Additional facts are often available for consideration and for a reappraisal or expansion of comments previously reported. Factors such as weather, pasture and crop conditions, seasonal livestock movements and marketings, exports, feed-price ratios, shifts in demand, and any other factors having a significant influence in the market area will be considered and appropriate comment included.

VI. REPORTS IN DIRECT OR COUNTRY BUYING AREAS

Price data, trends, and volume in direct trading are obtained by telephone and/or direct contact with buyers or sellers. Reporters at offices in such areas must follow up by frequent visits to packing plants, buying stations, or ranches and feedlots to observe methods of trading and character of receipts. Accounts of sales at plants, feedlots, and buying stations will be reviewed periodically to assure the accuracy of the report received by phone. Contract sales with prices fixed on an indefinite figure can be reported if the reporter knows the volume traded, approximate delivery date, and conditions of sale. If the reporter is unable to quote the actual sale, contract sale volume figures may still be added to the current week's movement figures to present a clearer picture of the total movement within the area. Contract volume should be specified by number and/or percentage.

33

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-1 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

VII. AUCTION MARKET REPORTING

The operations of auction markets vary among themselves; consequently, reporters will have to fit their methods to the type of auction being covered. In doing this, the reporter should adhere to established market news policy and procedure. Reporters should observe enough sales of each class to obtain a complete cross section of the trading. However, the reporter should not report auctions strictly by tabulating observed sales. Reporters should interview as many trade members, producers, and others as possible -- before, during, and after trading -- and combine information obtained from the trade with the data derived from sales observed. The problem of "passed out" livestock at auctions varies from market to market, but livestock passed out with no sale shall not be used in the report. "Bid in" or "buy back" livestock fall into the same category and shall not be reported. Use caution when quoting individual head sales in the report. The report should cover the bulk of the cattle trading at the auction to reduce abnormally wide price spreads. Individual head sales that are more than $1 above or below the bulk of sales should not be reported. Refer to feeder and slaughter cattle sections for procedures to be followed where weighted average programs are used.

VIII. OTHER SOURCES OF INFORMATION

A. Other Market News Offices

Many commodities are traded across reporting areas. When a reporter obtains market information vital to another area, the reporter should contact the appropriate office to pass on the information.

B. Publications From Other Government Agencies

Various Federal, State, or local government agencies, as well as universities and colleges, issue publications that may provide additional sources of information that can be used for background on the markets. Only official and USDA releases may be utilized in our printed reports or placed on telephone recordings. The source or a credit line shall be given for data originating from sources other than our Division.

C. Trade Publications

Conscientious reading of available bulletins and publications can provide a source of information that can assist you in evaluating market conditions and the performance of your duties.

34

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-1 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

IX. ACCURACY OF INFORMATION

Market News reports have an important influence on commodity trading, stabilizing markets, and directing the flow of commodities. The reports provide producers or receivers with factual information about prices and supply. Therefore, accuracy is of the utmost importance to Market News. (Each Officer-in-Charge is fully responsible for the accuracy of the reports issued by the office.)

A. Ensuring Accurate Reporting

1. Establish a large number of reliable contacts. Usually, there should be at least three contacts handling the commodity before a price is released. If the use of information from fewer firms seems necessary, the reporter must be sure that release of a report will be acceptable to those trade contacts involved. 2. Select contacts from all facets of the trade, especially from both sellers and buyers. Reporters should be alert and contact new individuals or firms entering into business. 3. Strive for consistency of price comparability. 4. Compare your market reports with those released by other Market News offices and by commodity exchanges. 5. Gain the confidence of your contacts so you will be given accurate information. Contacts should be visited periodically, at least once a year. These visits should be well planned, with an appointment made with the contact to assure availability.

B. Validating Prices

When a doubt exists as to the validity of any price information, the information must be verified before it is included in the report. If a price cannot be verified, the sale should be excluded from the market news report.

C. Working with Difficult Contacts

No general rules can be handed down for handling dishonest, misleading, or indifferent contacts. The market reporter must learn how dependable each source is in furnishing reliable market information. Market news reports should be impartial and reporters should not be influenced by trade wishes or motives in conflict with existing market conditions. Reporters should periodically, when practical, review sales slips or invoices to assure the information given to them is accurate.

35

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-1 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

X. COVERAGE

Market reporters should make every effort to develop and maintain adequate coverage of all commodities assigned to them. Reporters should encourage buyers and sellers to cooperate and to assist in making accurate appraisals of the market. The information obtained should include the following:

! Location and time that trading occurred

! Price and any discounts or premiums that may apply

! Tone or price trend of the market

! Volume of transaction, date of delivery, weight, or other conditions of sale such as slides, shrink, windows, etc.

Official USDA class and grade terms or specifications developed by the Division or Program as official terminology are to be used by reporters in describing livestock, meat, grain, and their related products covered by market reports. Exact terms of the official grade standards will be utilized and applied in market reporting. Local and indefinite terminology will not be used.

A. Grade Description

The following guidelines should be followed in determining the grade description of a livestock consignment for market reporting purposes. If the consignment includes 80 percent or more of one grade, the consignment will be considered a single grade lot and be described in the market report using the appropriate single grade term. If less than 80 percent of a consignment falls into one grade, the consignment will be considered as a mixed grade lot and all grades comprising over 10 percent of the consist will be used in describing the lot. Grade numbers should never be used in the plural form.

B. Capitalizing Initial Letter of Official Grade Terms

The first letter of each official grade term will be capitalized. Since words frequently used as descriptive adjectives in the reports are often the same as grade terms, such as commercial feedlot, etc., the practice of capitalizing the first letter of grade names will reduce the likelihood of confusion.

36

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-2 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

PREPARATION OF REPORTS

Market Terminology

Normally, the introductory paragraph of the market report should contain information that describes market conditions and other factors that affect trade or prices. When used, the terms described below should be placed in the following order: receipts, trend, demand, and trade activity.

I. RECEIPTS/SUPPLY/OFFERINGS

These terms may be used to indicate the actual or estimated deliveries of the particular item being reported. "Total receipts" refer to all products or commodities offered for whatever purpose. "Receipts" indicate the number of the particular item available for sale on a particular day at each market regardless of whether it is received at the market that day. Generally, the "receipts" include holdovers from previously counted or estimated supply. Acceptable terms to be used in reference to the supply/offerings are: "light," "moderate," and "heavy."

II. DEMAND

Demand may be described as "very good," "good," "moderate," "light," or "very light" in relation to what is considered typical or normal demand at each market or marketing area for the day or period, allowing for seasonal changes. In evaluating demand, the reporter will bear in mind that a good demand might exist for certain grades, weights, or classes, while at the same time, others are in light demand. A reporter should be currently informed as to the nature of demand as indicated by the estimated proportions sold to local packers, order buyers, feeder dealers, grain elevators, processors, and etc. Indicated shifts in the needs of the various buying interests could well be a forewarning of a changing market. Demand should not be confused with "market activity." An active trade at firm to higher prices for light supplies does not necessarily imply a better demand than existed the previous day for larger supplies. Neither does a slow trade at weak-to-lower prices on heavy supplies mean a light demand, since the price level may be influenced by expansion of the supply rather than by contraction of demand.

37

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-2 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

III. TRADE ACTIVITY

Information will be obtained on the relative rapidity or slowness with which sales are being made, and the reporter also should observe and comment on any material changes in the pace of trading as the trade progresses through the day. However, it is not necessary to mention trade activity in all reports unless there is a change from the normal activity at the market. Aggressiveness of buyers in seeking supplies, attitude of sellers toward disposing or holding their supplies, and other signposts can indicate what the activity will be. Such terms as "active," "moderate," "slow," and "inactive," usually are used to indicate the degree of action in relation to the normal activity of a given market or marketing area. Trade activity should be given before price trends. However, in some instances such as an active market at .50-1.00 lower prices, it is equally factual and more understandable to the producer to write the report, ".50-1.00 lower but active at the decline." Trading activity is hard to define in direct and auction reporting areas and is often confused with demand and therefore should be avoided.

I V. TRENDS

Trends should describe the difference in the present general price level in relation to the last market day when a sufficient volume was available for a comparison. Although price comparisons become more difficult to ascertain for auctions held less frequently than weekly, industry members will benefit from this information. The report should reference the date or time period when the trend is called for periods that span more than a week. Trends will be based on bulk prices for the most part. The quality of the commodity should be taken into consideration when establishing trends. Formulating a trend based on the comparison of the top and bottom quotations does not necessarily depict the true market. Sales outside the normal range usually have little influence on the trend. Daily trends will be made on each class represented but may be grouped together when they are the same. During periods of unusual circumstances, a clearer picture can often be presented, particularly on Monday, by adding a comparison of prices for a week ago. Some appropriate terms for use in describing price trends are "steady," "firm," and "weak" when no measurable amount of advance or decline has occurred. When the terms "higher" or "lower" are used, the specific amount of the advance or decline should be shown. The amounts so reported usually will be approximately the same as the increase or decrease recorded in the detailed quotations or weighted average from 1 day or period to the next. Weekly trends will be compared with the closing prices of the previous week regardless of the fluctuations during the week. Comments on the fluctuations may be useful if the trend was uneven. Occasionally, comments on long-range price comparisons in a weekly summary may provide a better understanding of the general situation. However, caution should be exercised so as not to confuse commentators scanning our reports during a broadcast.

V. PRICES AND VALUES

Care will be exercised in using the terms "price" and "value." The "prices" at which livestock and grain and their related products are sold are not necessarily their "value." The terms are not synonymous and must not be used interchangeably.

38

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-2 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

VI. REFERENCE OUTLINE FOR MARKET NEWS TERMINOLOGY

A. Market - A term with several meanings.

! A geographic location where a commodity is traded.

! The price, or price level, at which a commodity is traded.

! (Verb) - To sell.

B. Market Activity - The pace at which sales are being made.

! Active - Available supplies (offerings) are readily clearing the market.

! Moderate - Available supplies (offerings) are clearing the market at a reasonable rate.

! Slow - Available supplies (offerings) are not readily clearing the market.

! Inactive - Sales are intermittent with few buyers or sellers.

C. Price Trend - Refers to the direction that prices are moving in relation to trading in the previous reporting period(s).

! Higher - When the majority of sales are at prices measurably higher than the previous trading session.

! Firm - Prices are tending higher, but not measurably so.

! Steady - Prices are unchanged from previous trading session.

! Weak - Prices are tending lower, but not measurably so.

! Lower - Prices for most sales are measurably lower than the previous session.

D. Supply/Offering - The quantity of a particular item available for current trading.

! Heavy - Volume of supplies is above average for the market.

! Moderate - Volume of supplies is average for the market being reported.

! Light - Volume of supplies is below average for the market being reported.

39

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-2 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

E. Demand - The desire to possess a commodity coupled with the willingness and ability to pay.

! Very Good - Offerings or supplies are rapidly absorbed.

! Good - Firm confidence on the part of buyers that general market conditions are good.

! Moderate - Average buyer interest and trading.

! Light - Demand is below average.

! Very Light - Few buyers are interested in trading.

F. Mostly - The majority of sales or volume.

G. Undertone - Situation or sense of direction in an unsettled market.

VII. EXPRESSIONS TO BE AVOIDED

! Demand Lacking: Avoid --since demand is still present if any buyer is willing to purchase at a price, even though the price is not one that the seller is willing to consider.

! Nothing Done: If salesmen have sorted or otherwise prepared the product for sale and/or have indicated tentative prices at which they are willing to entertain bids, it is a misnomer to say that "nothing has been done," even though no sales have been made. More appropriate would be to state "no early sales" or "not enough sales by 11:00 to establish price trends."

! Trade Demoralized: Trade is not "demoralized" unless the supply so greatly exceeds demand that sellers find it impossible to make sales, except at levels very decidedly below prices that general conditions at that given time would normally warrant. Even then, the shipper may have options for holding the commodity over for another day, forwarding to another market, or taking the commodity back to the farm or ranch. Thus, unless general, nationwide conditions indicate a drastically and rapidly declining economy, use of the word, "demoralized" should be avoided. A statement that supplies are considerably in excess of current local demand, and if available, the probable volume that failed to move out of first hands will be used as a more accurate and factual description of conditions.

40

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-2 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

! Demand as a Substitute for Trade Activity: The term "demand" should not be confused with market activity. Do not use such expressions as "demand slow" or "demand active." Do not use the phrases "market improved" or "market more attractive." If the market was "improved" or "more attractive" to a seller, then very probably the reverse would be true to the buyer. More factual would be statements such as "market active," "demand good," "price trend firm on heavy supply."

! Lower Grades, Under Grades, etc.: Do not use these expressions unless they are connected with a statement such as "Choice fairly active, steady, lower grades, etc." Conversely, it may be acceptable to write "Standard and Select slow but higher grades fairly active." It is generally preferable to use specific grade terms, e.g., Choice and Prime, instead of Choice and better, or Standard and Select, instead of Select and below. The phrases "middle grades" and "in-between grades" should not be used.

! Desirable and/or Undesirable Kinds: Whether a product is or is not "desirable" depends upon (1) the use to be made of it and (2) who is supposed to find it "desirable" or "undesirable," as the case may be. Usually, there is an outlet for every class and grade. If distinct preferences exist for certain classes, weights, or grades, such preferences should be described to the extent that they are significant.

! Butcher Cattle: The expression "butcher cattle" is too broad. The specific classes and grades of slaughter cattle will be mentioned. The term "killing cattle" also is objectionable. "Slaughter cattle" is preferable.

! Fat for Slaughter Livestock: The term "slaughter" should be used rather than "fat" when referring to livestock intended for immediate slaughter.

! Similar Grades: The terms "same grade" or "same grades" will be used, or the grade terms will be repeated for the sake of clarity to indicate which grade or grades are involved.

! Grassy or Grassers: In referring to cattle marketed directly from range or pasture areas, the term "grass cattle," along with the appropriate grade term, may be used. Generally, the grade terms alone will suffice without the use of "grain fed" or "grass cattle." "Grassy" or "grassers" will not be used.

41

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-2 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

! Quality: Quality is an important grade factor, but should not be used solely as a descriptive term in market reports. Phrases such as "quality below that of yesterday" mean little to anyone outside the immediate area. It would be more appropriate to say "Select to average-Choice slaughter steers predominated."

! Moderately Active to Slow: This expression adds nothing to the report. If the market on certain classes, weights, or grades is active or slow, or if the market is active or slow, early or late, or in certain areas, this activity should be mentioned but the expression "moderately active to slow" should be avoided.

! And Below - Or Above: Occasionally, a reporter may not be sure of the lowest or highest price on a class of livestock, and a few have used such expressions as $50.00 and below, or $70.00 and above, or Canner $30.00 down. These expressions should be avoided because they do not tell how far above or below. The same applies to such expressions as "or more" and "or less" when reporting price trends.

! Odd Head: Avoid use of this term. Use "individual," "selected head," "few head," or the actual number.

! Rates for Prices: Since many livestock producers associate the term "rates" with charges made by stockyard companies or selling agencies, the use of this term as synonymous with "prices" should be avoided.

! Gain for Advance: "Gain" or "gains" are commonly associated with increase on weight during the feeding period. "Advance," "upturn," or "higher" are preferred when reporting price trends.

! Loss for Decline: Here again "decline," "downturn," "lower" are preferred.

! Several Types of Writing to Avoid: Avoid flamboyant language--long or unusual terms not ordinarily used by the average reader of a market report; long, involved, and cumbersome sentences; purely localized expressions or slang.

! She Stock: This is one of the many terms carried over from an earlier era and still used by some members of the trade in referring to cows and heifers. The specific class names are preferred.

42

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-2 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

! Steady to .50 cents to $1 Higher (or Lower): Instead state, "steady to $1 higher," "mostly 50 cents to $1 higher," or "few early sales steady, bulk 50 cents to $1 higher."

! "Market" for "Trade" or "Price": The term "market" is used in many ways in the livestock, meat, and wool trade. Instead of "market active," it is preferable to state "trade active."

! Choice Load: Use of such expressions as "Choice load 1100# Yield Grade 3 slaughter steers: should be avoided. Preferred usage: "Load Choice 3 1100# slaughter steers."

! Lightweights, Heavyweights, Handy weights, etc.: Actual or estimated weights will be used and such expressions as "lightweight," "medium weight," "handy weight," "strong weight," "heavyweight," will be avoided. ! Supplies Adequate: Adequate will not be used solely as a description of supplies. Supplies "heavy," "moderate," and "light," in conjunction with a description of the demand or activity, will be used. "Demand adequate" should also be avoided.

! Were Reported or Were Quoted: Such phrases are merely extra words with little meaning and are not accurate since we are doing the reporting.

! Steady to $1 Higher or Lower Than Earlier: If the trend changes from earlier, a complete trend must be given. For example, "prices steady through midsession but late sales $1 higher."

! Fed 150 Days: Such phrases are unnecessary since rate of feeding varies widely. The appropriate grade will suffice.

43

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-3 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

PREPARATION OF REPORTS

Slaughter Cattle Report

I. MANDATORY REPORTING

Under the Mandatory Reporting Act of 1999, all Packers that slaughter over 125,000 head of cattle annually must submit information to USDA Market News regarding all negotiated, formula and forward contract sales, including packer owned cattle and information on daily committed and delivered numbers.

A. Confidentiality Guideline - In order for a report (regional or national) to be published, at least 3 companies have to submit data 50% of the time or more over a 60- day period. No one company can account for 70% or more of the cumulative market volume for any individual report over a 60-day period. In cases where only one company submits data for individual reports, the same company can not be the sole reporting entity more than 20% of the time during a 60-day period. This guideline is commonly referred to as the 3/70/20 rule.

B. Definitions

1. Negotiated purchase - A cash or spot market purchase by a packer of livestock from a producer under which the base price for the livestock is determined by seller-buyer interaction and agreement on delivery day. The livestock are scheduled for delivery to the packer not more than 14 days after the date on which the livestock are committed to the packer.

a. Negotiated Cash – This agreed upon price is a final fixed price that will not change.

b. Negotiated Grid Base – The original base price negotiated between buyer and seller when the deal is struck.

c. Negotiable Grid Net – The final net price paid to the producer after premiums and discounts have been applied to the negotiated grid base.

2. Forward Marketing Arrangement – The advance commitment of cattle for slaughter by any means other than through a negotiated purchase or a forward contract using a method for calculating price in which the final price is determined at a future date. The original base price may or may not be known at time of slaughter – only the mechanism of arriving at the base price may be known.

44

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-3 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

d. Formula Base – The base price is not negotiated but is based on some other price (such as plant average or weighted average price) or value determining mechanism that may or may not be known at the time the deal is struck. The final net price is determined after application of premiums and discounts. The producer normally has few, if any options, concerning the pricing once formula agreement as been reached.

e. Formula Net – The final net price paid to the producer after premiums discounts have been applied to the formula base price.

3. Forward Contract – Forward contracts are those purchases based on the CME and a very limited number based on other futures type pricing mechanisms such as the Mid-America Exchange, the Chicago Board of Trade, and other futures trading exchanges where the price is available for months in the future and a price can be locked in at any time based on those prices. Forward contracts may also include a straight cash deal for delivery in excess of 14 days.

a. Forward Contract Base – The beginning price based on some future publicly reported price (usually the CME). The final net price may or may not be adjusted by applying premiums and discounts.

b. Forward Contract Net – The final net price paid to the producer after any adjustments have been made to the forward contract base price.

4. Packer-Owned Cattle – Cattle that a packer owns for at least 14 days immediately before slaughter.

C. Price Spreads - Reporters will search through all data and sort out any information that appears out of line. Price spreads should be kept as narrow as possible in order for them to be meaningful to industry, although reporters must use caution when excluding prices. Reporters may exclude a price if there are obvious errors in the data, if a price is significantly out of line from the latest established market, or if it represents a single transaction and in the opinion of the reporter, the price does not reflect the market. Reporters do have the discretion to sort and exclude data but it is important to remember a valid reason must be given for each transaction a reporter excludes.

45

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-3 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

D. Narratives -A commentary will be added on all negotiated summary reports. This commentary may include trade activity, demand, supply, volume, price trend, and price range. The price range should also indicate at what price the bulk of the trade took place. Reporters must be careful not to speculate or release any information that does not meet the confidentiality guidelines. All information submitted by packers to Market News is confidential and cannot be released to anyone unless it appears on a report.

E. Slaughter Cattle Weighted Average Reports - A weighted average is a mean value made up of varying prices, weights, and head counts to assign a single weighted price or weight. Weighted average reports are widely used by industry in a number of ways to make daily marketing decisions. Many companies use the averages as an accurate gauge of current live cattle prices, weights and sales volume. Consequently, they are a very important part of Market News’ output.

The direct trade areas that make up the 5-Area Slaughter Cattle Weighted Average Report are: Colorado; Iowa-Minnesota; Kansas; Nebraska; and Texas-Oklahoma-New Mexico. The weighted averages are computed by using information provided by the packer. It should be noted that weights used in the report could be estimates provided by the packer. Although the averages are computer generated, a reporter should have a sound working knowledge of the principles involved in the computations. See Exhibit A and B.

II. VOLUNTARY AND AUCTION REPORTING

A. Volume of Sales Reported - For direct trade reports, reporters will collect prices and sales volume from feedlots only. The primary purpose of the voluntary reports is to indicate when trade “breaks loose” in a particular area. Volume included in the voluntary reports may not encompass all trades in the region but should provide the industry with supplemental information when trading begins. Complete sales volume will be provided by mandatory direct trade reports.

B. Price Spreads - Price spreads should be kept as narrow as possible on both voluntary and auction reports. Reporters can do this by reporting individual grades or by changing weight ranges. If a sale appears out of line with the current supply and demand situation, the sale will be ignored when formulating price ranges. Undue stress will not be placed on so called “top-sales”, thus neglecting price comment on lower grades of cattle. All prices quoted will be dollars per hundred weight unless otherwise specified.

C. Narratives - Narratives on voluntary or auction reports should include detailed comments. Current conditions of weather, pasture and feed may be mentioned as well as comments used to more accurately describe price differences for slaughter cattle.

46

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-3 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

D. Designating Position Within Grade - Terms used to describe the upper, middle and lower third of each grade of fed cattle, calves, and vealers are “high”, “average” and “low.” Such terms will be written high-Choice”, “low Prime”, etc.

E. Sequence of Grade Terms - When prices are quoted for a combination of grades, the lower grade term will be used first in the sequence, such as “Select and Choice Slaughter Steers 71.50-72.00.” The inclusion of more than two grades in a single price spread will be avoided except in rare instances when price ranges are very narrow. When lower grades sell above higher grades, each grade will be quote separately. If yield grades are used, the numerical grades will be in ascending order such as Choice 2-3 Steers.

F. Descriptive Terms Used in Conjunction with Grades. - The terms “high dressing”, “gaunt”, “full, or other similar terms may be used to more accurately describe price differences for slaughter cattle. These terms will be used only as additional adjectives in conjunction with official USDA grade terms.

III. SLAUGHTER COW GUIDELINES

Percent Lean Weight Breakers 75-80% 850-1200 lbs. Boner 80-85% 850-1200 lbs. Lean 85-90% 850-1200 lbs. 85-90% 750-850 lbs. 85-90% Under 750 lbs.

Each office should adjust weight ranges so they are suitable to fit their particular markets. Offices should report only those cows where a significant supply exists. High and low dressing should be used when needed. Premium White Cows will be reported as supplies warrant. Also, sales that are extremely high or low should be avoided so that price ranges are as narrow as possible.

47

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-3 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

Exhibit A: Calculating Weighted Averages

If a plant turns in the following information:

Head Count Avg. Weight Avg. Price 10 1,250 $71.00 23 1,290 $69.25 47 1,195 $71.75 90 1,300 $70.50

To Calculate Weighted Average Weight use the following formula:

Sum (count x weight) ÷ Sum (count) Head Count x Weight = Total 10 x 1,250 12,500 lbs 23 x 1,290 29,670 lbs 47 x 1,195 56,165 lbs 90 x 1,300 117,000 lbs 170 215,335 lbs

Weighted Average Weight = 215,335 lbs ÷ 170 = 1267 lbs

To Calculate Weighted Average Price use the following formula: Sum (count x price) ÷ Sum (count) Head Count x Price = Total 10 x $71.00 = $710.00 23 x $69.25 = $1,592.75 47 x $71.75 = $3,372.25 90 x $70.50 = $6,345.00 170 $12,020.00

Weighted Average Price = $12,020.00 ÷ 170 = $70.71

Only Steer and Heifer data will be used in the weighted average formula. Dairybred, Heiferettes, etc., will be used only in calculating the total Confirmed Head Counts.

48

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-3 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

Exhibit B: Example of Typical Daily 5 Area Weighted Average Report

5 AREA DAILY WEIGHTED AVERAGE DIRECT SLAUGHTER CATTLE - NEGOTIATED Texas/Oklahoma; Kansas; Nebraska; Colorado; Iowa/Minnesota feedlots

Head Count: 22,431 Week Ago: 96,214 Last Year: 68,113 Week to Date: 236,726 Week Ago: 122,921 Last Year: 139,725

LIVE FOB BASIS - Beef Breeds Head Weight Price Avg Avg Count Range Range Weight Price STEERS Over 80% Choice 135 1,375-1,375 69.00-69.00 1,375 69.00 65 - 80% Choice 797 1,060-1,640 67.00-70.75 1,389 69.06 35 - 65% Choice 4,972 1,050-1,375 67.75-70.00 1,178 69.05 0 - 35% Choice 1,120 1,250-1,400 69.00-69.00 1,283 69.00 Total all grades 7,024 1,050-1,640 67.00-70.75 1,223 69.04 HEIFERS Over 80% Choice 1,645 1,275-1,325 68.00-69.50 1,293 68.96 65 - 80% Choice 687 1,200-1,325 68.00-69.00 1,241 68.63 35 - 65% Choice 2,198 1,075-1,300 69.00-70.00 1,135 69.24 0 - 35% Choice 236 1,175-1,175 69.00-69.00 1,175 69.00 Total all grades 4,766 1,075-1,325 68.00-70.00 1,207 69.05 DRESSED DELIVERED BASIS - Beef Breeds Head Weight Price Avg Avg Count Range Range Weight Price STEERS Over 80% Choice 1,033 828-859 108.00-109.00 837 108.61 65 - 80% Choice 740 650-880 106.00-110.00 801 108.71 35 - 65% Choice 2,151 700-880 106.00-109.50 751 108.84 0 - 35% Choice - - Total all grades 3,924 650-880 106.00-110.00 783 108.76 HEIFERS Over 80% Choice 448 803-819 107.00-108.00 810 107.58 65 - 80% Choice 467 730-915 108.00-110.00 792 108.43 35 - 65% Choice 775 675-775 109.00-110.00 718 109.41 0 - 35% Choice - - Total all grades 1,690 675-915 107.00-110.00 763 108.65

WEEKLY ACCUMULATED Head Count Avg Weight Avg Price Live Steer 69,183 1,293 69.33 Live Heifer 54,551 1,185 69.54 Dressed Steer 38,402 844 108.12 Dressed Heifer 43,462 769 108.88 SAME PERIOD LAST WEEK Head Count Avg Weight Avg Price Live Steer 35,131 1,292 68.30 Live Heifer 39,051 1,188 68.46 Dressed Steer 18,201 850 106.17 Dressed Heifer 13,080 772 106.61 SAME PERIOD LAST YEAR Head Count Avg Weight Avg Price Live Steer 41,646 1,299 61.01 Live Heifer 36,616 1,167 61.01 Dressed Steer 18,811 851 99.97 Dressed Heifer 16,594 764 99.82

49

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-4 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

PREPARATION OF REPORTS

Feeder Cattle Reporting

I. REPORTING GUIDELINES

Livestock reporters are responsible for compiling a comprehensive record covering all facets of the feeder cattle trade, including direct trading, livestock auctions, video and internet auctions, and board sales. This data should represent a cross section of the day's or week's trade. Factual data should relate to supplies, demand, trading activity, and price trends on represented weights, grades, and classes of livestock. Reporters should recognize and maintain the "confidentiality" of this information in order to establish an unbiased position among the trade members. Reporters should recognize that they are rendering a service to the industry and are seeking information for reporting purposes only. Reporters should willingly trade information with their sources. However, they should maintain confidentiality of the information at all times and not reveal information prior to the actual sale. Reporters should strive to establish a wide range of reliable contacts which will be used on a daily/weekly basis for compiling the market information. All information should be evaluated by the reporter before issuing the respective report to ensure the report accurately reflects actual market conditions at that time. Any significant factor which affects price changes, trading activity, or demand should be explained in the market report. These factors could include local weather, grazing conditions, sharp price changes in the Chicago Mercantile Exchange (CME), strikes, crop conditions, crop reports, etc.

II. TERMINOLOGY

It is standard procedure in all reports to identify why price differences occur when the weight and quality of an animal are similar and other conditions, cause the animals to sell at different price levels. In addition to frame size and muscling, descriptive terminology or other price determining factors such as flesh condition, fill, etc. may be necessary in order to help explain price differences or to narrow price ranges. Descriptions of flesh condition such as “thin”, “slightly thin”, “moderately fleshy”, “fleshy”, and “very fleshy” should be utilized to describe or explain price differences. The term “stocker cattle” may be used for thinner fleshed cattle or calves that are more valuable for grazing than for immediate shipment to feedlots. Using the calves or yearling comment is necessary to differentiate between calves and yearlings even when similar weights and grades are selling at or near the same price level. Yearlings are those cattle that are 12 months of age. Market reporters usually do not know the exact age of the cattle and must rely on the physical appearance of the animal to determine the age or in the case of direct cattle the information provided by the contact. The number of days weaned or vaccination records have no bearing on whether an animal is a calf or yearling. The weight division between calves and yearlings for market reporting purposes is 600 pounds. No comment is required on calves weighing less than 600 pounds, but all calves weighing more than 600 pounds must be identified as calves. Yearlings weighing less than 600 pounds will be identified on the reports as

50

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-4 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250 yearlings and it is not required to identify yearlings weighing more than 600 pounds. At times thin, full, fleshy, or other approved comments may be more appropriate to describe the price difference and should be used in place of calves or yearlings.

In some areas, the point of origin is an important descriptive term in reporting feeder cattle and can be utilized in market reports. Examples include: Flint Hills of Kansas; high desert areas in Oregon, Gunnison Valley of Colorado, Texas Panhandle, etc.

A. FRAME SIZE & MUSCLING SCORE CATEGORIES: Usually, the bulk of the cattle will be reported under the Medium and Large frame category. The Medium frame category is useful in reporting predominantly English cattle that are expected to finish at a relatively light weight. The Large frame category is useful in reporting Holsteins, exotic, or crossbred cattle that are expected to finish at a weight over 1350 lbs. Single grade categories (ex. Medium) should only be used if at least 80 percent of the reported lot is of that category, otherwise mixed categories (ex. Small and Medium) should be used.

MEDIUM AND LARGE Includes cattle from Medium-50 to Large-70 percent (Expected finish weights of 1175-1350 lbs for steers and 1075-1250 lbs for heifers)

LARGE Holsteins, other breeds over large 70% (finished weight over 1350 lbs)

MEDIUM Cattle from Medium 0 to Medium 50 percent.

SMALL Included cattle that are small (Expected to finish under 1100 lbs for steers and under 1000 lbs for heifers)

Official USDA muscling scores are (1,2,3,4, & Inferior). In market reporting, these scores should be coupled with the corresponding frame size in a manner that best represents the cattle being reported. The minimum muscle thickness for each guide is: Number 1 moderately thick muscling; Number 2 tends to be slightly thick; Number 3 thin muscling; and Number 4 is reserved for cattle that do not meet the qualifications for Number 3. Unthrifty, unsound, or double muscled cattle are graded Inferior. Usually, Number 4 and Inferior cattle are not reported. Many times, groups of cattle of mixed grades are marketed and should be reported accordingly. If less than 80 percent of the reported lot is of one grade, a mixed classification should be used (ex. 1-2, or 2-3). The Number 1 category is useful in reporting exotic or heavily muscled English cattle. Brahman cross and lighter muscled English cattle typically fall in the Number 2 category. Number 3’s usually include dairy breeds or predominantly Brahman cattle.

51

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-4 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

B. FLESH CONDITION DESCRIPTIONS: - Thin Flesh: Typical thin feeder cattle are angular in appearance. Their rib bones and the hooks and pins in the pelvic region are plainly visible. There is also a definite ridge formed by the dorsal processes in the short loin region. Various regions of the body such as the round, loin, rib cage, shoulder, etc. are plainly visible, and the muscular nomenclature is easily distinguishable. There is no evidence of smoothness associated with fat deposits. Thin cattle have a loss of flesh to the point that they are showing signs of muscle loss. These cattle often sell at a premium, because of compensatory gain (the expected efficient and speedy weight gain experienced when these cattle are given a proper ration).

Average Flesh: Typical average-fleshed feeder cattle have slight evidence of fat in the areas of the tail head, flanks, cod, and brisket that make them appear smoother and not as angular as thin-fleshed cattle. The rib bones, and hooks and pins in the pelvic region are slightly visible. The edge formed by the dorsal processes in the short loin region is barely evident. The various regions of the animal begin to blend together and have a smoother appearance than thin fleshed cattle. Average is intended to be a constant evaluation based on the above description and not relative to the area or season of the year. Average fleshed beef cattle (flesh score 5) will have approximately .25 inches of fat cover at the 12th rib. Dairy animals will have slightly less than .25 inches of fat cover over the 12th rib.

Fleshy: Typical fleshy feeder cattle are beginning to show moderate fat deposits in the cod, flanks, brisket, and around the tail head. The rib bones and hooks and pins in the pelvic region are barely visible if distinguishable at all. The animal has a smooth appearance including, the curvature over the loin. Feeder cattle fleshier than typical may have fat cover more associated with slaughter cattle and show indications of being on a silage and/or grain ration. Fleshy cattle often sell at a discount, due to the expected weight loss upon change of environment.

NUMERICAL FLESH SCORING SYSTEM:

1 THIN 2 3

4 AVERAGE 5 6

7 FLESHY 8 9

52

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-4 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

III. REPORT FORMAT

A consistent report format should enhance the opportunity for users of our information to adapt the information for their specific needs. The news media can selectively use only the narrative style report, while buyers, sellers, financial institutions, and others in the industry can utilize the detailed information. All reporters should use the following format guidelines:

A. A proper heading including the name of the auction or trade area covered by the report and the date the trading occurred. The receipts or number of feeder cattle that were covered in the report should follow the heading.

B. Narrative paragraph that includes price trends, trading activity, supply and demand comments. Reporters are encouraged to recognize other significant price-related factors that may affect the market that day such as weather, crop reports, grazing conditions, etc. The narrative section can also be used to describe cattle that are selling above or below the normal price range for the same weight and grade which could include a general statement covering condition or flesh.

C. The body of the report includes market information; such as grades, weight ranges, and price spreads.

D. The source line should be at the end of the report, telling the reader the origin of the report and where to obtain additional information.

Descriptions entered in the computer comment section causes a separation in weight groupings and segregates cattle within the same weight. (Example, thin and fleshy cattle within the same 50-lb. weight group are segregated according to the comments and are printed on two separate lines.) Reporters should use these comments wisely as excess comments add excessive length to reports. The first 14 comments are standardized among offices and may not be changed by the local office. Additional comments are discouraged and should only be used for extreme circumstance as they will not be retained in the Division data base.

53

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-4 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

STANDARDIZED WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMENTS:

Thin Fleshed Fleshy Gaunt Full Fancy Value Added Brahman X Calves Yearlings Per Head Replacement Mexican Origin Canadian Origin Split Loads * Load * Guaranteed Open Source/Aged

* For Direct and Video Auctions Only

Value added are those cattle that meet one of the following Criteria: 1. Electronic Identification Tags 2. Source Verified 3. Weaned 4. Vaccinated 5. Qualify for Natural Beef Programs

Single head lots of cattle will normally be ignored unless they fit into the normal price range. The only exception to this will be in auctions with light volume or those that sell one head at a time. Reporters are cautioned not to let a few "singles" widen the price ranges in the categories.

I V. RECORD RETENTION

Laptop computers will hold a limited amount of data. When the storage is near capacity, the machine will begin to operate sluggishly and eventually cease to function. Records should be purged from the laptop on a regular basis to maintain operating efficiency. In the event the Commodity Futures Trading Commission has need to analyze our records we can provide them data from the permanent records located in the Oracle database.

54

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-4 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

V. STATISTICAL REPORTS

A. Detailed Quotations

1. Laptop weighted average detailed quotations should be used as generated by the computer. All editing of an auction file should be completed prior to sending the report on the communication system. This will ensure the prices on the disseminated report will agree with those in the data base. Weighted averages are the preferred method for detailed quotations. It is not necessary to carry a simple average if a weighted average is computed.

2. In the absence of a weighted average program. Detailed LS 214’s quotations should be prepared for each day when there is a sufficient volume of livestock sold that are representative of trade conditions. Weekly, monthly, and annual detailed quotations will be generated by the Livestock and Grain Market News data base. Price spreads for detailed quotations, used to compute simple averages, should be kept as narrow as possible to effectively represent the grade and weight for the class.

B. Receipts - Receipts of livestock should be entered in the Livestock and Grain Market News data base to coincide with the report issued. This will enable historical information to be retrieved by individual sale location and will facilitate the preparation of weekly reports.

VI. FEEDER CATTLE MARKET REPORTS

A. AUCTION MARKET REPORTS - A wide cross section of trade members (buyers, sellers, order buyers, auction operators) should be interviewed to establish the market report. This exchange of information should include all classes, USDA grade terms, weighing conditions, and other relevant descriptive terminology. Reporters are not required to stay until the end of the sale, but should view and record sales for a majority of the volume to establish a representative cross section. Cattle which are "bid in or passed out" should not be included in sales data. Price spreads should be kept as narrow as possible. As a general guideline, price ranges should not exceed 10 percent of the sales price. (Example: If 400-500 lb. feeders are selling in the $110-$120 range, price spreads should not exceed $12 for that weight range). Reports are more meaningful if price spreads are narrow. In narrative reports, reporters are encouraged to use the words "mostly," "bulk," "majority of sales" to indicate where the majority of sales have occurred. In narrative reports, reporters are encouraged to narrow price spreads using 50 lb. weight breaks, descriptive terminology, or other terms to explain price differences.

Price trends need to be concise and easily understood by the various users of our service. Reporters will make every effort to keep trends as simple as possible. Rarely will trends less than $1 higher or lower, be utilized in feeder cattle market reports. Livestock Auction reports should follow a standard format to maintain consistency between offices. (Exhibit A)

55

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-4 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

Many auctions now have their sales broadcast over the internet and viewers can call to bid on the cattle in the ring as if they were attending the sale. These sales should be included in the regular auction report with no special designation assigned to the cattle. However, if a video auction is held in conjunction with a live auction these cattle must be separated from regular auction cattle. The video auction cattle should be handled as described in paragraph (E) of this instruction and either placed in a separate section at the end of the regular auction report or a separate report can be issued on the video auction cattle.

B. WEIGHTED AVERAGE REPORTS - The weighted average program (utilizing laptop computers) requires special emphasis to maintain consistency between offices. This program has led to more accurate statistical information for all industry-related users, and is utilized for CME settlement prices. It should be noted there are two basic types of users of feeder cattle market information: (1) producers and buyers of feeder cattle and others needing the traditional reports showing price ranges for each weight range and grade and (2) statistical users such as the CME, government agencies, financial institutions, and others needing only a single price for a given weight range. In order to maintain consistency among all Market News offices, the guidelines in Exhibit B should be followed concerning weighted average reports.

C. CME SETTLEMENT PRICE - The CME Feeder Cattle Index is based upon a sample of transactions from these weight/frame score categories: 650 to 849 pound Medium and Large Frame #1 feeder steers, and 650 to 849 pound Medium and Large Frame #1-2 feeder steers. The sample consists of all feeder cattle auction, direct trade, video sale, and Internet sale transactions within the 12-state region of Colorado, Iowa, Kansas, Missouri, Montana, Nebraska, New Mexico, North Dakota, Oklahoma, South Dakota, Texas and Wyoming for which the number of head, weighted average price and weighted average weight are reported. All direct trade reports shall be considered to be Friday transactions. Multiple day sales, for which separate weighted average reports are not issued for each day or it is not evident from the reports issued what cattle sold on which day, shall be included in the sample as if all transactions occurred the final day of the sale. Saturday and Sunday sales shall be included in the sample as if all transactions occurred on Monday. Reports that are designated as "preliminary" shall not be included in the sample, and no transactions from that location shall be used until a final report is issued. Cattle identified in the report as being fancy, thin, fleshy, gaunt or full; having predominantly dairy, exotic or Brahma breeding; shall be excluded from the sample. Transactions for cattle that are reported as having an origin outside of the United States shall be excluded from the sample. Direct trade, video sale, and Internet sale transactions must be quoted on an FOB basis, 3% standing shrink or equivalent, with pickup within 14 days to be included in the sample. Due to the importance of this data, reporters should make an extra effort to thoroughly review the information before the report is released.

D. DIRECT TRADE REPORTS - Direct trade reports will follow the same general guidelines as auction market reporting. However, since the majority of the information is obtained by telephone the reporter must make frequent visits to feedlots, back grounding lots, buying stations, weighing facilities, etc., in order to observe feeder cattle trading methods. Contract sales of feeder cattle with no price established can be reported if the volume, delivery

56

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-4 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

date, and other conditions of the sale are known. This data may more accurately reflect total feeder cattle movements within an area being reported. The volume of contracted cattle can be shown either at time of contracting or at time of delivery; however, the specific time frame should be noted.

Direct trade feeder cattle reports should utilize a standardized format that includes the weekly weighted averages of feeder cattle reported for the week (Exhibit C). The top portion should include in narrative style the comparative volumes, price trends, weight groups, and various grades. The bottom of the report should show the weighted average format for the same information. This will give the various user groups the option of using either format for the same market information. Weighted feeder cattle information should be clearly identified in the weighted average reports as to delivery point -- FOB or DEL. Delivery specifications are an important condition of the sale and should be noted in the report. Current Delivery are those cattle delivered within fourteen days.

Reporters should make every effort to exchange information with other market news offices when they pick up information outside their trade area. The information is significant to both areas and can be reported in both areas--one area as an FOB price, and the other area as a delivered price.

Reporters should keep in mind that the primary goal of the market report is to reflect accurate market conditions--accurate being the key word. Volume is an important part of market conditions, but should not be the primary goal in market reporting. Direct Feeder Cattle Reporting as it applies to the 12-State Region which is used by the Chicago Mercantile Exchange to calculate the Feeder Cattle Index (Texas, New Mexico, Oklahoma, Colorado, Kansas, Missouri, Wyoming, Nebraska, Iowa, Montana, South Dakota, and North Dakota).

Direct feeder cattle information collected from contacts may be provided on an FOB or a converted FOB/Delivered Basis. All cattle must originate in the 12-State region. Buyers or sellers may provide information by telephone, e-mail, or facsimile. Contacts must provide transaction information on a consistent basis to be included in the published report. New contacts must provide information for a minimum of 30 days before their information will be included in the published report unless approved by OIC and area supervisor.

Delivered Basis transactions may be converted to an FOB Basis by the buyer or seller under the following procedures: These procedures are necessary to eliminate double reporting of cattle and may allow the CME to include these transactions in the Feeder Cattle Index calculation.

-The buyer or seller must convert the price from Delivered to FOB and provide Market News with both prices. -Provide the origin point of the cattle. -Provide the names of the buyer and seller

57

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-4 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

At the option of the Agricultural Marketing Service, Livestock and Grain Market News, documentation supporting the transaction must be provided upon request. Documentation must include price (FOB, Delivered, and/or converted FOB) weight, head count, buyer, seller, and origination point. Failure to provide documentation prior to the scheduled publication of the report may cause the information to be excluded from the report. In addition, to maintain the integrity of direct feeder cattle reporting, information collected on feeder cattle transactions or documentation provide to support the transaction may be retained by Livestock and Grain Market News for a period of one year. This information, as is all proprietary information collected by market news, is not subject to disclosure under the Freedom of Information Act and can only be provided to another government agency during their course of an active investigation.

58

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-4 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

E. VIDEO/INTERNET AUCTION REPORTING - The reports should consist of (l) header including offerings, narrative paragraph, and location code explanations, (2) weighted average reports, and (3) narrative report on replacement cattle and bred cows.

The comments section should include the areas of origin (listed below) and the delivery months. The South Central and North Central states are included in the CME feeder cattle index and will remain unchanged to accommodate the index.

SOUTH CENTRAL STATES (S.C.): Texas, Oklahoma, New Mexico, Kansas, and Missouri.

NORTH CENTRAL STATES (N.C.): Nebraska, North and South Dakota, Iowa, Colorado, Wyoming, and Montana.

WESTERN STATES (WEST): All states West of the Central States.

EASTERN STATES (EAST): All states East of the Mississippi river, Louisiana, and Arkansas. (Sales are primarily from the Southeast).

Cattle from Canada and Mexico will be identified as such and will be reported in U.S. dollars.

Heifers advertised as "replacement quality" and selling at an obvious premium to other similar kinds will be omitted from the weighted average and reported strictly as "replacements."

All lots that are "passed out", sold after the auction at a different price, or for any other reason are not a valid sale, will not be reported. If necessary to verify sales information reporters should request a copy of the final sales sheet that includes prices and buyers.

Video/Internet auction reports will be released at the completion of the sale. Unusually long sales taking place over the weekend will be released by noon on Monday.

59

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-4 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

Exhibit A: Cattle Auction Report

Two spaces after colon, then JC_LS150 auction receipts, Jefferson City, MO Tue Sep 17, 2002 MO Dept of Ag-USDA Market News followed by 4 spaces Springfield, MO – Southwest Regional Stockyards Name of town, Cattle Auction Report for 09/16/2002 then auction (unless they Receipts: 3000 Last Week: 2500 Year Ago: 2200 are the same), followed by Compared to last week, feeder steers and heifers sold steady to 1.00 title of report higher. Demand was very good for stocker cattle and calves as recent and the date rains have improved pasture conditions. Trading was slower on yearling the auction feeder cattle, following last week’s sharp losses on the CME Live Cattle was held. Futures. Slaughter cows and bulls were 1.00-2.00 lower with the full decline posted on the leaner-type cows. Demand was only moderate for a 2 spaces after light offering of replacement cattle. Slaughter cows made up 15 percent colon, 2 spaces of the offering, slaughter bulls 5 percent, replacement cows 10 percent, after grade, and feeders 70 percent. The feeder supply included 50 percent steers and unless grade is 42 percent heifers. Near 48 percent of the run weighed over 600 lbs. followed by a

word. Feeder Steers: Medium and Large 1 350-400 lbs 99.50-105.00; 400-500 lbs 91.25-100.00, pkg fleshy 480 lbs 89.00; 500-600 lbs 81.75-90.00, pkg Indent 3 full 535 lbs 80.00; 600-700 lbs 78.25-83.50, part load thin yearlings 670 spaces for lbs 86.00; load 715 lbs 82.00, pkg fleshy calves 730 lbs 77.00; 750-800 text and for lbs 78.25-80.75; couple loads 830 lbs 77.85. Medium and Large 1-2 350- each class of 400 lbs 95.00-101.00, pkg thin 375 lbs 109.00; 400-500 lbs 86.75-94.00; cattle. 500-600 lbs 79.25-83.00; pkg thin 620 lbs 84.00; 650-700 lbs 75.00-79.25; load thin crossbreds 760 lbs 81.50. Medium and Large 2 pkg 445 lbs 83.50; pkg thin 530 lbs 85.00; pkg Brahman X 580 lbs 75.00.

Holstein Steers: Large 3 load 770 lbs 56.50. Weight Feeder Heifers: Medium and Large 1 300-400 lbs 93.00-98.00; 400-475 classes lbs 82.50-91.00; 500-600 lbs 74.75-83.00, pkg fleshy 560 lbs 73.00, lot separated fancy replacement quality black heifers 580 lbs 88.00; 600-700 lbs 72.75- by 76.00, pkg thin yearlings 640 lbs 80.75, pkg fleshy grain-fed 660 lbs semicolon; 71.00; 700-800 lbs 72.50-73.50; pkg 860 lbs 68.75. Medium and Large 1-2 300-400 lbs 85.00-95.00; 400-500 lbs 78.50-87.00, pkg thin 460 lbs 89.00; 500-600 lbs 75.00-78.50, thin 80.50-82.00; lot 620 lbs 73.25.

Slaughter Cows: Differing Pct Lean Weight Avg Dressing Hi Dressing Lo Dressing prices Breaking 70-80 975-1200 36.00-39.25 38.00-41.50 34.00-37.25 within a Boning 80-85 900-1100 35.00-38.00 37.25-42.00 32.75-35.50 weight Lean 85-90 800-950 32.00-35.50 35.00-39.00 27.50-33.00 group separated Slaughter Bulls: Yield Grade 1-2 1250-2200 lbs 45.00-48.50; few high by comma. dressing 48.00-51.50, few low dressing or full 41.50-45.00.

Feeder Cows: Medium and Large 1-2 700-1050 lbs 39.00-43.00, couple packages thin black cows 850-1000 lbs 45.00-48.50.

Bred Cows: Few Medium and Large 1-2 4 years to short and solid mouthed 1100-1350 lb 2nd and 3rd stage tested bred cows 575.00-650.00.

Cow/Calf Pairs: Medium and Large 1-2 consignment 3-6 year old 1000- 1200 lb mixed black and red whiteface cows with 150-250 lb calves 825.00.

Source: MO Dept of Ag-USDA Market News Service, Springfield, MO Corbitt Wall, Market Reporter, 417-895-1320 http://www.ams.usda.gov/mnreports/JC_LS150.txt

60

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-4 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

Exhibit B: Laptop Weighted Average Report Title should be Feeder Cattle Weighted Average Report, plus the auction date. JC_LS750 Jefferson City, MO Tue Sep 17, 2002 MO Dept of Ag-USDA Market News

Springfield, MO – Southwest Regional Stockyards Feeder Cattle Weighted Average Report for 09/16/2002 Everything, including Receipts: 2000 Last week: 1850 Year ago: 2200 receipts should be Compared to last week, feeder steers and heifers sold steady to 1.00 left-hand higher. Demand was very good for stocker cattle and calves as recent justified. rains have improved pasture conditions. Trading was slower on yearling feeder cattle, following last week’s sharp losses on the CME Live Cattle Futures. Supply included 50 percent steers and 42 percent heifers. Near 48 percent of the run weighed over 600 lbs.

Feeder Steers Medium and Large 1 Head Wt Range Avg Wt Price Range Avg Price 39 351-388 366 99.50-105.00 102.61 41 413-440 427 96.00-100.00 97.79 Using 55 470-492 478 91.25-94.50 93.22 comments 15 480 480 89.00 89.00 Fleshy helps to keep 40 509-545 525 84.75-90.00 87.55 price ranges 13 533 533 80.00 80.00 Full narrow and 58 555-598 577 81.75-85.00 83.25 shows the 43 610-643 631 79.75-83.50 81.10 premiums and 55 652-685 673 78.25-81.00 79.55 discounts being 42 670 670 86.00 86.00 paid for cattle 75 715 715 82.00 82.00 that have 22 730 730 77.00 77.00 Calves certain 46 764-788 771 78.25-80.75 79.97 characteristics 118 827 827 77.85 77.85

Feeder Steers Medium and Large 1-2 Head Wt Range Avg Wt Price Range Avg Price 32 360-399 375 95.00-101.00 98.60 15 375 375 109.00 109.00 Thin 20 423 423 94.00 94.00 48 462-491 478 86.75-90.00 87.86 18 535 535 83.00 83.00 Yearlings 28 560-582 565 79.25-82.75 80.02 40 620 620 84.00 84.00 Thin 37 660-690 672 75.00-79.25 77.17 68 760 760 81.50 81.50 Thin

Feeder Steers Medium and Large 2 Head Wt Range Avg Wt Price Range Avg Price 27 445 445 83.50 83.50 15 528 528 85.00 85.00 Thin 33 578 578 75.00 75.00 Brahman X

61

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-4 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

Feeder Holstein Steers Large 3 Head Wt Range Avg Wt Price Range Avg Price 70 770 770 56.50 56.50

Feeder Heifers Medium and Large 1 Head Wt Range Avg Wt Price Range Avg Price 18 312 312 98.00 98.00 30 355-389 375 93.00-97.00 94.51 52 405-445 421 83.50-91.00 85.82 22 460 460 82.50 82.50 43 512-547 522 77.75-83.00 81.46 36 552-590 575 74.75-78.25 76.06 40 560 560 73.00 73.00 Fleshy 48 577 577 88.00 88.00 Replacement 34 608-618 614 74.50-76.00 75.02 35 638 638 80.75 80.75 34 663-692 674 72.75-75.25 74.27 14 658 658 71.00 71.00 Fleshy 38 721 721 72.50 72.50 68 792 792 73.50 73.50 12 863 863 68.75 68.75

Feeder Heifers Medium and Large 1-2 Head Wt Range Avg Wt Price Range Avg Price 22 321 321 95.00 95.00 59 358-399 374 85.00-90.00 88.26 22 408-436 426 82.00-87.00 83.74 44 450-487 470 78.50-83.50 80.68 19 458 458 89.00 89.00 Thin 24 508-548 526 75.00-78.50 76.83 35 522-541 529 80.50-82.00 81.43 Thin 51 568 568 76.35 76.35 33 622 622 73.25 73.25

Source: MO Dept of Ag-USDA Market News Service, Maysville, MO Corbitt Wall, Market Reporter, 816-238-0678 24 Hour Toll Free Market Report 1-866-704-7574 http://www.ams.usda.gov/mnreports/SJ_LS750.txt

0700c cdw

62

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-4 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

Exhibit C: Direct Feeder Cattle Report

AM_LS165 Weather and or cropAmarillo, TX Oct 25, 2002 USDA-TX Dept of Ag Market News conditions are very beneficial to readersTe xas Weekly Direct Feeder Cattle Summary – Week Ending 10/25/2002 from other areas. Confirmed: 17,300 Last Week: 17,000 Last Year: 17,000 Compared to last week, feeder steers and heifers sold 1.00 higher. Trade and demand moderate to good. Overall area continued receiving much needed rainfall this week, with wheat pastures “greening up” nicely and should be ready for cattle within a few days. Calves are now enjoying fairly good demand. Local supply still rather limited. Bulk of cattle coming from the Texas Panhandle and neighboring states. Bulk of supply Medium and Large 1 500-800 lbs feeder steers and heifers with 69 percent weighing over 600 lbs and 75 percent steers included. Conditions of Prices based on net weights FOB after a 3 percent shrink or equivalent Sale should be and 5-10 cent slide on calves and 4-6 cent slide on yearlings from base included in the weights. Delivered prices include freight, commissions and other expenses. commentary. Current sales are up to 14 days delivery, few December-February delivery.

Feeder Steers: Medium and Large 1 FOB Price- 600-675 lbs 82.50-86.00; FOB and 700-750 lbs 81.50-84.00; 800-900 lbs 77.00-81.00. Delivered Price- 500 lbs Delivered 91.00-92.00; 625-650 lbs 85.00-86.00; 700-750 lbs 82.00-82.50; 725-800 lbs prices should 78.00-82.00 Nov-Feb. Medium and Large 1-2 FOB Price- 625-650 lbs 80.50- be kept 81.50; 750-785 lbs 77.50-80.50. Delivered Price- 625-675 lbs 80.00-82.00; separate. 775 lbs 80.50. Medium and Large 2-3 (Mexican Origin) FOB Price- 750 lbs 76.00. Delivered Price- 500 lbs 81.50-86.00.

Feeder Heifers: Medium and Large 1 FOB Price- 625 lbs 78.00-82.00; Prices from 650 lbs 77.00 Jan; 700-725 lbs 73.00-77.00. Delivered Price- 550-575 lbs ALL grades 80.00-82.00; 625-675 lbs 78.00-80.35; 715-750 lbs 76.00-78.00. Medium and of a Large 1-2 FOB Price- 600-650 lbs 77.00. Delivered Price- 550 lbs 77.00; particular 650 lbs 76.00 Dec; 700 lbs 76.50. class should

be quoted in Feeder Steers Medium and Large 1 Head Wt Range Avg Wt Price Range Avg Price Delivery a single 400 600 600 85.00-86.00 85.25 Current FOB paragraph 557 650-675 653 82.50-84.50 83.17 Current FOB 1650 700-725 714 82.00-84.00 83.41 Current FOB 1250 750 750 81.50-83.00 82.20 Current FOB Weighted 940 800 800 78.50-81.00 80.36 Current FOB Average 100 900 900 77.00 77.00 Current FOB should 2500 500 500 91.00-92.00 91.50 Current Del follow and 605 600-630 614 85.00-86.00 85.38 Current Del be 80 650 650 85.00 85.00 Current Del separated 315 700-740 725 82.00-82.50 82.32 Current Del by delivery 300 725 725 82.00 82.00 Nov FOB type. 600 750 750 81.50 81.50 Jan FOB 360 800 800 78.00 78.00 Feb FOB

Feeder Steers Medium and Large 1-2 Head Wt Range Avg Wt Price Range Avg Price Delivery 100 625 625 81.50 81.50 Current FOB 100 650 650 80.50 80.50 Current FOB 775 750-785 763 77.50-80.50 79.22 Current FOB 470 625 625 82.00 82.00 Current Del 70 675 675 80.00 80.00 Current Del 70 775 775 80.50 80.50 Current Del

63

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-4 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

Exhibit D: Video/Internet Auction Report

AM_LS753

Amarillo, TX Mon Dec 09, 2002 USDA-TX Dept of Ag Market News Total number of head offered is Superior Video Auction – Friday – Dec 6, 2002 reported, but Passed Out sales should be omitted. Offerings: 30,000

Trade and demand moderate. Supply included 36 percent feeder steers Exact trends are and heifers over 600 lbs, 60 percent of supply steers and 40 percent rarely included, heifers. Prices FOB based on net weights after a 2-3 percent pencil since shrink or equivalent, with a 3-6 cent slide on yearlings and 4-10 on comparisons are calves. Deliveries current through March 2003. difficult. *************************************************************** South central States: Texas, Oklahoma, New Mexico, Kansas and Missouri. *************************************************************** Cattle are Feeder Steers Medium and Large 1 grouped into Head Wt Range Avg Wt Price Range Avg Price Delivery regions of origin. 231 510-540 525 91.60-104.25 99.01 Current 578 550-585 560 84.75-94.75 87.72 Current 225 600-630 614 83.50-87.00 85.57 Current 346 650-685 661 81.85-86.25 84.55 Current 191 750-785 761 86.50-87.50 87.08 Current 57 825 825 82.35 82.35 Current Sales are also 278 850-885 867 82.25-88.00 85.69 Current grouped into 137 460 460 105.00-107.50 106.75 Dec-Jan scheduled 41 610 610 82.60 82.60 Dec-Jan delivery. 75 700 700 83.35 83.35 Dec-Jan 200 490 490 101.50 101.50 Jan 411 700-720 710 83.60-85.75 84.66 Jan 193 750 750 82.00-85.60 83.78 Jan 400 850 850 82.50 82.50 Jan-Feb 60 790 790 80.85 80.85 Feb-Mar

Feeder Heifers Medium and Large 1 Head Wt Range Avg Wt Price Range Avg Price Delivery 245 470-490 478 81.00-97.10 89.86 Current 238 500-520 510 83.60-89.60 88.31 Current 186 550-590 572 78.00-83.00 80.41 Current 317 600-635 617 74.85-81.50 79.95 Current 136 725 725 80.35 80.35 Current 114 840 840 83.00 83.00 Current 155 440 440 93.75-95.00 94.19 Dec-Jan 41 580 580 77.60 77.60 Dec-Jan 140 700 700 79.60 79.60 Dec-Jan 120 400 400 103.85 103.85 Jan

*************************************************************** North central States: Colorado, Wyoming, Nebraska Montana, North and South Dakota and Iowa. *************************************************************** Feeder Steer Medium and Large 1 Head Wt Range Avg Wt Price Range Avg Price Delivery 125 390 390 118.50 118.50 Current 311 460-490 476 101.50-104.25 102.52 Current 240 500-540 527 85.50-99.10 94.39 Current

64

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-5 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

PREPARATION OF REPORTS

Replacement Cattle

Value-determining factors in a market report for replacement cattle are difficult to incorporate. Replacement cattle should be evaluated for frame size and muscling on the same basis as evaluating feeder cattle. Other factors such as flesh, number of months bred, and age should also be incorporated into the reports to further explain the price structure. The reports should also identify if the weights are estimated or actual. Price spreads should be kept as narrow as possible to provide meaningful information. Rarely should a category exceed a $100 spread when quoted per head/pair, $10 when quoted per cwt.

The following guidelines provide additional clarification and should be used for describing and reporting replacement cattle.

I. FRAME SIZE

LARGE FRAME over 1250 lbs MEDIUM FRAME 1000-1250 lbs SMALL FRAME under 1000 lbs

The weight ranges for Large, Medium, and Small Frame depicts mature cows with normal fill and carrying .2 inches of fat. Several factors affect the weight of replacement cows. Cows continue to grow until they fully mature at approximately 6 years of age, thus age must be taken into consideration when evaluating replacement cows. (Example: A 3 year old cow weighing 1100 lbs may easily grade Large Frame taking into consideration her growth potential). Excess fat and the pregnancy stage, depending upon the month of pregnancy, are also important factors in cow weights and should be taken into consideration.

II. MUSCLE SCORE

Minimum Thickness Degree of Thickness 1 Moderately thick - 2 Tends to be Slightly Thick - 3 Thin 4 Less than Thin

The muscle thickness portion (1, 2, 3 & 4 with 1 being the thicker muscled cows and 4 the thinnest ones).

65

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-5 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

III. AGE CATEGORIES

YOUNG Cows 4 years old or less that have had at least one calf.

MIDDLE AGED Cows 5-8 years old.

AGED Over 8 years old. (Broken mouth cows maybe quoted separately.)

Age categories may be listed as young, middle aged or aged, or by listing the actual age of the cows sold (2-6 year old, 7 year old and older, etc). It is best not to use local terminology when quoting ages as it may vary from sale barn to sale barn and from region to region (short mouthed, short and solid mouthed, gummer, etc).

I V. OTHER PRICE INFLUENCING FACTORS

The number of months bred influences the price. Depending on available information or estimated information, cows can be quoted by such methods as "in first trimester of pregnancy, bred 3-6 months, or will calve in March and April". If sold as pairs, the approximate weight of calves should be included.

The quality of replacement cows is an important factor which can vary widely. In order to keep price spreads as narrow and meaningful as possible reporters are encouraged to use descriptive terms whenever necessary. Terms such as fancy or plain may be used to describe the quality of replacements sold (cattle are assumed to be of average quality unless otherwise stated). It may be helpful to use breed, color, type or kind if a price-determining factor. Statements such as “herd sell-out” or “reputation cattle” may be used along with a statement in the narrative portion of the report to further describe selling conditions.

66

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-5 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

Exhibit A: Replacement Cow Report

REPLACEMENT COWS: Medium and Large 1 young 800-1050 lb cows in 2nd and 3rd trimester of pregnancy 800.00-900.00 per head; middle age 950-1200 lb cows 700.00-800.00 per head, some in 1st and 2nd trimester 600.00-700.00 per head; aged 850-1050 lb cows in 2nd and 3rd trimester 550.00-650.00 per head; other Medium and Large 1 3-6 year old cows in 2nd and 3rd trimester 60.00-70.00 per cwt.

Cow-Calf Pairs: Medium and Large 1 young 800-1000 lb cows with 100-200 lb calves 850.00-950.00 per pair; middle age 900-1100 lb cows with 100-250 lb calves 750.00-850.00 per pair, with 250-350 lb calves 850.00-950.00 per pair; aged 800-1100 lb cows with 150-250 lb calves 600.00-700.00 per pair.

Exhibit B: Replacement Cow Report

Replacement Cows: Medium and Large 1-2: Age Weight Bred Price/head Heifer 750-1000 2-3 months black 560.00-625.00 4-5 yr old 1050-1150 5-6 months fancy 750.00-800.00 3-6 yr old 900-1250 5-8 months fancy Brahma X 590.00-660.00 7-8 yr old 1000-1350 6-7 months 550.00-630.00 7-8 yr old 1000-1250 1-3 months plain 450.00-500.00

Cow-Calf Pairs: Medium and Large 1-2: Age Cow Weight Calf Weight Price/pair 3-6 yr old 950-1200 150-250 black 860.00-925.00 3-6 yr old 1000-1300 200-225 750.00-815.00 7-8 yr old 1050-1200 200-300 675.00-710.00

67

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-6 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

PREPARATION OF REPORTS

Slaughter Hog Reporting

I. Background

Most slaughter hogs are purchased on the basis of their lean value. Reporting of lean-value prices vary considerably from other market reports, because the report is a spreadsheet-generated matrix report of what packers are paying for different carcass weights combined with the percentage of lean red meat per carcass. This requires establishing techniques and procedures not normally used within the scope of other types of market reporting. The lean-value hot carcass value reports not only project definite values based on lean and weight, but also communicate to the producer the potential value from improved product by providing economic and data feedback from the packer. The major lean-value determining factor is backfat, which is closely correlated to the lean meat yield. The primary basis for value is lean, determined on individual packer fat measurements, which may be adjusted for superior or inferior muscling. Each cooperating packer provides a base meat price, premiums and discounts for lean value and weights along with the estimated number of deliveries each day. The values are calculated daily for each packer; then a high-low value range is determined and published in the final report. The final report shows a high-low range of values for about 70 combinations of lean percent and carcass weight, and a range of premiums or discounts for lean value and weight associated to backfat. Reporters at offices in selected areas must adhere to established Market News policy and procedures in this complex data-related lean-value type report.

II. MANDATORY PRICE REPORTING SYSTEM

A. Report: Reporting of carcass based prices, price trends, head counts, defined purchase types, and the hog purchases matrix is done by the packer on the forms LS-118, LS- 119, and LS-120. Data is collected by electronic submission from packing plants which slaughter 100,000 or more hogs per year. Reporters assure that each packer’s submission is complete and verifies the validity of the data submitted. The daily reports are released within one hour of the required packer’s data submission times. These reports are broken down into regional and national reports. The regional reports are Eastern Cornbelt Daily Direct, Western Cornbelt Daily Direct, and Iowa-Minnesota Daily Direct. All prices are plant delivered by state of origin. The LS-120 form is used for reporting the non-carcass merit premiums for the weekly Non-Carcass Merit Premium report.

B. Reports for the Prior Day - Data submitted by the packer is done using report forms numbered LS-118A, LS-118B, and LS-118C. Each packer shall report for each business day of the packer not later than 7 a.m. Central time on each reporting day information regarding all swine purchased, priced, or slaughtered during the prior business day of the packer.

68

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-6 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

1. Purchase Commitments. On the LS-118A form, packers are required to report all commitments which shall be equal to the number of swine scheduled for delivery to a packer for slaughter for each of the next 14 calendar days.

2. Slaughter Data. Slaughter data from the packer is reported on the LS_118B. Information included on this report includes lot identification, class code, purchase type, head count, base price, average net price, lowest net price, highest net price, average weight, average carcass weight, average sort loss, average backfat, average loin depth, average percent lean. Reporters verify and assure that the data which is submitted from the packers is valid. Once this has been completed, the reporter can generate the LM_HG 201 Report, which is called the National Prior Day Slaughter Report. The scheduled time for release of the LM_HG 201 Report is 8 a.m. central time.

3. Base Lean Hog Carcass Slaughter Cost Report. The LM_HG213 Report is used to show the lean value prices packers are paying for different carcass weights combined with the percentage of lean red meat per carcass. This base cost lean value is calculated by individual packers’ lean value buying programs. Each packer which gathers fat and muscle measurements and has a lean value buying program, submits data on the LS-118B forms used for the generation of this report. These buying programs are based on backfat thickness and loin eye depth measured at the 10th rib. The calculations for creation of the report include hogs from four purchase types: producer sold negotiated, producer sold swine or pork market formula, packer sold negotiated, and packer sold swine or pork market formula. The head count, average carcass weight, and the calculated base cost values for the 49-50, 51-52, and 53-54 percent lean ranges, based on measurements of backfat and a 6 to 7 square inch loin eye at the 10th rib, are released in this report. This report is published after the close of trading on the Chicago Mercantile Exchange at 1:30 p.m. Central Time.

4. Purchased Data. Purchased swine data is submitted by the packer on LS- 118C. This includes all purchase data for all purchase types that were made during a 24 hour period starting at 12 a.m. on the prior day. Reporters verify and assure that the data which is submitted from the packers is valid. Once this has been completed, the reporter generates four prior day purchased swine reports – National, Western Cornbelt, Eastern Cornbelt, and Iowa-Minnesota.

C. Reports for Current Day - Current day data is submitted by the packer using the LS-119A and LS-119B forms. Each packer shall report to Market News for each business day of the packer not later than 10:00 a.m. for purchases made from 12:00 a.m. to 9:30 a.m., and not later than 2:00 p.m. for all purchased made from 12:00 a.m. to 1:30 p.m. All reporting times are Central Time. The daily direct reports created are National Daily Direct, Eastern Cornbelt Daily Direct, Western Cornbelt Daily Direct, and Iowa-Minnesota Daily Direct.

1. Estimates (119A). Each packer will submit to Market News their best estimate of

69

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-6 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

the total number of swine expected to be purchased throughout the day for each purchase type. In addition, packers are to report their total actual purchases, by each purchase type, up to the reporting time.

2. Actual purchases (119B). Each packer shall report swine purchase information by lot, which includes head count, purchase type, base price, class code, and state of origin. This will include all hogs purchased under each purchase type. Reporters are to verify and assure that the data which is submitted from the packers is valid. The reporter determines by studying the data, and with communication with the packer, that all information submitted is correct. Once this has been completed, the reporter generates the daily reports.

3. Weekly Direct Hog Swine Non-Carcass Merit Premium Report. Reporting is based on non-carcass merit premiums paid during the prior week, which are submitted on the LS- 120 form on Monday afternoon, no later than 4:00 P.M. Central Time. The reporter verifies all packers have submitted files. The reporter generates the LM_HG250 report.

4. Offices Releasing Mandatory Hog Reports Des Moines, IA

III. PUBLIC MARKETS AND DIRECT AND COUNTRY BUYING POINTS

A. Reports in Direct or Country Buying Areas - Reporting of prices and price trends in direct buying areas varies from public market reporting because the direct reports are obtained mostly by telephone. Both live and lean value direct reporting requires the establishment of techniques and procedures not ordinarily used at public markets. Reporters at offices in such areas must follow up with frequent visits to packing plants or buying stations, to observe methods of trading and character of receipts. Accounts of sales at plants and buying stations will be reviewed periodically to assure the accuracy of the report received by phone. Contract sales with prices fixed on an indefinite figure can be reported if we know the volume traded, approximate delivery date, and conditions of sale. If the actual sale cannot be quoted, contract sale volume figures may still be added to the current day's movement figures to present a clearer picture of the total movement for the area. These figures should not be recounted when the actual delivery is made.

B. Public Market Reports - Public market reporting provides the opportunity to visit with contacts on a personal basis. Reporters should strive to build confidence from contacts and develop procedures to cross reference reported information with actual sales records. Whenever possible, reporters should survey the consist of the supply before trading starts to make notes on individual lots of hogs which will be sold during the day. The grade or grades and estimated weights of such lots will be noted as an aid in setting up detailed quotations after the trade is over. While hog prices should be reported on the basis on which sales are made, care should be taken not to overemphasize weight classifications. Combining weight classifications whenever price differences are insignificant is preferred; however, when warranted, weight groups should be separated to keep price ranges narrow.

1. Grade Description The following guidelines should be used to determine the grade

70

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-6 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

description of a livestock consignment for market reporting purposes: if the consignment includes 80 percent or more of one grade, the consignment will be considered a single grade lot and be described in the market report using the appropriate single grade term. If less than 80 percent of a consignment falls into one grade, the consignment will be considered as a mixed grade lot and all grades comprising over 10 percent of the total will be used in describing the lot. For example, a consignment of hogs containing 60 percent No. 1, 35 percent No.2, and 5 percent No. 3 will be described as No. 1 and 2. Most of the barrows and gilts sold for slaughter fall under the U.S. l-2 grades. Reporters should be alert to any opportunity to use single grades, or a combination of two grades, to help explain a price difference. Whenever a single lot is represented by 80 percent or more of one grade, the lot will be considered a single-grade lot. When l0 percent or less of a consignment falls into one grade, that grade should not be used in describing the consist of the lot. When hogs are sold in mixed lots containing less than 80 percent of one grade, the report should be worded so that the reader will know the prices shown are not for lots of just one grade but are for mixed lots of the grades shown. In such instances, the report should be phrased to read, "Mixed U.S. l-3 $40.00." If individual grades sell at the same price, the report should read, "U.S. l, 2, and 3 $40.00." If sales follow this typical pattern, the report should refer to the grades as U.S. l-2, or U.S. l-3, or U.S. 2-3. The numerals l, 2, 3, and 4 should be used rather than the words "one," "two," "three," or "four," and the numbers should never be used in the plural form.

2. Price Spreads In public markets narrative hog reports, price spreads for barrows and gilts up to 260 pounds should be kept within 50 cents and within $l.00 for heavier offerings and $2.00 for sows. This 50 cent and $l.00 rule should rarely be violated.

C. DETAILED QUOTATIONS - Since provisions are made for quotations on separate combinations of barrow and gilt grades and weights, reporters will need to watch sales closely in order to make the best possible use of the detailed quotation, and even more importantly, to be certain that the day's general trade is accurately portrayed in the quotations. Hogs selling above or below prices paid for the majority of other hogs of the same grade and weight may be included, except the extreme case where the price appears unreasonable in accordance with the day's price-and-demand situation. Thus, a reporter must use his judgment in the case of out-of-line sales in order to accurately portray the day's prices in quotations. Primarily, out-of-line sales are those above or below prices which are dictated by reasonable buying or selling effort, and such sales should not be included in the detailed quotations. If a reporter has difficulty in this respect, or if problems arise, the reporter should bring the circumstances to the attention of the Area Supervisor or the Washington Office.

71

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-7 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

PREPARATION OF REPORTS

Feeder Pig Reporting

I. BACKGROUND

Over the last decade, the pork industry has gone through dramatic changes in both feeder pig marketing and production. Most pigs are marketed today on a direct farm to farm basis in order to limit exposure to diseases. Also today, nearly all pigs are weaned at less than 20 days of age because they carry passive immunity from the sow up to that point. When these early weaned pigs are segregated, disease problems can be greatly reduced. These lighter weight pigs provide a long distance marketing advantage, as trucks can carry over 2000 head per load. Direct marketing of pigs with better health and the ability to ship large loads of early weaned pigs over long distances at a low per head cost has added value and a new dimension to marketing feeder pigs.

Reporters will need to develop a group of telephone contacts and realize that there will be very few opportunities to actually view the pigs that they report. Direct trade pigs are not marketed using USDA Grades. They are described in terms of estimated lean percent when finished to normal weights in typical confinement feeding conditions. These finished lean estimates are based on their genetics, which are also used in describing various performance factors. Early weaned pigs are usually marketed on a 10 pound basis. Many are sold on a prearranged formula basis as well, because of the narrow time frame that they have to be moved to a nursery facility. We can report these pigs that sell on a formula basis if the price floats within a range based on other markets, usually the Lean Hog Futures. Reports should contain the percent of formulated prices included in the total receipts. We do not report pigs on a fixed price contract.

Direct feeder pigs and early weaned pigs are generally priced, sold, and shipped on a weekly basis, therefore making a weekly report sufficient to track the market. Actual weights are not available until the pigs are loaded- generally a week or two after they are sold. Direct pigs are sold on a per head basis at a base weight (10, 40, 45, 50, 55, or 60 pounds) with a per pound slide. The slide for 10 lb pigs is usually 1.00 per pound per head. The calculation is based on the average weight per pig on the load. Example: load average is 9.5 lbs which drops the agreed price by 50 cents per head; load average of 12 lbs per head would add 2.00 per head to the price. The usual slide for 40-60 lb pigs is 25 to 40 cents per pound per head.

Because most direct trade pigs travel long distances and come from a limited number of contacts, most statewide reports would be irrelevant. To avoid revealing an individual’s business a report would have to be on a regional, national, or international basis. Also keep in mind that pigs produced in the corn-belt near packing plants rarely travel away from that area.

72

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-7 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

II. DIRECT TRADE REPORTS

Reporters should maintain confidentiality when dealing with their contacts. Their reports are providing a service to the industry and the information they seek will be part of a larger report and not identified by contacts. Reporters should be willing to trade information with their sources, without providing identity of individual lots.

Prices should be reported as FOB picked up at seller’s farm (no freight or commission) or Delivered to buyer’s farm (freight and commission included). Divide price ranges into categories of lot sizes- 250 head or less, 250-750 head, and 750 head or more. Also report separately lots that fall outside of the usual 50-54% estimated lean at finished weight. Other lean categories would be 46-50% and 54-58%. Do not report pigs at actual weights as this adds to confusion in comparing trades from one week to the next. Report lots at 10, 40, 45, 50, 55, or 60 pounds basis and report the slide as a footnote. Generally pigs that are over 20 days of age and under 35 pounds are considered a stressed sale and should not be reported. Do not report any lots that are considered a stressed sale, such as rejected loads or lots with questionable health.

Even with the sorts listed above, wide price ranges are common. This problem is addressed by generating reports with a weighted average price using the Microsoft Access program set up specifically for reporting direct trade feeder pigs. This program also serves as a historical database. Reporters should always be looking for new contacts and cross checking sales with buyers, sellers, and brokers. While collecting information on each lot sold, always list the state or province of origin and the destination state. Be careful not to duplicate trades as the same lot may be reported from multiple sources.

III. LOCAL AUCTION REPORTS

A. Grades and Weights - Most feeder pigs are sold in mixed lots. Reporters should be alert for an opportunity to use single grades, or a combination of two grades and weight ranges, to help explain a price difference. At graded sales, individual grades such as US 1, US 2, US 3, US 4, or Utility should be used. Weight has considerable influence on prices at times, so keep weight ranges as narrow as possible, preferably within 5 or 10 lb breaks. Be sure to state on reports whether prices are on a per head basis or per hundred weight basis. Follow procedures at local sales and do not try to transpose per cwt. to per head basis.

B. Price Trends - Information on prices by grade and weight groups will be obtained to accurately describe the feeder pig trade. Price trends should reflect the general direction of price movements and not reflect every individual sale. Two or more weight ranges or grades may be needed to show a specific pattern. Indicate the reason for different directions in price movement for different weights or grades in the comments if possible. Do not make trends too long and confusing.

73

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-7 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

C. Price Spreads - In narrative feeder pig reports, price spreads should be kept as narrow as possible. Use descriptive terms such as: reputation, large lots, confinement pigs, for shipment out of area, mixed weight lots, early or late sales to enhance the value of the report

D. Detailed Quotations - Since provisions are made for quotations on separate combinations of feeder pig grades and weights, reporters will need to evaluate sales closely to be certain that the day's general trade is accurately portrayed in the quotations. Thus, a reporter must use their judgment in the case of out-of-line sales in order to accurately portray the day's prices in quotations.

E. Laptop Weighted Averages - Reporters may use weighted averages in reporting feeder pig sales. Some special guidelines and suggestions are in order in regard to market reporting so that consistency can be maintained among all offices. Reporters should check with Area Supervisors for guidelines and available laptop programs.

74

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-8 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

PREPARATION OF REPORTS

Sheep, Lamb, and Goat Trade

I. MANDATORY REPORTING OF SLAUGHTER LAMBS

Under the Mandatory Price Reporting Act of 1999, all Packers that slaughter over 75,000 head of lambs annually must submit information to USDA Market News regarding all negotiated, formula, and forward contract purchases packer owned lambs and daily information on committed and delivered numbers.

A. Confidentiality Rule - In order for each negotiated and formula section of a lamb report (regional or national) to be published, at least 3 companies must submit data that day and no company can have more than 70% of the volume. If the requirements are not met that day, the data will be accumulated and will not be released until this requirement is met.

B. Definitions

1. Negotiated Purchase - A cash or spot market purchase by a packer of livestock from a producer under which the price for the livestock is determined by buyer-seller interaction and agreement on delivery day. The livestock are scheduled for delivery to the packer not more than 14 days after the date on which the livestock are committed to the packer. This agreed upon price is a final, fixed price that will not change.

2. Formula Purchase - The advance commitment of lambs for slaughter by using a method for calculating price in which the final price is determined at a future date. The original base price may or may not be known at the time of slaughter - only the mechanism of arriving at the base price may be known. The final price may be determined by applying a series of premiums and discounts to the base price.

3. Forward Contract Purchase- An agreement made in advance of slaughter where the base price is derived from some publicly available price and the final price may or may not be determined by applying a series of premiums or discounts but this type of purchase is very rare for lambs. Also included in Forward Contracts, an agreement including a final, fixed price with a delivery date more than 14 days in the future.

4. Packer-Owned Lambs - Lambs that a packer owns for at least 14 days immediately before slaughter.

C. Price Spreads - Reporters will search through all data and sort out any information that appears out of line. Price spreads should be kept as narrow as possible in order for them to be meaningful to industry, although reporters must use caution when excluding prices. Reporters may exclude a price if there are obvious errors in the data, if a price is significantly out of line

75

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-8 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

from the latest established market, or if it represents a single transaction and in the opinion of the reporter, the price does not reflect the market. Reporters do have the discretion to sort and exclude data but it is important to remember a valid reason must be given for each transaction a reporter excludes.

D. Narratives - A commentary will be added to daily and weekly reports. This commentary may include trade activity, demand, supply, volume, price trend, and price range. Reporters must be careful not to speculate or release any information that does not meet the confidentiality guidelines. All information submitted by packers to Market News is confidential and cannot be released to anyone unless it appears on a report.

II. VOLUNTARY REPORTING OF SHEEP, LAMBS, AND GOATS

Livestock reporters are responsible for compiling a comprehensive record covering all facets of the sheep, lamb, and goat trade, including direct trading and livestock auctions. This data should represent a cross section of the day's or week's trade. Factual data should relate to supplies, demand, trading activity, and price trends on represented weights, grades, and classes of livestock. Reporters should recognize and maintain the "confidentiality" of this information in order to establish an unbiased position among the trade members. Reporters should recognize that they are rendering a service to the industry and are seeking information for reporting purposes only. Reporters should willingly trade information with their sources. However, they should maintain confidentiality at all times and not reveal information prior to actual sale. Reporters should strive to establish a wide range of reliable contacts which will be used on a daily/weekly basis for compiling the market information. All information should be evaluated by the reporter before issuing the respective report to ensure the report accurately reflects actual market conditions at that time. Any significant factor which affects price changes, trading activity, or demand should be explained in the market report. These factors could include local weather, grazing conditions, sharp price changes in the dressed meat trade, strikes, crop conditions, crop reports, etc. An estimate of the composition sheep, lamb, and/or goats in the market supply will be made by observing as many of the day's offerings as practical. The composition of the supply using percentages will be reported. A further breakdown of the supply related to use, i.e. slaughter, feeder or replacement, should also be included. When significant, the State or area of origin may be used to describe the supply.

A. Auction Market Reporting - A wide cross section of trade members (buyers, sellers, order buyers, auction operators) should be interviewed to establish the market report. This exchange of information should include all classes, USDA grade terms, weighing conditions, and other relevant descriptive terminology. Reporters are not required to stay until the end of the sale, but should view an adequate volume to establish a representative cross section. Animals which are "bid in or passed out" should not be included in sales data. Price spreads should be kept as narrow as possible. Reports are more meaningful if price spreads are narrow. Reporters are encouraged to use the words "mostly," "bulk," "majority of sales" to indicate where the majority of sales have occurred.

76

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-8 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

Reporters are also encouraged to narrow price spreads by using smaller weight breaks, if appropriate, descriptive terminology, or other terms to explain price differences.

Price trends need to be concise and easily understood by the various users of the service. Reporters will make every effort to keep trends as simple as possible. Rarely will trends less than $1 higher or lower to be utilized.

Reporters will breakout percentages of slaughter lambs by traditional, non-traditional, feeders, slaughter ewes and buck, and replacement stock to be listed at the bottom of the narrative paragraph.

When using the laptop program to prepare sheep and goat auction reporting, the following comments are approved for use:

Sheep Comments Goat Comments 1. Thin 1. Young 2. Fleshy 2. Middle Aged 3. Gaunt 3. Aged 4. Short Docks 4. Thin 5. Full 5. Gaunt 6. Blackface 6. Full 7. Whiteface 7. Hair Goats 8. Ewe Lambs 8. Kids 9. Buck Lambs 9. Yearlings 10. Hair Sheep 11. Poor Fleeces 12. Old Crop 13. New Crop

B. Voluntary Direct Trade Reports - Direct trade reports will follow the same general guidelines as auction market reporting. However, since the majority of the information is obtained by telephone the reporter must make frequent visits to feedlots, backgrounding lots, buying stations, weighing facilities, etc., in order to observe trading methods. Contract sales with no price established can be reported if the volume, delivery date, and other conditions of the sale are known. This data may more accurately reflect total movements within an area being reported. Direct trade reports should utilize a standardized format. The top portion should include in narrative style the comparative volumes, price trends, weight groups, and various grades. Weighted average information should be included if possible. Information should be clearly identified as to delivery point -- FOB or DEL. Reporters should make every effort to exchange information with other market news offices when they pick up information outside their trade area. The information is significant to

77

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-8 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

both areas and can be reported in both areas--one area as an FOB price, and the other area as a delivered price. Reporters should keep in mind that the primary goal of the market report is to reflect accurate market conditions--accurate being the key word. Volume is an important part of market conditions, but should not be the primary goal in market reporting.

III. CLASSIFICATION

A. Description Definition Lambs Sheep with a full set of baby teeth Yearlings Sheep with one set of permanent teeth Young- 2 and 3 year olds Sheep that still have at least one baby tooth remaining Solid Mouth 4 to 6 year olds that have a full set of permanent teeth Broken Mouth Sheep that have broken &/or missing permanent teeth

B. Seasonal classifications - Lambs should be quoted as slaughter lambs (wooled or shorn). Frequently during the year, young lambs may sell at a premium. These should be designated as "new crop lambs." Conversely, older lambs late in the season that sell at a discount should be designated as "old crop lambs."

C. Shorn lambs - Due to the frequent wide variation in pelt credits between fresh shorn and shorn stock carrying enough wool growth to place the pelts in No.1 or No. 2 classifications, as described in Section IV. detailed quotations on shorn lambs should be based on sales of animals having No. 1 or No. 2 pelts.

IV. PELTS

For uniform and comparable reports, shorn sheep and lambs will be classified with regard to length of wool as follows:

Description Length of Wool Wooled Over 2 inches Fall Shorn 1 to 2 inches No 1 5/8 to 1 inch No 2 3/8 to 5/8 inch No 3 1/8 to 3/8 inch No 4 Less than 1/8 inch

V. TERMINOLOGY

A. Slaughter Lambs: Official USDA grades, both quality and yield grades, will be used when describing slaughter lambs. These following designations will also be used for

78

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-8 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

detailed quotations. When reporting light weight slaughter lambs (≤100 pounds). Please follow the guidelines listed below. • Conformation compensating for deficient quality allows for most light lambs to be graded. All they need is a slight covering of fat to be eligible for grading. • Very heavy muscled lambs can grade Prime. • Heavy muscled lambs will grade Choice. • Average to light muscled lambs will grade Good. • All other terminology for segregating light slaughter lambs is no longer to be used on official USDA reports. • Breakout percentages of slaughter lambs by traditional and non-traditional. • Traditional markets refer to lambs that are subjected to USDA carcass grading, and marketed through mainstream outlets. Non-Traditional markets refer to lambs destined for slaughter outside of what would be termed as traditional markets. • Utilize the LSW program to its full extent for sheep and goat reporting wherever possible.

Lamb Designations Slaughter lambs wooled Feeder lambs wooled Slaughter lambs shorn Feeder lambs shorn

B. Slaughter Ewes and Bucks: Official USDA grades for both quality and yield will be used. In addition, reporters may add a flesh designation to better describe the livestock. The following flesh descriptions apply to slaughter ewes: Very Thin – Cull YG 1with fat thickness of 0-.10 inch Thin – Utility YG1-2 with fat thickness of .11-.20 inch Medium – Good YG2-3 with fat thickness of .21-.30 Fleshy – Good YG3-5 with fat thickness of .31 and greater

C. Feeder lambs There are no official grade standards at this time for feeder lambs. For reporting purposes feeder lambs will be classified according to frame size and muscle thickness as follows: 1. Frame Size Expected Slaughter Weight (at or about .2” in fat) Small Frame 100 lbs and down Medium Frame 100-135 lb. Large Frame Over 135 lb.

79

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-8 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

2. Muscling Specifications

No. 1 - Thrifty animals that are thick throughout. Lambs that are thick and full in the forearm and leg, showing a rounded appearance through the back and loin. Lambs that are wide between the legs, both front and rear.

No. 2 - Lambs that are thrifty and are slightly thick through the forequarter and the middle part of the leg. The forearm and leg are slightly thick and the back and loin have a slightly thick appearance. The legs are set slightly wide, both front and rear.

No. 3 - Feeder lambs included here are thrifty animals that have less thickness than the minimum requirements specified for the No.2.

Inferior - Animals that are unthrifty.

D. Replacement Ewes

Ewes should be classified according to their mature body weights and muscle thickness as follow: (assuming ewes are shorn with no. 1-2 pelts and are carrying .1 inch of fat.)

1. Frame Size Mature Body Weight Small Under 125 lb. Medium 125-150 lb. Large Over 150 lb.

2. Muscling Specifications No 1 Same as for Feeder Lambs No 2 Same as for Feeder Lambs No 3 Same as for Feeder Lambs

Uniform descriptions are needed to fully describe the type of replacement ewes traded. These should include:

Frame size and muscling Age Breeding factors Dominant breed Blackface Whiteface Crossbred mottled face, smut face, speckled face, etc.

Additional information may be provided if needed, for example: Origination: State or area

80

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-8 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

Breeding dates and/or expected parturition dates Breeding of bucks to which exposed

VI. GOAT CLASSIFICATIONS

A. Classifications Goats should be classified according to the following criteria:

1. Type Meat Angora Dairy

2. Use Slaughter Replacement Stocker and Feeder

3. Age classifications

Slaughter Goats

Description Definition Kid Under 12 months of age, male or female Yearling 12-24 months of age Buck/Billy Uncastrated male over 12 months of age Doe/Nanny Mature female over 12 months of age Wether Castrated male of any age

Mohair Goats

Description Definition Spring Kid A kid that is spring shorn Fall Kid A kid that is fall shorn Young Goat A goat that is between 12-24 months when shorn Fine Adult Sheared from a goat whose age is over 25 months and micron size is under 34 microns Coarse Sheared from a goat whose age is over 24 months and micron size Adult is over 34 microns

B. Selection Criteria

The following criteria for selection involve consideration of conformation. Selection No. 1 goats or carcasses imply a higher proportion by weight that is meat to bone.

81

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-8 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

1. Selection No. 1 - Live goats and/or carcasses shall possess a superior meat type conformation. Without regard to presence of fat cover, they shall be thickly muscled throughout the body as indicated by the appearance of muscling that is pronounced (bulging) over the outside leg (biceps femoris), full (rounded) over the back strip (longissimus dorsi), and moderately thick over the outside shoulder (triceps brachii group).

2. Selection No. 2 - Live goats and/or carcasses shall possess an average meat type confirmation. Without regard to presence of fat cover, they shall be moderately muscled throughout the body as indicated by the appearance of muscling that is slightly thick and less pronounced over the outside leg (biceps femoris), slightly full (flat or slightly shallow) over the back strip, (longissimus dorsi), and slightly thick to slightly thin over the outside shoulder (triceps brachii group).

3. Selection No. 3 - Live goats and/or carcasses shall posses an inferior meat type confirmation. Without regard to presence of fat cover, the legs, back and shoulders are narrow in relation with its length and have a very angular and sunken appearance.

D. Replacement, Stocker, and Feeder - The following descriptions should be used as appropriate. Use Selection Criteria and age classification, if needed, along with weight and descriptive terms when appropriate.

Description Definition Kids Under 12 months of age, male or female Yearlings 12-24 months of age Does/Nannies Mature female over 12 months of age Bucks/Billies Uncastrated male over 12 months of age Pairs and Trios Female with 1 or 2 kids

Uniform descriptions are needed to fully describe the type of replacement goats traded. These may include: Selection Criteria Age Breeding factors Dominant breed

Additional available information should be provided if needed, for example: Origination: State or area Breeding dates and/or expected parturition dates Breeding of billies to which exposed

82

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-9 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

PREPARATION OF REPORTS

Wool and Mohair Trading

I. REPORTING GUIDELINES:

A. The National Wool report is released weekly each Friday a.m. Included in this report are volume and price information on many classes and grades of wool, received by producers in all areas of the U.S. on a greasy fob basis, clean fob basis, and a delivered clean basis. Seasonal wool pools or warehouse auctions are included as well when available. Warehouse sales to exporters or processors are also included in this report, both on a greasy and clean basis. The report also includes Mohair prices, primarily in Texas. However, auction sales of Mohair in South Africa are included on a seasonal basis and weekly prices of wool sold in Australia and New Zealand also are included in this report except when trading is in recess in those countries.

Information is collected via phone calls and personal visits with producers, buyers, warehouses, processing mills, and foreign buyers each week. Seasonal warehouse sales and auctions are also included. When detailed “core test” information is available, this is included in all reports to supplement visual grading estimates.

In spite of a highly seasonal wool trade, every effort is made to identify weekly movements of wool, changes in demand, effects of currency markets, and price changes on a weekly basis.

B. Wool and Mohair Grading Terminology – Descriptive terms Wool is traded using several grading methods across the U.S. – blood typing system, spinning count system, and micron diameters. The majority of the wools will be graded according to current micron diameter ranges being used by the industry whenever possible. If micron range is unavailable, then spinning count notations ( 64’s, 62’s, etc) will be used, if this is unknown, then the terms “Fine Whiteface, Coarse Whiteface, and Blackface” will be used to identify the wool grades.

Staple length is used to identify the various grades for combing length wools with the terms “Clothing or French Style” denoting wools less than staple length for those grades.

V.M. refers to the amount of Vegetable Matter in the wools, often times a discount for wools in excess of 2.5%.

Clean Yield refers to the estimated clean yields of wools after scouring has been completed vs. the greasy yield of wools in original bags prior to scouring.

83

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-9 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

Wool Preparation Methods -- A wide array of methods exists within the U.S. at this time. 1. O.B. B.O.U – Original Bag, Bellies Out, Untied

2. O.B. B.I.U. – Original Bag, Bellies In, Untied

3. O.B. Classed – Original Bag, classed for grade

4. Classed/Skirted – Original Bag, however, wool classed and skirted

Wool Packaging Types –

1. Burlap Bags 2. Film Bags or Square Film Packs 3. Poly Square Packs 4. Nylon Square Packs 5. Warehouse Bales

C. Statistical Reports - Weekly, monthly and yearly data is available thru the national data base for each grade of wool for U.S. produced wool as well as clean prices on all grades of wool imported into the U.S. from Australia (delivered to the U.S. in U.S. to Charleston, S.C.)

The Friday (weekly) report includes both greasy basis and clean basis prices on most classes and grades of wool delivered to processors as reported by areas – Territory States, Texas, and mid-western states.

84

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-10 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

PREPARATION OF REPORTS

Meat and Meat By-Product Reporting

Meat and meat by-product information is collected though a mandatory and voluntary reporting program. Beef and lamb products are required to be reported by the Livestock Mandatory Reporting Act of 1999 (Act). Pork products, veal, by-products, and hide information is collected through a voluntary reporting program.

I. Mandatory Meat Reporting

A. The Act requires that plants that slaughter 125, 000 head of cattle or more on an annual basis report all domestic and boxed beef sales.

B. The Secretary of Agriculture was given the authority to establish a mandatory reporting program for lamb that requires packers who slaughter or process the equivalent of 75,000 head of lambs or more on an annual basis to report information on lamb carcass and boxed lamb transactions. In addition, importers who import 2,500 metric tons of lamb on an annual basis must report their domestic sales of boxed lamb.

C. Information published for mandatory meat reporting must meet the confidentiality guidelines.

D. Additional information on mandatory reporting and confidentiality guidelines are contained in Appendix A.

II. Mandatory Beef Reports

A. The boxed beef report is released twice per weekday, in the morning at 11:00 a.m. Central Time under report number LM_XB402 and the afternoon at 3:00 p.m. under report number LM_XB403. The morning report covers market activity since 1:30 pm of the prior business day until 9:30 am of the current business day. The afternoon report is cumulative, including all market activity in the morning LM_XB402 plus all additional transactions between 9:30 am and 1:30 pm. A data friendly CSV version of the afternoon report is available. The boxed beef report can be divided into 2 major sections; 1. Individual beef item sales 2. Beef cutout values and current volume both derived from individual beef item sales.

1. INDIVIDUAL BEEF ITEM SECTION - Reported sales of these items meet the following criteria: • All beef transactions are original sales from cattle slaughtering firms regulated by MPR (Mandatory Price Reporting) to first time buyers.

85

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-10 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

• Sales are negotiated, with the product delivering within 0-21 calendar days to the domestic market. • Prices are quoted in U.S. dollars per 100 pounds. (cwt) • Beef cut items are from non-dairybred steer and heifer beef, and are referenced according to the Institutional Meat Purchase Specifications (IMPS) when possible. Cut items are no older than 14 days from the date of manufacture, and are limited to the USDA Choice and Select grades. Branded product (Certified Angus Beef for example), is excluded. • Ground beef and beef trimmings are from both dairybred and non-dairybred steer/heifer beef, and are no older than 7 days from the time of manufacture. • Sale prices of all beef items are quoted on an F.O.B. plant basis (delivered price minus freight cost).

Since the inception of MPR in April 2001, confidentiality guidelines have prevented Market News from publishing certain individual beef items in the report. While these particular beef items are not released to the public, their information is still used in calculating cutout values and the current volume.

2. BEEF CUTOUT VALUES AND CURRENT VOLUME - The boxed beef cutout (BBC) represents the estimated value of a beef carcass based on prices paid for individual beef items derived from the carcass. Two cutouts are calculated daily, Choice and Select. The cutout values do not include packer revenues from the sale of hide and offal products removed during slaughter, and the processing cost incurred by packers is not deducted from the cutout values.

B. National/Regional Boneless Processing Beef and Beef Trimmings LM_XB400 released daily by 11:00 AM CST LM_XB401 released daily by 3:00 PM CST LM_XB460 released weekly on Friday’s by 4:00 PM CST

The National/Regional Boneless Processing Beef and Beef Trimmings report represents the volume, price range (low and high), and weighted average for boneless processing beef (cow product) and beef trimmings (steer/heifer product). Boneless beef is reported in two distinct areas on the daily (LM_XB400 and LM_XB401) and four areas on the Weekly (LM_XB460). The daily is reported on a Central and National FOB Plant basis, while the Weekly includes the East and West Coast also (see box). Regional Breakdown: Processing beef and Central - AR,CO,IA,IL,IN,KS,KY,LA,MI,MO,MN, beef trim are MT,ND,NE,NM,OH,OK,SD,TNTX,WI categorized by chemical National - ALL STATES East Coast - AL,CT,DC,DE,FL,GA,MA,MD,ME,MS,NC,NH,NJ,NY,PA,RI,SC,VA,VT,WV lean content. The West Coast - AK,AZ,CA,HI,ID,NV,OR,UT,WA,WY information going into the 90% lean category is cow product only. Meanwhile, all other lean percentages include cow, steer and heifer product. The 50% lean quote is steer/heifer product only and is derived from the National Daily Boxed Beef Cutout and Boxed Beef Cuts reports (LM_XB402, LM_XB403 and LM_XB459). Bull meat product is shown in its own section. Sales transactions of boneless beef items used meet the following criteria:

1. Negotiated sales, with the product delivering fresh within 0-21 days to the domestic market. 2. Processing beef and beef trimmings are from all beef sources, and are no older than 7 days from

86

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-10 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

the time of manufacture. 3. Sale prices of all beef items are on an F.O.B. plant basis.

Confidentiality guidelines prevent Market News from publishing certain individual beef items in the report. Therefore, information is aggregated by accumulating days to meet confidentiality requirements. When multiple days are aggregated to meet the confidentiality guidelines the initials for the days included will be shown (M, T, W, Th, or F). No more than five working days will be aggregated. Items not tested may have their last established price range and weighted average carried over for a maximum of 5 working days accompanied by a letter (A, B, C, D, or E) denoting the number of days since the last actual market test. Number of trades and total pounds are not carried over. The LM_XB460 report is an aggregation of Monday thru Friday’s data submitted under MPR. It is released on Friday afternoon by 4:00.

C. National Weekly Boxed Beef Cuts for Branded Product LM_XB452 Released on Monday’s by 10:00 AM CST

This report is released on Monday morning and covers data collected from the previous week under MPR. Data must meet the following criteria: Branded product refers to cuts that require the upper two-thirds of the USDA Choice Grade - Modest or Moderate amount of marbling.

1. The Branded beef cuts are from non-dairybred steer and heifer beef, and are referenced according to the Institutional Meat Purchase Specifications (IMPS) when possible. 2. Negotiated sales 3. Reported as FOB plant price per hundred pounds 4. Deliver within 21 days 5. Product should be no older than 14 days at time of delivery 6. The number of trades, total pounds, weight range, and weighted average price is listed for each cut that meet confidentiality guidelines.

D. National Weekly Boxed Beef Cuts-Formulated Sales LM_XB454 Released on Monday’s by 10:00 AM CST This report is released on Monday morning and covers data collected from the previous week under MPR. Data must meet the following criteria:

87

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-10 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

1. Beef cuts are from non-dairybred steer and heifer beef, and are referenced according to the Institutional Meat Purchase Specifications (IMPS) when possible. 2. Formulated sales: The advanced commitment of boxed beef using a method of calculating a price in which the price is determined at a future date. 3. Reported as FOB plant price per hundred pounds 4. Deliver within 21 days 5. Product should be no older than 14 days at time of delivery 6. The number of trades, total pounds, weight range, and weighted average price is listed for each cut that meets confidentiality guidelines.

E. National Weekly Boxed Beef Cuts for Prime Product LM_XB456 Released on Monday’s by 10:00 AM CST

This report is released on Monday morning and covers data collected from the previous week under MPR. Data must meet the following criteria:

1. USDA Prime graded beef cuts are from non-dairybred steer and heifer beef, and are referenced according to the Institutional Meat Purchase Specifications (IMPS) when possible. 2. Negotiated sales 3. Reported as FOB plant price per hundred pounds 4. Deliver within 21 days 5. Product should be no older than 14 days at time of delivery 6. The number of trades, total pounds, weight range, and weighted average price is listed for each cut that meets confidentiality guidelines.

F. National Weekly Boxed Beef Cuts for Ungraded Product LM_XB462 Released on Monday’s by 10:00 AM CST

This report is released on Monday morning and covers data collected from the previous week under MPR. Data must meet the following criteria:

1. Ungraded product refers to cuts that did meet the USDA Prime, Choice, or Select quality grades. 2. The Ungraded beef cuts are from non-dairybred steer and heifer beef, and are referenced according to the Institutional Meat Purchase Specifications (IMPS) when possible. 3. Negotiated sales 4. Reported as FOB plant price per hundred pounds 5. Deliver within 21 days 6. Product should be no older than 14 days at time of delivery 7. The number of trades, total pounds, weight range, and weighted average price is listed for each cut that meets confidentiality guidelines.

G. National Comprehensive Boxed Beef Cutout LM_XB463 Released on Monday’s by 10:00 AM CST

88

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-10 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

The LM_XB463 report was designed with simplicity in mind. One single cutout value, along with one value for each of the seven primes, provides users a figure to track the value of all carcasses from fed cattle. The cutout and primal values are calculated in a similar matter as the LM_XB402 and 403 reports. See Exhibit #1. Contrary to the LM_XB402 and 403 reports which reports only negotiated sales that deliver from 0 to 21 days, this report encompasses more data. Data included is:

1. All purchase types (negotiated, formula, forward contract) 2. All Delivery periods 3. Prime, Branded, Choice, Select, and Ungraded product 4. Domestic and Exported

As an additional feature to the comprehensive cut out, the weekly average cut out values for Prime, Branded, Choice, Select, and Ungraded products are shown in comparison to the comprehensive data. These additional items provide data that is utilized to compare the comprehensive report. The volume section gives the total number of loads sold during the week, and then breaks this total down between the grades, various purchase types, and delivery locations (domestic or export).

The LM_XB463 report released on Monday morning includes data from the previous week.

H. National 5-Day Rolling Cutter Cow Cutout and Boxed Cow Beef Cuts LM_XB404 released daily by 11:00 AM CST LM_XB405 released daily by 3:00 PM CST LM_XB461 released weekly on Friday’s by 4:30 PM CST

The Cutter cow cutout is an estimate of the value of a typical Cutter carcass (350 lbs. and up) based on the reported less-than-carlot prices for Cutter cow cuts and on the reported carlot price of fresh 90% boneless processing beef. The current prices are reflected in the cutout along with the resultant value of each cut to the carcass based on average industry yields (see box). Input values for the cutout for Cutter cuts Cutter Cow Cutout Yield Percentages come from the Fresh 90% lean 55.84% 112 Ribeye Roll 4-6 lb 1.05% Cutter/ 100% lean Insides 2.32% 112 Ribeye Roll 6-8 lb 0.74% Canner section on the National Boxed Cow 100% Flats and Eyes 2.32% 112 Ribeye Roll 8-up 0.73% 100% S.P.B 5.00% 193 Flank Steak 0.42% Beef Cuts report. In addition, the 100% 116B Chuck Tender 1.00% Kidney, edible 0.46% lean items used in the cutout value comes 167A Knuckle, peeled 2.53% Fat, edible 2.32% from the 100% lean section of the same 190 Tenderloin 2-3 lb 0.53% Bone 24.00% report. The value for 90% fresh lean comes 190 Tenderloin 3-4 lb 0.74% Yields are industry averages updated Jan 1999 from the weighted average of the National 90% lean quote from the National/Regional Boneless Processing Beef and Beef Trimmings (LM_XB400 and LM_XB401) daily report. Input values for kidneys, fat, and bone come from the Weekly Central U.S. Cow Variety Meat Price (NW_LS444) report. The fat price is calculated from the reported price of rendered bleachable tallow on the Weekly USDA By-Product Drop Value (Cow) report (NW_LS444) using the following formula: Rendered Bleachable Tallow Value x .67 = Fat Value. The bone price is determined from the reported price on the Weekly USDA By-Product Drop Value (Cow) report (NW_LS444) using the following formula: Central Meat & Bone Meal x .40 divided by 20 = Bone price.

89

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-10 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

The National Boxed Cow Beef Cuts report serves as a barometer of the supply and demand situation in the wholesale fabricated boxed cow beef market. Additionally, the major cow beef cuts are listed with such information for each cut such as number of trades, total pounds, weighted average and change from previous day. The “Change from Previous Day” is always compared back to the previous days closing report (LM_XB405). Information is divided into four different sections Boner/Breaker, Cutter/Canner, 100% Lean and Boner/Breaker & Cutter/Canner. Each section contains product that is derived from the type of cows represented. Some items are not sorted and are represented under the Boner/Breaker & Cutter/Canner section. Sales transactions of cow beef items are also used in calculating the Cutter cow cutout value detailed above. All items reported in this section must meet the following criteria:

1. Negotiated sales, with the product delivering fresh within 21 days to the domestic market. 2. Beef cut items are from beef cow or dairy cow, and are referenced according to the Institutional Meat Purchase Specifications (IMPS) when possible. Cut items are no older than 14 days from the date of manufacture and prices are on an F.O.B. plant basis.

Confidentiality guidelines prevent Market News from publishing certain individual cow beef items in the report. Therefore, price ranges are excluded from the report. All data on the cow cuts section represents a 5-day rolling weighted average in order to meet confidentiality guidelines. The five days represents five working days.

The LM_XB461 report is an aggregation of data submitted from Monday thru Friday. The 90% lean value in the Weekly Cutter Cow Cutout value is derived from the National/Regional Weekly Boneless Processing Beef and Beef Trimmings report (LM_XB460). The change from the previous week is compared to the prior week’s (LM_XB460). It is released on Friday afternoon by 4:00.

90

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-10 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

III. Voluntary Meat and By-Product Reporting

A. PREPARATION OF REPORTS

1. Delivery Cost

Each reported red meat commodity trades within a geographic area specific to that commodity. The reporting basis for each commodity will be an industry-established trading area that has common delivery characteristics. Commodities delivered into a consuming market are reported on a cost-after-freight (CAF) basis where the quote price reflects overages for freight. Commodities delivered from a production area are reported on a free-on board (FOB) basis in which all overages for freight are removed from the quoted price. These freight overages will be commonly agreed upon by both buyer and seller to arrive at the true intent of the sale and equated to a reporting basis.

2. Handling Charges and Volume Criteria

Meat reports are based on carlot (40,000 lbs. unit) quantities of wholesale based trades unless otherwise noted. Over time, the practice of trading a full carlot consisting of several commodities has become commonplace. Moreover, some commodities, because of their small physical size or availability of supply, simply do not trade reflects a full carlot; the volume of any one item is a fraction of the carlot. It is most important that the reported prices for sales of like commodities in dissimilar volumes reflect normal trading practices. In market where handling charges are not normally assessed, care must be taken to insure that no reported price reflects such charges.

To accurately reflect industry trading practices, it may be necessary to use less-than-carlot volume sales along with carlot volume sales in the same quotation. Less-than-carlot volume sales can be used to establish the market for a commodity if:

a. During the trading period, the majority of reported trades for that commodity are made in less-than-carlot quantities; b. The general trend of these trades is reflective of the general trend of like commodities.

Load count or number of pounds of actual sales for most items are included in reports and these reported volumes will be used in calculating weighted average prices where appropriate.

91

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-10 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

3. Latest Established Quotation

On the By-Product and Tallow, Protein, and Hide reports, when an item is not tested, the last established market quotation may be carried over for a maximum of 5 days. Letters (A, B, C, D, or E) after the quotation will serve to represent the number of the days since the last actual reported trade. There will be no reference made to the latest reported volume. Quotations will be dropped after 5 days if they are not tested, or earlier if they no longer reflect current market conditions. When a price quotation is dropped, it may be replaced by an unquoted (unq.). The unquote will be dropped on the next trading session unless replaced by a current price quote.

4. Reportable Trades

Information is reported only on products for which the price is established through negotiation between buyer and seller. Sales based on a formula, when only the method for determining the price and not the actual selling price is established, will not be used. Reporter will confirm as many trades as necessary to ensure accurate representation of the market. Confirmation is normally attained through direct communication with the buyer and the seller and also with any brokers or other middle persons involved in the transaction. The reporter should make reasonable attempts, without causing undue disruption to the marketplace, to confirm all trades which would establish a market. Industry cooperation is needed to insure that all pertinent conditions affecting a sale are revealed and that the sale is reported in a timely manner in order to facilitate the confirmation process. Reporters are not required to use a trade if proper confirmation cannot be obtained.

5. Value-Added Sales

Sales of value-added products may be quoted where appropriate within the framework of a report to broaden the reporting base. However, they may only be used when the additional costs can be accurately determined, agreed upon, and removed from the selling price. If such costs cannot be determined, then these sales may be quoted separately to accurately depict current market conditions. If the value-added style of the product becomes the usual way of doing business in the marketplace, then steps should be taken to adjust the framework of the report so that the product can be reported as sold. For the sake of an accurate depiction of the marketplace, it is imperative that reported trades be reflected properly within the limited framework of the reports.

6. Prior Day Sales

Trades made before the current trading day may be included in the current day's market report under the following conditions.

a. They must be reported within the first part of the day following the sale; b. The price reflects the general trend of like commodities and the trend for the current day; c. The previous day falls within the same week as the current day.

92

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-10 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

7. Outlying Sales

A trade reported and confirmed may not be included in the price range quotation if the price falls outside the range that is commonly accepted by industry and does not follow the trading pattern of similar commodities. Conditions under which these trades will be scrutinized are:

a. A member of the industry suddenly switches position in the market (i.e., from a buyer to a seller, or a seller to a buyer) when typically they maintain a position on one side of the transaction; b. The trade does not reflect the majority of trades for the same product within the same trading period; c. It is not compatible with the supply, demand, and time frame considerations of current market conditions; d. The trade was made under uncontrollable circumstances not common to ordinary marketing patterns; e. The trade was made to create a unique market situation that excludes other trade member participation; f. The trade was made to redress past, present, or future obligations.

8. Transferred In Storage Sales

Transferred in storage (TIS) trades may be used for reporting purposes as long as they are not resales.

9. Trades Not Reported

Reporters should strive to include as many reported trades as possible into their market reports. However, transactions which fall into the following criteria will not be used: a. Formula sales b. Resale’s of product in its original state (those not from original packer or processor) c. Intra-company sales (sales made within a company or operation) Inter-company sales (sales made between companies) where the companies involved have common ownership or have cooperative working agreements that in any way limits free trade between buyer and seller d. Physically distressed product (off-condition)

10. Report Release Times

Reporters will make every effort to meet established deadlines so that dissemination of meat trade information will not be delayed. Cutoff times, frequency of reports, and release times will be commodity specific. Sales that need to be confirmed before they can be used should be confirmed in a timely and efficient manner without waiting until the end of the day. Reporters should conduct the making or taking of calls so as to finish information input at the prescribed times. The reporter must allow time for checking the accuracy of the input. If an error is inadvertently sent out, a correction will be sent as soon as possible. If the correction is not made 93

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-10 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

in time to be reflected on that day's National Carlot Meat Report, it should be reflected in the next publication.

11. Statistical Data

USDA quotations will become a part of the official record when entered into the Agricultural Marketing Service's computerized database. In meat reporting, prices reported on daily market reports should be used in framing statistical data. These items are regularly available in sufficient quantity to form a basis price comparison and have already met the criteria for eligibility to be reported. Statistical data will be kept on the daily price ranges, load counts, and weighted averages (where applicable) which were depicted on the daily report. All quotations will be recorded on the basis of dollars per hundredweight with exceptions so noted. Reporters are responsible for the content, accuracy, and preparation of statistical data pertinent to the commodities they report. Reporters will not alter the statistical data format in any way without prior approval.

B. Carcass Price Equivalent Index Value (NW_LS410) Released daily (3:30 PM Central)

The Carcass Price Equivalent Index Value (CEI) report provides an estimated value for beef carcasses. This estimate is determined by calculating a value for beef carcasses based upon prices paid for boxed beef cuts and a value for beef carcasses based upon prices paid for live cattle. These two values are then averaged into the final CEI values. (See Exhibit 2 for detailed explanation and sample calculations.

C. Import Meat Trade (NW_LS421) Released twice a week (3.45 PM Central Wednesday & 2:00 PM Central Friday) Carlot Volume, FOB East & West Coast basis

The Import meat trade report covers boneless beef and various cow cuts imported into the United States from Australia and New Zealand. These imports are reported in two distinct trade areas: East Coast (Philadelphia, PA) and West Coast (Los Angeles, CA). Prices are reported on an FOB basis at U.S. ports with a delivery window ranging from 0-15 days and 16-45 days out front. When product is reported to be delivered to a different port than is reported on either coast the appropriate freight is deducted to arrive at a FOB price. When appropriate, trades that have uncommon conditions affecting the final price should be quoted on a separate line with the conditions explained. Common examples of this are immediate delivery trades, bulk of trading, and trades delivering under a different quota.

D. USDA National Steer and Heifer Estimated Grading Percent NW_LS196 Released on Monday’s by 12:00 PM CST

This report provides the breakdown of how slaughter steers and heifers are grading regionally by quality and yield grade. The data is released on Monday two weeks after the slaughter week. A grading percentage breakdown by quality and yield, quality only, and yield only is calculated for each of four combinations of the ten standard Federal Inspection regions listed below, total for all regions, and by state for Nebraska, Kansas, and Texas. In addition, a percentage graded by slaughter class is calculated for each combination region along 94

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-10 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

with a total percentage graded and a total head count graded. Regions are combined to avoid disclosing individual firm data.

The information for this report is obtained from the National Agricultural Statistics Services (NASS) and Agricultural Market Service, and the Grading, Certification, and Verification Division (GCVD). The NASS information is a weekly summary (Monday through Saturday) of all cattle slaughtered under Federal Inspection by region. The GCVD information is a weekly summary (Monday through Saturday) of the actual breakdown for all cattle graded by region.

The National Steer and Heifer Grading Percent Report was developed to provide the livestock and meat industry with information on the quality and yield grade of the cattle being marketed. Production, procurement, and marketing decisions based on the analysis of this information facilitates and promotes efficient and orderly marketing of cattle across the United States.

Federally Inspected Slaughter Regions: Classes of Cattle: Region 1 – 5 : CT, ME, NH, VT, MA, RI, NY, NJ, DE, MD, PA, WV Steer VA, AL, FL, GA, KY, TN, NC, MS, SC, IL, IN, MI, MN, Heifer OH, & WI Dairy Cow Region 6 : AR, LA, NM, OK, & TX Other Cow Region 7 – 8 : IA, KS, MO, NE, CO, MT, ND, SD, UT, & WY Bulls & Stags Region 9 – 10: AZ, CA, HI, NV, ID, OR, & WA States : Nebraska, Kansas, Texas

E. Weekly CAF West Coast Cow & Bull Carcass (NW_LS400) Released Friday (3:30 PM Central) Carlot Volume, CAF West Coast basis

The Weekly West Coast Cow & Bull Carcass Report covers the cow and bull carcass market on the West Coast, mainly California. Cow and bull carcasses are reported on a CAF West Coast basis. The number of loads and price range is reported on a weekly basis. The prices reported represent prices buyers paid for carcasses this week to be delivered the following week.

IV. BY-PRODUCTS REPORTS

A. By-Products Prices Report (LS440) http://www.ams.usda.gov/mnreports/nw_ls440.txt Released daily (3:15 PM Central) Carlot Volume, FOB Central U.S./FOB Supply Point basis

This report covers the trading of beef and pork variety meats across the country. All items are reported frozen on an FOB Central U.S. basis. Reported domestic trades must deliver within 15 working days of the time of sale to be eligible for the report. Export trade may be used and will be labeled as such. Reported export trades must deliver within 45 working days of the time of sale to be eligible for the report. The reported load count for the day is supplied for each quoted item along with the full range of reported prices and a weighted average price. Items not tested may have the established price range and weighted average carried over for a maximum of 5 working days accompanied by a letter (A, B, C, D, or E) denoting the number of days since the last actual market test. Load counts are not carried over. Any trade not meeting the conditions of the report may be

95

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-10 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

reflected on an added line accompanied by an appropriate description of conditions only on the day the trade was reported. Such trades will not be carried over to the next day's report.

This report also reflects quarterly contract prices for beef and pork pet food items. These items are quoted fresh, frozen, or chilled on an FOB Supply Point basis. Prices for pet foods are established each quarter but are carried on the daily report.

B. By-Products Drop Value (Steer) (LS441) http://www.ams.usda.gov/mnreports/nw_ls441.txt Released daily (3:30 PM Central) Carlot Volume, FOB Central U.S. basis

This report reflects the total estimated value of the hide and offal from a typical 1325 lb. slaughter steer based on the current domestic market for the major offal items and for butt branded steer hides. The value reflects dollars per hundredweight live. Prices from the current market for each item are entered each day and the change, if any, from the previous day is shown. These prices are then multiplied by their respective yields (see box 1) expressed in pounds to a 1325 lb. live steer. The resultant values are adjusted to reflect a per hundredweight basis and are then summed into the final drop value.

The weight for the butt branded steer hide reflects a cured and fleshed per piece price. In the calculation of the drop value, this per piece price is converted to a By-Products Drop Value Yield Weights per hundredweight live price. Meat and bone Item lbs./cwt. Item lbs./cwt. meal and blood meal are converted from a per steer hide, butt brand .... 4.91-5.40* lips, unscalded…… 0.11 ton basis to a per hundredweight basis in the tallow, edible ...... 1.20 livers, selected ...... 0.96 calculations. tallow, packer blchbl .... 4.50 tripe, scalded...... 0.65 tongues, Swiss #1 wht 0-3%.. 0.26 tripe, honeycomb .. 0.15 The hide weight is adjusted according to the cheek meat ...... 0.32 lungs, inedible ...... 0.47 schedule in box 2, to account for seasonal head meat, ...... 0.13 melts ...... 0.14 variations. When an adjustment is made, it is Oxtails, selected ...... meat & bone meal .. 0 .73 signified on the report. 0.16 hearts, reg. bone-out ..... 0.38 blood meal...... 0.60 * adjusted regularly to account for seasonal variations ( see box 2) Steer Hide Weight Adjustment Schedule All weights per cwt. live basis of a 1275 lb. steer. Jan 5.38 (min. weight) Jul 4.92 (max. weight) box 1 Feb 5.40 Aug 4.91 Mar 5.33 (max. weight) Sep 4.95 (min. weight) Apr 5.19 Oct 5.03 May 5.06 Nov 5.15 Jun 4.96 Dec 5.28 box 2

C. Tallow, Protein, and Hide Report (LS442) http://www.ams.usda.gov/mnreports/nw_ls442.txt Released daily (3:15 PM Central) Carlot Volume, Mixed basis

This report is composed of three distinct sections. The first covers the trading of tallows and greases. Three separate basis points are used - FOB Central U.S., CAF (cost after freight) Chicago, and CAF Gulf. Reported trades must ship within 20 working days of the time of sale to be eligible for the report. Trades that overlap this 96

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-10 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250 period may be used providing the bulk of the trade volume delivers within the period. For this report and this report only, carlot basis refers to rail cars as opposed to trucks. The sole exception to this is for FOB Central choice white and yellow grease and edible lard fob plant, which are reported on a truck load basis. Trades must deliver within 15 working days to be eligible for the report. Railcars typically carry between 170,000 and 185,000 pounds.

The second section of the report covers the protein feed supplements market. Three basis points are used - FOB Central U.S., CAF California, and FOB Panhandle. Reported trades must deliver within 15 working days of the time of sale to be eligible for the report. Meat and bone meal and blood meal are reported on a per ton basis. Dry rendered tankage is reported on a per unit protein basis in two protein ranges: low, 42-47% and high, 52% and higher.

The final section of the report covers the trading of the major packer hides across the country. All hides are reported by cured and fleshed weight except bull hides which are reported by conventional weight (green hide wt.). Hides are quoted on a per piece basis and on a per hundredweight conventional basis. Heavy Texas Steer, Heavy Texas Steer and Heifer, and Branded Steer hides are only reported per piece. FOB Central U.S. is used as the reporting basis.

For the tallow and protein report, the reported load count for the day is supplied for each quoted item along with the full range of reported prices and a weighted average price. On the hide report, only the load count and price range is reported. Items not tested may have the established price range and weighted average carried over for a maximum of 5 working days accompanied by a letter (A, B, C, D, or E) denoting the number of days since the last actual market test. Load counts are not carried over. Any trade not meeting the conditions of the report may be reflected on an added line accompanied by an appropriate description of conditions only on the day the trade was reported. Such trades will not be carried over to the next day's report.

Reporting Basis Descriptions:

Central U.S. - Area extending along and including both sides of the northern border of Iowa; south to KCMO; east to Mississippi River; and west to Grand Island, NE.

Gulf - Houston, TX, coastal area.

Panhandle - Includes northern TX panhandle, panhandle of OK, western KS, eastern CO, and southwestern NE.

D. Weekly By-Product Drop Value (Cow) /Cow Variety Meat Price Report (LS444) http://www.ams.usda.gov/mnreports/nw_ls444.txt Released weekly (3:30 p.m. Central, Friday) carlot & less-than-carlot volume, FOB Omaha or equivalent Midwest; FOB Plant TX & OK

The first section of this report reflects the total estimated value of the hide and offal from a typical 1100 lb. slaughter cow based on the current domestic market for the major offal items and for cow hides. The value reflects dollars per hundredweight live. Current weekly prices for each item are entered and the change, if any, from the previous week is shown. These prices are then multiplied by their respective 97

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-10 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

yields (expressed in pounds) to a 1100 lb. live cow. The resultant values are adjusted to reflect a per hundredweight basis and are then summed into the final drop value (see box 3). This value is expressed both on a live basis and on a dressed basis using a dressing percentage of 47%.

The tongue value reflects a composite of Cow By-Products Drop Value Yield Weights the Swiss-cut categories, the livers a Item lbs./cwt Item lbs./cwt composite of the domestic liver quotes, cow hide, branded…….. 4.45-4.83* livers, regular…… 0.90 tallow, renderer blchbl. 3.68 tripe, scalded...... 1.06 and the meat and bone meal and the tongues, Swiss cut, IW.. 0.32 tripe, honeycomb.. 0.14 blood meal a composite of the Central cheek meat, trmd ...... 0.43 lungs, inedible...... 0.86 and Panhandle basis quotes. The weight head meat ...... 0.14 melts...... 0.15 of the liver reflects a 30% condemnation oxtails, regular...... 0.20 meat & bone meal .. 10.71 rate. hearts, reg, bone-out..... 0.46 blood meal ...... 0 .73 lips, unscalded ...... 0.13 The second part of the report covers the trading * adjusted regularly to account for seasonal variations ( see Box 4) All weights per hundredweight live basis of a 1100 lb. cow. of cow variety meats in the Central U.S. The Box 3 Cow Hide Weight Adjustment Schedule reporting basis for this report is FOB Omaha or equivalent in Jan 4.81 (min. weight) Jul 4.46 (max. weight) the Midwest and FOB Plant, Texas and Oklahoma. Carlot Feb 4.83 Aug 4.45 and less-than-carlot volume is used. This report reflects the Mar 4.78 (max. weight) Sep 4.48 (min. weight) Apr 4.67 Oct 4.54 trading of cow variety meats for the current week. Load May 4.57 Nov 4.63 counts are given along with the current, established price Jun 4.59 Dec 4.73 range and a weighted average. This information is quoted Box 4 when reported - no prices or load counts are carried over from one week to another.

Reported domestic trades must deliver within 15 working days of the time of sale to be eligible for the report. Export trades may be used and will be labeled as such. Reported export trades must deliver within 45 working days of the time of sale to be eligible for the report.

E. Weekly By-Products Value (Hog) (LS446) http://www.ams.usda.gov/mnreports/nw_ls446.txt Released weekly (3:30 p.m. Central, Friday) carlot & less-than-carlot volume, F.O.B. Central U.S. basis

This report reflects the total estimated value of the offal from a typical 250 lb. slaughter hog based on the current domestic market for the major offal items. The value reflects dollars per hundredweight live. Current weekly prices for each item are entered and the change, if any, from the previous week is shown. These prices are then multiplied by their respective yields (expressed in pounds) to a 250 lb. live hog. The resultant values are adjusted to reflect a per hundredweight basis and are then summed into the final drop value (see box 5). This value is expressed both on a live basis and on a dressed basis using a dressing percentage of 74%. The ear value reflects an average of the square-cut, lobe-off 3-4/lbs. and 4-5/lbs. selections. Both pork meat and bone meal and blood meal prices are converted from a per ton basis to a per hundredweight basis. The price for blood plasma is determined by regular industry survey. Since the report reflects a Central U.S. basis, the Central choice white grease, pork meat and bone meal, and blood meal price quotes are used.

98

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-10 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

Hog By-Products Drop Value Yield Weights Item lbs./cwt Item lbs./cwt cheek meat, trmd……….. 0.28 snoots, partial lean……….... 0.25 chitterlings ……………... 1.26 stomach, scld, small box ….. 0.43 ears, square-cut ………… 0.19 brains ……………………… 0.07 tongues, grn, bnls, sml box .. 0.18 lungs, inedible ……………. 0.95 hearts, slashed, domestic …. 0.28 choice white grease ………. 0.50 kidneys, inedible………… 0.25 pork meat & bone meal ….. 1.50 livers, inedible ………….. 1.25 blood meal ………………. 1.95 melts, inedible …………. 0.17 lard ……………………… 1.72 salivary glands …………. 0.26 blood plasma ……………. 2.01 All weights per hundredweight basis of a 250 lb. hog. Box 5

The lard price reflects the Chicago basis loose lard price quote minus $1.25 freight to bring it back to a Central U.S. price. Prices may be adjusted nominally for items not adequately tested in order to reflect current market conditions.

F. Pharmaceutical Report http://www.ams.usda.gov/LSMNpubs/pdf_monthly/pharm.pdf

Pharmaceuticals are contracted out front, usually on a quarterly basis, although most fetal blood contracts are made on a monthly basis. Contracted prices for the upcoming quarter are gathered at the start of the quarter for the various items. Typically, these contracts are negotiated over a one to two week period and calls are made throughout this period as the market develops. This report is available on the internet under LSMN publications.

All quoted items are reported on a dollars per pound basis with the exception of fetal blood. Items are reported FOB supply point. Fetal blood is reported on a dollars-per-liter basis. Items that do not trade in a significant volume for a particular quarter are left blank. New items may be added each quarter if they can be adequately tested. Care should be taken to describe these items accurately.

The range of prices for each item is shown on the report. Trades that fall outside of the bulk of trading may be separated out and described using terms such as "few," "mostly," "few sales," etc., to better describe the marketplace.

The pharmaceutical report will be released within the first month of each quarterly contract period. Fetal blood prices are released monthly.

99

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-10 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

V. PORK REPORTS

National Carlot Pork and Pork Carcass Cutout (LS500) Released twice daily (11:30 AM/3:30 PM Central) Carlot Volume, FOB Omaha or Equivalent basis

The National Carlot Pork Cuts report covers the trading of fresh pork cuts across the continental United States. Reported trades must deliver within 7 working days for processing cuts (hams, bellies, trimmings) and 10 working days for retail items (loins, butts, picnics, spareribs), of the time of sale to be eligible for the report. Sow product may be used where no pricing bias exists for such product. The reported load count for the day is supplied for each quoted item along with the full range of reported prices and a weighted average price. Load counts are not carried over.

Trades of loins and butts trimmed to 1/4" and 1/8" fat cover are reported as such. Any additional costs associated with the preparation of a cut that is trimmed or altered slightly different than the cut specification currently listed on the report must be ascertained and removed from the final reported price. Boneless loins are reported as either strap-on or strap-off, with the strap referring to the iliocostalis muscle. Load or ½ load quantities are required for most items to be reported. A 5,000 pound minimum can be used to establish a market for boneless sirloins, bone-in sirloins, tenderloins, picnic cushion (fresh), and loin backribs. All retail cuts are reported as vacuum packaged and processing cuts are reported in combos, unless otherwise noted on the report. Hams sold for fresh retail sale will not be reported. (See Exhibit 3 for detailed cutout explanation and sample calculations).

VI. MANDATORY LAMB REPORTS

A. NATIONAL 5-DAY ROLLING AVERAGE BOXED LAMB CUTS NEGOTIATED SALES (LM_XL500) Released daily (3:30 PM Central)

This report covers the carlot-based portions of a lamb carcass, including fresh primals, subprimals, cuts fabricated from subprimals not older than 14 days from date of manufacture. Fresh ground lamb, lamb trimmings, and boneless processing lamb not older than 7 days from date of manufacture. Frozen primals, subprimals, cuts fabricated from subprimals, and thin meats not older than 180 days from date of manufacture. Frozen ground lamb, lamb trimmings, and boneless processing lamb not older than 90 days from date of manufacture. Negotiated sales for delivery within 14 calendar days are reported on a F.O.B. Plant basis. All cuts are reported as Choice and Prime in separate categories of fresh and frozen.

The report shows all trades and tonnage reported for the current day and the four previous reporting days. Holidays are ignored, allowing the Friday report to reflect a trading period of Monday through Friday. The weighted average for the five days and the change from the previous report are shown.

Confidentiality guidelines may prevent Market News from publishing National Boxed Lamb price information. When trades are reported but are not published due to confidentiality guidelines the following statement is noted in the report: *Items with no entries indicate non-reportable trades.* 100

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-10 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

B. CENTRAL U.S. DAILY LAMB CARCASS REPORT (LM_XL501) Released daily (4:00 PM Central)

This report covers the carlot volume, wholesale carcass lamb market established by packers in Colorado, Iowa, and Texas. Negotiated sales for delivery within 14 calendar days are reported on a F.O.B. Plant basis. Carcass lambs are quoted as Choice and Prime, Yield Grade 1-4, hind-trotters-off. Total head count, along with individual head counts, price ranges and weighted averages for each reported weight category are shown.

The Central U.S. Daily Lamb Carcass Report reflects the latest market information available. The Central U.S. Daily Lamb Carcass Report on Friday includes an additional section covering all carcasses reported by Central U.S. packers from the previous Saturday to the current Friday.

Confidentiality guidelines may prevent Market News from publishing Central Carcass Lamb price information. The following statement is issued with the latest market information when trades are reported but are not published due to confidentiality guidelines. *Today’s trades not reportable because they did not meet the 3/70/20 guideline for carcass lambs. Below is the last reported market as of mm/dd/yyyy.*

C. USDA ESTIMATED NATIONAL LAMB CARCASS CUTOUT (LM_XL502) Released daily (3:30 PM)

The USDA Estimated National Lamb Carcass Cutout report is derived from the National 5-Day Rolling Average Boxed Lamb Cuts report. It is an estimate of the value of a lamb carcass based on current weighted average prices reported for the major primals and associated sub-primals. Major primal values reflect only fresh values, while the sub-primals reflect both a fresh and frozen value. Cut weights are based on the latest Actual Federally Inspected Slaughter Carcass Weight from WA_LS711 and is calculated using the latest industry cutting yields. The latest industry cutting yields are shown on each report. Shrink and trim loss will fluctuate with changes in the actual carcass weight. Values for each cut are shown along with the change from the previous day's cutout. An average standard industry cutting and processing loss is deducted from the gross carcass value to show the net carcass value.

D. NATIONAL WEEKLY LAMB CARCASS REPORT (LM_XL555) Released Wednesday (4:00 PM Central)

This report covers the National Carlot volume, wholesale carcass lamb market. Negotiated sales for delivery within 14 calendar days are reported on a F.O.B. Plant basis. Carcass lambs are divided into four distinct quality categories: Choice and Prime, Yield Grade 1-4; Choice and Prime, Yield Grade 5; Certified Fresh American Lamb; Ungraded. Each category is further divided into appropriate weight categories reflecting industry weight breaks. Total head counts for each quality category, along with individual head counts, price ranges and weighted averages for each reported weight category are shown. Confidentiality guidelines may prevent Market News from publishing National Carcass Lamb price 101

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-10 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

information. When trades are reported but are not published due to confidentiality guidelines the following statement is noted in the report: *Items with no entries indicate non-reportable trades.*

VII. Voluntary Weekly Lamb Pelts Price Report (NW_LS443) Released weekly (2:00 PM Central Monday)

Voluntary report that covers trading of lamb pelts on a national, carlot volume level. The report, released on Monday, is reflective of the previous week's market. Reported trades are primarily to domestic interests which further sort and process the pelts for sale on the world market. Pelts are reported on a packer sort, green, salted basis. The report reflects clean, seed free, mostly good density wool pelts, which are categorized into two main types, shorn or unshorn, with sub-categories reported for each type. These sub-categories may be increased or decreased to describe seasonal supply variations. A per-piece price range for the week is reported for each pelt type on a F.O.B. Major Production Points basis. Contract prices are not reported.

VIII. VEAL REPORTS

A. Veal Carcass, Weekly Distributive / Less-Than-Carlot Veal Cuts, and Weekly Boxed Veal Cuts (NW_LS452) Released daily, Cuts Tuesday only (1:30 PM Central) Mixed Volume, Mixed basis

The Veal Carcass report covers the trading of special-fed veal carcasses across the nation. Prices are reported on a hot basis either hide-on or hide-off as applicable. Two reporting bases are used: Northeast (MA, MD, PA, NY, NJ, DE, CT, & VT) and North Central (OH, IN, IL, MI, & WI). The range of reported prices is shown along with the total head count for each carcass category. Contract information is shown for hot basis, hide-off carcasses in the North Central area as the majority of calves sold in this area trade in this manner.

The Distributive/LCL Veal Cuts report covers the more traditional style veal cut market in the major cities of the Northeast coast. The reporting basis is the East Coast Area that includes the major markets from Boston to Washington, DC. This market is made up of HRI sales, store-door deliveries, and walk- in sales. Only special-fed veal cuts are reported. The veal cuts market trades on a weekly basis and the report reflects those sales made for the current week. To maintain a credible price range, extreme highs and lows will not be used if they are not supported by prevailing market conditions.

The Boxed Veal Cuts report covers the trading of boxed, special-fed veal cuts across the country. F.O.B. Major Production Points, North Central Area is used as the reporting basis as this is where the majority of boxed veal cuts are produced. This market is reported on a weekly basis and covers the current week's trading. A price range and trend comparing current prices to prices of last week is shown for each cut. To maintain a credible price range, extreme highs and lows will not be used if they are not supported by prevailing market conditions.

102

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-10 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

B. Special Fed Future Contracts

Future contracts for Special Fed veal calves originated with the banker wanting some kind of guarantee from the producer as to what the value of the baby calf would be at the time of slaughter. Below are definitions of the most common future contracts offered.

1. Firm Bottom/Firm Top: The producer is guaranteed to be paid no less than the firm bottom and no more than the firm top, possibly somewhere in between. 2. Firm Bottom/Open Top: The producer is guaranteed to be paid no less than the firm bottom and possibly more in relationship to the current negotiated market. 3. Firm Bottom/Split Top: The producer is guaranteed to be paid no less than the firm bottom and possibly split between the split top and the current negotiated market. 4. Double Split: The producer will be paid a value based on the negotiated market. The split may possibly be below or above the contracted numbers.

103

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-10 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

Exhibit 1: National Boxed Beef Cutout and Cuts:

Background Information – When beef carcasses first enter the fabrication portion of the plant, they are broken into primal units. These primals then move to the cutting tables where they are fabricated into the various sub- primal styles. In the process, various by-products (known as credit items) are created. These credit items vary in type and quantity depending on the sub-primal style being produced and include such items as trimmings, bone, fat, etc. The potential value of these sub-primals varies depending on how much work is done on the cut (boneless cuts often require more fabrication and so cost more to produce than bone-in cuts) , which muscle groups are removed, how much fat trimming is done, and other similar factors. Ideally, processors produce cuts to fill already existing orders. However, when this is not possible, they will produce styles for which there is regular demand and will stockpile them for eventual sale. Because of this, there tends to be larger quantities of these styles traded and, consequently, they have more impact on the processor’s overall cutout. The processor’s overall cutout is determined by the relationship between the value and the volume of sub-primal styles being produced and sold. The processor looks at this overall cutout as an indication of their performance. The BBC provides an overall performance indicator for the fabricated beef industry. Its formulation replicates that used by firms when calculating their own cutouts. Styles produced and sold in larger volume will have more influence on the BBC, just as they do within the industry.

Boxed Beef Report - Industry Application

What does it tell us? - Careful study of the relationships between the various BBC calculated values and reported load counts can tell the user much about the current state of the marketplace. It is these relationships between the figures and not the numbers themselves which are important. Many people overlook this fact and are therefore unable to fully utilize all of the information available in the report.

THE BOXED BEEF CUTOUT VALUES AND CHANGES – The cutouts represent the estimated value of a beef carcass from the represented grade for a given day based on prices being paid for boxed beef cuts and credit items. The change in value from the previous day is shown immediately below each cutout value. Comparing the cutouts to one another can tell us a lot about the current market. The spread between the Choice and Select cutouts is a good indicator of the relative supply for each grade. A narrow spread indicates that cattle are grading better and that there are fewer Select cattle available. A widening spread indicates that the incidence of cattle grading Select is increasing. Seasonal demand patterns for either Choice or Select product can also influence the spread. Demand for Choice middle meats through the Christmas season often leads to increases in the Choice cutout not shared by the Select cutout. The daily change in cutout values is a good indicator of the overall marketplace as well. The magnitude of the change in either direction indicates some measure of imbalance in the supply/demand situation. For example, a sharp decline in the Select cutout when compared to the Choice cutout would be an indication of either increasing supplies of Select, decreasing demand for Select relative to Choice, or a combination of both. However, you should keep the reported load count in mind when looking at the changes as these two factors influence one another.

REPORTED LOAD VOLUMES – The total reported load counts provide some important insights into the market situation - especially when compared to the daily changes in the cutout. Many people tend to look only at the load volume or only at the change which often leads to a misinterpretation of the market trend. A larger than normal movement of boxes could indicate at least two things depending on what the cutout values are 104

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-10 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250 doing. If cutout values are declining, a large movement could indicate that sellers are moving their prices lower in an effort to get their supplies under control. If the cutout values should happen to be increasing, it could indicate that buyers are eager to fill their needs while price increases are still workable. A smaller than normal movement of boxes in conjunction with higher trending cutout values could indicate resistance in the marketplace to higher asking prices. It could also be an indication of an inability to move product at the retail counter possibly due to consumer resistance to higher prices. A small movement usually indicates a backing up of product in the distribution pipeline. If it happens in conjunction with declining boxed beef prices, it is usually an indication of lack of buyer interest at current price levels. This happens when the market is in transition as prices move lower and sellers seek price levels which will renew buyer interest. The volume of fresh 50% beef trimmings provides another piece of information regarding the health of the marketplace. Larger than normal volumes could be an indication of an increased supply of over-finished cattle, although smaller than normal volumes could indicate the opposite. The volume of grinds could increase when certain cuts are not moving well. An over-supply of lean chucks in the summer could force processors to resort to grinding in an effort to better merchandise their supplies.

PRIMAL VALUES – Another part of the BBC which provides valuable information is the reported primal values. It is from these values that the cutouts are calculated. Therefore, if you want to know what is driving the value of a particular cutout one way or the other, look at the primal values. For example, let’s say that the Choice cutout closes sharply higher one day. At first thought, it would appear that the market is taking off. However, the reported load volume is relatively light which leads us to think that maybe the market is beginning to stall out. On further inspection, we see that the value of primal ribs has increased from the value reported for the day before. In fact, we find that the rib is the only primal which saw an increase and that this has been the driving influence behind the Choice cutout’s increase. When we look at the individual beef item section, we find that only one of the rib cuts saw good movement at higher prices. At this point we must ask ourselves whether the market is in such great shape after all. In addition, what is causing the apparent strength in the rib market? Later, after some inquiry, we learn that Korea has placed a tender for a large volume of bone- in Choice rib cuts. This has created an imbalance in the Domestic supply of these cuts and the market reacted. Had we gone with our initial reaction to the higher Choice cutout, our assumptions about the marketplace would have been wrong. But by taking a closer look at what the BBC was telling us, we were able to learn enough about the market to make appropriate inquiries which resulted in being far more informed.

How does the industry use it? – The boxed beef report is used differently by the different parts of the beef industry (producers, packer/processors, and retailer/distributors). Producers look to see if boxed beef is moving well at higher prices which could provide them leverage in their negotiations with the packer. Retailers do the same thing but they look for a sluggish market with declining prices to provide them leverage. The packer/processor is caught in the middle but also looks for a negotiating advantage against the producer and the retailer. In short, all segments of the industry look to the cutout when they are trying to further their position in the marketplace. Companies also use the report as a standard by which to gauge their company or even their personal performance. If they can do better than what the average of the industry is, then they view that as a measure of success. The opposite is also true. Finally, some segments of the industry use the report as an impartial starting point on which to base formulations and contracts. Some packers utilize the BBC for determining their Quality grade discounts and premiums when buying cattle on a grade and yield basis. Each week, the spread between the Choice and Select cutouts is factored against the actual grading percentage at each plant from the previous week. 105

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-10 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

The Chicago Mercantile Exchange utilizes the BBC in calculating its Live Cattle contracts. The spread between the Choice and Select cutouts is factored against a standard 63% yield with the result serving as the basis for discounts or premiums. Because the boxed beef market is largely composed of negotiated trades, the boxed beef report continues to enjoy the broadest basis of support of nearly any beef or cattle report. As packers and producers continue to look for ways to contract more and more cattle, many are looking to the cutout to provide a pricing basis. Therefore, the role of the beef cutout may become even more integral to the industry as time goes on. If this becomes the case, it is important that all interested parties gain a thorough understanding of how the cutout is calculated.

How does it Work? – The BBC calculations begin with determining a current 2 day weighted average price for each beef item. The current reported prices in the individual item section of the report are combined with the reported prices from the previous day to arrive at a 2 day weighted average price for each item. These item prices and average of industry cutting yields are used to calculate sub-primal style values which are then combined into primal values. These primal values are factored against their yield from the carcass and the resultant values are combined into the final carcass cutout values. These steps and their accompanying calculations are best illustrated through a sample calculation.

Step 1: Determining a Primal Value from a Sub-primal Cut - A Choice HRI chuck sub-primal style is used here for an example of how the cutout is calculated. The same process is followed by all of the other major sub- primals. As pointed out earlier, when a sub-primal cut is produced from a primal, you not only get the sub- primal style but you also end up with other components or credit items. When an HRI chuck is produced, you end up with various components of the primal chuck (see Figure 1). Combined, these components make up 100% of the original primal. Another factor to keep in mind is shrinkage. When meat is cut surface area is exposed, therefore allowing moisture loss (shrink). This loss, although minor, does account for a certain percentage of the original primal. This non-recoverable loss is absorbed by the packer.

IMPS 114A Shoulder Clod FL 3 16.41% * $159.82 = $26.23 IMPS 116A Chuck Roll, n/o FL 3 17.49%* $173.30 = $30.31 IMPS 116B Chuck Tender FL 1 2.67% * $153.85 = $4.11 IMPS 130 Chuck Short Rib FL 4 2.88% * $239.88 = $6.91 Pectoral Meat 1.93% * $240.06 = $4.63 50% Beef Trimmings 5.14% * $71.39 = $3.67 75% Beef Trimmings Value of Primal Style HRI 13.86% * $110.40 = $15.30 Chuck FL 3 = $112.69 91% Beef Trimmings 3.50% * $155.29 = $5.44 Coarse Ground Chuck 5.63% * $121.32 = $6.83 Shank Meat 5.52% * $121.32 = $6.69 Fat 9.43% * $18.75 = $1.77 Bone 15.24% * $5.25 = $0.80 Shrink 0.30% Figure 1 Each component makes up a physical portion of the original and each component adds some value to the overall

106

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-10 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

potential value of the primal. The potential value of the primal varies depending on what you produce from it. To determine the value of a Choice primal chuck from which a Choice HRI chuck has been produced, you need to determine the value of each of the component parts of that primal chuck. In Figure 1, the IMPS 114A Shoulder Clod portion of the HRI Chuck accounts for about 16.21% of the primal chuck. Today’s Choice IMPS 114A's were reported at 8.6 loads with a $160.11 weighted average price. The previous day’s value for 114A’s was 8.1 loads with a $159.52 weighted average price. That makes the current 2 day weighted average for 114As $159.82 per cwt. so 16.41% of this price is $26.23 which is the value the 114A carries back to the primal chuck. The same calculation is done for each of the other component parts to determine their value back to the primal chuck. The process detailed in Figure 1 fixes a value to a primal depending on the sub-primal produced from it. For each primal, this step is being done for several different sub-primal styles. The next step combines the primal values from each sub-primal style into one overall primal value.

Step 2: Calculating a Composite Primal Value – Once a primal style value has been calculated for each of the major sub-primal cut items produced from that primal, these primal style values are combined into a composite value for the primal (see Figure 2). There are six major chuck primal styles routinely produced from a 600-900# carcass. Each of these returns a value for the primal chuck and each is a part of the overall, composite primal chuck value. This composite primal chuck value is a weighted average calculated from the six chuck primal style values using the number of pounds of each sub-primal cut item listed in the individual item section as the weight. This allows those cuts being produced in largest quantity to have the most affect on the cutout which is as it should be and is in actual practice in the industry. These steps are occurring for each composite primal within each grade category of cutout as trades are being reported.

Chuck Style 6 HRI Chuck FL 3 42.33 loads at $112.69 Chuck Style 2 Chuck Roll Retail Rdy 18.30 loads at $115.14 Chuck Style 3 IMPS 113C Semi-bnls n/o Chuck FL 1 5.68 loads at $120.29 Choice Composite Primal Chuck Chuck Style 4 IMPS 113C Value = $115.14 Semi-bnls n/o Chuck FL 3 3.32 loads at $121.03 Chuck Style 7 IMPS 115 2-pc Bnls Chuck FL 1 6.08 loads at $123.04 Chuck Style 1 IMPS 113A Square Cut Chuck FL 1 0.36 loads at $133.69 Figure 2

Step 3: Composite Primal Values to Carcass Cutout – In step 3 (see Figure 3), the composite primal chuck value calculated in step 2 along with similar values calculated for the other primals in step 2 are combined into their respective cutout (the Choice 600-900# in this example). Each primal is a percentage of the entire carcass and this yield factor or percentage is multiplied by the composite primal value for each primal. These products are then summed and the result is the carcass cutout for that grade category.

107

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-10 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

Composite Primal Chuck Value 29.56% * $115.14 = $34.04 Composite Primal Rib Value 11.31% * $290.1 = $32.81 Composite Primal Round Value 22.44% * $122.16 = $27.41 Composite Primal Loin Value Choice 600-900 lb. Beef Carcass 21.18% * $216.87 = $45.93 Composite Cutout Value = $155.02 Composite Primal Brisket Value 4.97% * $91.66 = $4.56 Composite Primal Short Plate Value 7.16% * $102.12 = $7.31 Figure 3 Composite Primal Flank Value 3.38% * $87.73 = $2.96

Rib Sub-Primal Styles #3 - 109A Rib, Roast-Ready 22/up - FL 1 #5 - 112A Boneless Lip-on Ribeye 12/dn - FL 3 #4 - 109E Bone-in Lip-on Ribeye - FL 1 #6 - 112A Boneless Lip-on Ribeye 12/up - FL 3 Components #3 #4 #5 #6 109A 1 Rib, Rst-Rdy 22/up 54.73% - - - 109E 1 Bone-in Lip-on - 38.37% - - 112A 3 Bnls Lip-on 12/dn - - 30.95% - 112A 3 Bnls Lip-on 12/up - - - 30.95% 123B 3 Short Rib 9.90% 9.90% 9.90% 9.90% 124 4 Back Rib - - 8.40% 8.40% Cap and Wedge Meat 8.76% 8.76% 8.76% 8.76% 50% Trimmings 9.09% 15.41% 15.66% 15.66% Fat 5.44% 14.64% 14.20% 14.20% Bone 11.58% 12.47% 11.58% 11.58% Shrink 0.50% 0.45% 0.55% 0.55% Total Percentage 100.00% 100.00% 100.00% 100.00%

Sub-Primal Styles #1 - 120 Brisket - FL 1 #2 - 193 Flank - FL 4 #5 - Short Plate - FL 1 - Hvy Ch #7 - Short Plate - FL 1 - Hvy Se Components #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7 #8 120 1 Brisket 53.32% - - - 193 4 Flank - 14.50% - - 121D 4 Inside Skirt - - 9.64% 9.64% Outside Skirt - - 6.84% 6.84% 50% Trimmings 13.35% 27.20% 34.62% 25.07% 65% Trimmings 2.12% 18.37% 27.92% 75% Trimmings 6.22% 3.30% 2.91% 2.91% Cap and Wedge Meat - - 3.55% 3.55% Fat 14.23% 52.33% 7.86% 7.86% Bone 12.39% - 15.50% 15.50% Shrink 0.49% 0.55% 0.71% 0.71% Total Percentage 100.00% 100.00% 100.00% 100.00%

108

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-10 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

Loin Sub-Primal Styles #1 - 174 Short Loin - FL 1 - Lht #7 - 175 Strip Loin - FL 3 - Lht #13 - 180 Strip Loin 0x1 - FL 3 - Lht #2 - 174 Short Loin - FL 1 - Hvy #8 - 175 Strip Loin -FLO 3 - Hvy #14 - 180 Strip Loin 0x1 - FL 3 - Hvy #3 - 174 Short Loin - FL 3 - Lht #9 - HRI Loin - FL 1 - Lht #4 - 174 Short Loin - FL 3 - Hvy #10 - HRI Loin - FL 1 - Hvy Components #1 #2 #3 #4 #7 #8 #9 #10 #13 #14 174 1 Short Loin 30.88% 30.88% ------174 3 Short Loin - - 24.50% 24.50% ------175 3 Strip Loin 1x1 - - - - 17.47% 17.47% - - - - 180 1 Strip Loin 14#/dn ------18.70% - - - 180 1 Strip Loin 14#/up ------18.70% - - 180 3 Strip Loin 0x1 ------13.64% 13.64% 184 1 Top Butt 13#/dn 16.67% - - - - - 16.67% - - - 184 1 Top Butt 13#/up - 16.67% - - - - - 16.67% - - 184 3 Top Butt - - 14.92% 14.92% 14.92% 14.92% - - 14.92% 14.92% 185A 4 Flap 3.73% 3.73% 3.73% 3.73% 3.73% 3.73% 3.73% 3.73% 3.73% 3.73% 185B 1 Ball Tip 2/dn 2.50% - 2.50% - 2.50% - 2.50% - 2.50% - 185B 1 Ball Tip 2/up 2.50% - 2.50% - 2.50% - 2.50% - 2.50% 185C 1 Tri Tip 3.31% 3.31% 3.31% 3.31% 3.31% 3.31% 3.31% 3.31% 3.31% 3.31% 189A 4 Tenderloin 5/dn - - - - 7.13% - 7.13% - 7.13% - 189A 4 Tenderloin 5/up - - - - - 7.13% - 7.13% - 7.13% 191A 4 Peeled Butt Tender 3.40% 3.40% 3.40% 3.40% ------Steak (Loin) Tail 1.20% 1.20% 1.80% 1.80% 1.80% 1.80% 1.20% 1.20% 1.80% 1.80% Hanging Tender 1.18% 1.18% 1.18% 1.18% 1.18% 1.18% 1.18% 1.18% 1.18% 1.18% 50% Trimmings 8.72% 8.72% 10.88% 10.88% 11.21% 11.21% 7.32% 7.32% 8.01% 8.01% 75% Trimmings 3.76% 3.76% 4.09% 4.09% 3.90% 3.90% 4.98% 4.98% 5.31% 5.31% Coarse Ground Sirloin 1.55% 1.55% 2.42% 2.42% Kidney 1.05% 1.05% 1.05% 1.05% 1.05% 1.05% 1.05% 1.05% 1.05% 1.05% Fat 18.34% 18.34% 23.25% 23.25% 24.04% 24.04% 19.40% 19.40% 23.72% 23.72% Bone 5.04% 5.04% 5.14% 5.14% 7.51% 7.51% 10.96% 10.96% 10.96% 10.96% Shrink 0.22% 0.22% 0.25% 0.25% 0.25% 0.25% 0.32% 0.32% 0.32% 0.32% Total Percentage 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100% 100%

109

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-10 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

Sub-Primal Styles #1 - 120 Brisket - FL 1 #2 - 193 Flank - FL 4 #5 - Short Plate - FL 1 - Hvy Ch #7 - Short Plate - FL 1 - Hvy Se Components #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7 #8 120 1 Brisket 53.32% - - - 193 4 Flank - 14.50% - - 121D 4 Inside Skirt - - 9.64% 9.64% Outside Skirt - - 6.84% 6.84% 50% Trimmings 13.35% 27.20% 34.62% 25.07% 65% Trimmings 2.12% 18.37% 27.92% 75% Trimmings 6.22% 3.30% 2.91% 2.91% Cap and Wedge Meat - - 3.55% 3.55% Fat 14.23% 52.33% 7.86% 7.86% Bone 12.39% - 15.50% 15.50% Shrink 0.49% 0.55% 0.71% 0.71% Total Percentage 100.00% 100.00% 100.00% 100.00%

Round Sub-Primal Styles #1 - 160 Round, Bone-in - FL 1 #5 - 161 Round, Bnls, Heel Out - FL 3 #7 - HRI Round - FL 3 #3 - 161 Round, Boneless - FL 1 #6 - HRI Round - FL 1 #9 - Round - Flat & Eye, h/o - FL 3 Components #1 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7 #8 #9 160 1 Round, bone-in 79.68% - - - - - 161 1 Round, bnls - 72.55% - - - - 161 3 Rd, bnls pld knkl h-out - - 61.59% - - - 167 1 Knuckle - - - 12.57% - - 167A 4 Knuckle - - - - 11.45% 11.45% 168 1 Top Inside Round - - - 26.56% - - 168 3 Top Inside Rd, trmd - - - - 24.73% 24.73% 170 1 Gooseneck Round - - - 32.71% - - 170 3 Flat & Eye, heel out - - - - - 21.84% 171B 3 Outside Round (Flat) - - - - 15.46% - 171C 3 Eye of Round - - - - 6.33% - Heel - - 5.51% - 5.51% 5.51% Shank Meat 6.65% 6.35% 6.98% 6.98% 6.98% 6.98% 75% Trimmings 2.07% 2.56% 2.56% 2.99% 3.90% 3.85% Fat 3.28% 3.28% 8.10% 2.90% 10.25% 10.25% Bone 7.98% 14.87% 14.87% 14.87% 14.87% 14.87% Shrink 0.34% 0.39% 0.39% 0.42% 0.52% 0.52% Total Percentage 100.00% 100.00% 100.00% 100.00% 100.00% 100.00%

110

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-10 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

Chuck Sub-Primal Styles #1 - 113A Square-Cut Chuck - FL 1 #4 - 113C Semi-Boneless Neck-Off Chuck - FL 3 #2 - Retail Ready Chuck Roll - FL 3 #6 - HRI Chuck - FL 3 #3 - 113C Semi-Boneless Neck-Off Chuck - FL 1 #7 - 115 2 pc Boneless Chuck - FL 1 Components #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7 113A 1 Square-Cut 88.90% - - - - - 113C 1 Semi-Boneless - - 54.47% - - - 113C 3 Semi-Boneless - - - 52.60% - - 114 1 Shoulder Clod ------114A 3 Special Trmd Clod - - - - 16.41% - 114D 3 Top Blade - 3.86% - - - - 114E 3 Clod Heart - 6.06% - - - - 114F 5 Clod Tender - 0.64% - - - - 115 1 2 pc Boneless - - - - - 59.81% 116A 3 Chuck Roll n/o - - - - 17.49% - 116B 1 Chuck Tender - 2.67% - - 2.67% - 916A 1 Chuck Roll, retail ready - 15.05% - - - - 130 4 Short Rib - 2.88% 2.88% 2.88% 2.88% 2.88% Pectoral Meat - 1.93% 1.93% 1.93% 1.93% 1.93% 50% Trimmings 0.85% 5.64% 2.47% 3.17% 5.14% 1.74% 75% Trimmings 0.77% 16.75% 3.28% 3.26% 13.86% 3.51% 91% Trimmings - 6.50% 3.50% 3.50% 3.50% - Coarse Ground Chuck - 7.50% 7.86% 7.96% 5.63% 4.57% Shank Meat 5.12% 5.52% 5.52% 5.52% 5.52% 5.52% Fat 1.55% 9.43% 6.43% 7.52% 9.43% 4.50% Bone 2.61% 15.24% 11.41% 11.41% 15.24% 15.24% Shrink 0.20% 0.33% 0.25% 0.25% 0.30% 0.30% Total Percentage 100.00% 100.00% 100.00% 100.00% 100.00% 100.00%

Sub-Primal Styles #1 - 120 Brisket - FL 1 #2 - 193 Flank - FL 4 #5 - Short Plate - FL 1 - Hvy Ch #7 - Short Plate - FL 1 - Hvy Se Components #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 #6 #7 #8 120 1 Brisket 53.32% - - - 193 4 Flank - 14.50% - - 121D 4 Inside Skirt - - 9.64% 9.64% Outside Skirt - - 6.84% 6.84% 50% Trimmings 13.35% 27.20% 34.62% 25.07% 65% Trimmings 2.12% 18.37% 27.92% 75% Trimmings 6.22% 3.30% 2.91% 2.91% Cap and Wedge Meat - - 3.55% 3.55% Fat 14.23% 52.33% 7.86% 7.86% Bone 12.39% - 15.50% 15.50% Shrink 0.49% 0.55% 0.71% 0.71% Total Percentage 100.00% 100.00% 100.00% 100.00%

Primal to Carcass Yields Rib Chuck Round Loin Brisket Short Plate Flank 11.31% 29.56% 22.44% 21.18% 4.97% 7.16% 3.38%

111

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-10 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

Exhibit 2: Beef Carcass Equivalent Index Calculation July 12, 2006

What is it?

The Beef Carcass Equivalent Index (CEI) is a calculated estimate of the value of a beef carcass based upon prices being paid for live cattle and prices being received for boxed beef cuts. An equivalent value is calculated for Choice and Select 600-900 carcasses.

Information from various USDA reports is used to calculate the final CEI values. This includes the Estimated Composite of Boxed Beef Cutout Values (LM_XB403), the National Daily Direct Slaughter Cattle report (LM_CT115), the By-Product Drop Value (NW_LS441), the Actual Slaughter (WA_LS711), the National Carcass Premiums and Discounts (LM_CT155), and the National Steer and Heifer Estimated Grading Percent (NW_LS196) reports. Information on slaughter and processing costs is collected from industry contacts and is updated when appropriate.

Why was it created?

The CEI was introduced on July 1, 1990 to replace the beef carcass market as an indicator of beef carcass value. As more and more beef carcasses were fabricated at the point of slaughter, fewer were shipped resulting in a thinly tested beef carcass market. This situation reached a critical point in 1990 and beef carcass reporting was suspended. The value of a beef carcass lies between the price paid for the live animal and the return from the cuts sold from it. The CEI utilizes the price being paid for live cattle, the value being returned from the sale of beef cuts, and the value from the sale of byproducts to provide an estimate of the value of a beef carcass. This estimated value provided an alternative to the trading of beef carcasses.

How is it calculated?

The CEI is calculated by determining a beef carcass value from the prices received from boxed beef cuts and a beef carcass value from the prices being paid for live cattle. These two values are then averaged. The steps involved in these calculations are outlined below.

Step 1 : Calculating a Beef Carcass Value from the Boxed Beef Cutout:

The boxed beef cutout estimates the value of beef carcasses based on current prices being paid for boxed beef cuts. However, included in this value is the cost of processing the beef cuts. This processing cost must be removed in order to determine how much of the value is for the beef carcass alone. A processing cost of $11.50 per hundredweight, obtained from industry survey, is currently being used. Demand (Boxed) Equivalent calculation. To determine the value of a beef carcass Choice 600-900 lbs. $136.85 - $11.50 = $125.35 from the boxed beef side (LM_XB403), Select 600-900 lbs $125.16 - $11.50 = $113.66 subtract the processing cost from each of Fig.1 the two boxed beef cutout values (fig.1).

112

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-10 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

Step 2 : Calculating a Beef Carcass Value from Live Cattle:

To determine the value of a beef carcass from live cattle prices, a single, dressed basis, cleaned up price for cattle is calculated from which the byproduct credit value after slaughter cost is subtracted. The steps in this calculation are outlined as follows:

a. Calculate a single dressed basis price for cattle The National Daily Direct cattle report is used as the source of live cattle market data. The CEI utilizes a five day rolling accumulation of direct cattle data in order to eliminate wide price swings in between tests of the cattle market. a. Convert live prices to dressed basis… As each day’s information is added, Live Steer $82.85 / 63.21% = $131.07 the oldest input is dropped. The Live Heifer $82.85 / 63.31% = $130.87 National Daily Direct report provides b. Calculate a weighted average cattle price… Live Steer ($131.07* 55,112) / 164,578 = 43.89 a daily summation of price, weight, Live Heifer ($130.87 * 55,514) / 164,578 = 44.14 and number of head for live and Dressed Steer ($132.75 * 31,653) / 164,578 = 25.53 dressed basis sales. Live prices are Dressed Heifer ($132.37 * 22,299) / 164,578 = 17.94 converted to a dressed basis by Wtd Average Dressed Basis Live Cattle Value = 131.50 dividing the price by the stated Fig. 2 dressing percentage. Using the volume reported as the weight factor, a weighted average dressed basis price for live cattle is calculated from the live converted prices and the dressed basis prices (fig. 2).

b. Calculate a “cleaned up” cattle price The weighted average dressed basis price for live cattle reflects a wide range of weight, yield, and quality. This price must be adjusted to reflect a “cleaned-up to the box” basis (as though all cattle were of the type most desirable to be fabricated into boxed beef cuts). Normally, this basis reflects USDA Choice, Yield Grade 1-3, 600-900 lbs. cattle. The estimated grading percentage and the Wtd Average Dressed Basis Live Cattle Value = $131.50 discounts and premiums reports are used to Value of Discounts + $7.81 calculate a total clean-up cost to Value of Premiums + ($0.84) Total Cleaned-up Cost = $138.47 compensate for value variations due Fig. 3 primarily to quality, yield and weight. This clean-up cost is determined by adding the total value of the discounts to the total value of the premiums (see detailed description #1 below). The total clean-up cost is added to the weighted average dressed basis price calculated in step 2a (fig. 3).

c. Adjust for credit and slaughter costs Now the live cattle price must be adjusted to account for the hide and offal (drop) value and the cost of slaughter. Calculate the total byproduct credit per head by first determining a single weighted average cattle live weight from the 5-area report using the reported number of head as the weight factor. Convert this value to a per hundredweight basis by dividing by 100. Multiply the outcome by the drop value to determine the total byproduct credit (fig. 4a & b). From this byproduct credit, subtract the slaughter cost (industry average of $47.50 per head) to determine the credit after slaughter. Convert this live basis credit after slaughter to a per hundredweight dressed basis by first multiplying the single 113

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-10 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

weighted average cattle live weight by the average stated dressing percentages and dividing by 100. Calculating the total credit per hundredweight. Divide the number of a. Calculating a weighted live and Live Steer 1200 Live Steer 758.41 dressed dressed carcass weight value. Live Heifer 1111 Live Heifer 703.57 hundredweights into Drsd Steer 1253 Drsd Steer 792.12 the credit after Drsd Heifer 1149 Drsd Heifer 727.44 slaughter cost to Live Weight: 1173.36 Drsd Weight 742.20 b. Calculate the total credit. Live Wt / Drop ( 1173.36/100*8.32 ) = 97.62 determine the final c. Calculate total credit after Total Credit – 97.62 - 47.50 = $50.12 credit adjustment d. Convert credit to dollars per (Credit after (fig. 4c & d). hundredweight dressed basis. Slaughter Cost / ( 50.12 / 742.2 ) * 100 6.75 Drsd Wt )* 100 Fig. 4 d. Calculate the final live equivalent value The final calculation in step 2 is to convert the cleaned up live cattle dressed price (hot basis) to a beef carcass equivalent value (chilled basis). For each grade category, from the cleaned-up cost of cattle, subtract the credit after slaughter cost, the adjustment for the value variation between Choice and Select, the adjustment for value variation within Yield Grade 1-3, and the adjustment for value variation within 600-900 lbs. carcasses (see detailed description #2 on page 5). Multiply the remainder by 99.5% to convert to a chilled carcass basis (.05% accounts for weight loss due to shrink, bruise trimming, etc.) (fig 5). Calculate the final live-side carcass equivalent index value. Category Clnd- Drop Yield Wght Ch-Se Hot to Live Ch 600 – 900 # 138.47 C + C-6.75 di + -Adj0.73 + 0.00Adj + Sd0.00 + Chill-0.65d = 130.34CEI

Se 600 – 900 # 138.47 + -6.75 + -1.32 + 0.00 + -11.00 + -0.59 = 118.81 Fig. 5 Step 3 : Calculating the Final CEI Value: The final step in the calculation of the CEI is to compute the simple average of each grade category of equivalent beef carcass values calculated in steps 1 and 2 (fig. 6).

Box Base Live Base CEI (Fig. 1) (Fig. 5) Ch 600 – 900 # ($125.35 + $130.34) / 2 = $127.85 Se 600 – 900 # ($113.66 + $118.81) / 2 = $116.24 Fig. 6

114

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-10 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

Detailed Descriptions

1. Calculating the Clean-up Cost Step 1: a. The first steps in calculating a total clean-up cost is to determine the relative consist of the current cattle population by USDA quality grade, yield grade, and weight. The raw numbers provided by the USDA Grading, Certification, and Verification Division for the Estimated Grading Percentage report provides the basis for this determination. Each week, this information provides a breakdown (by number of head) of the consist of all cattle offered for USDA grading including the number of cattle quality graded USDA Prime, Choice, and Select and/or yield graded USDA 1,2,3,4, and 5. The number of head of each USDA quality and yield grade combination is then factored by the carcass weight distribution percentage (see table 1 for example).

Example of Cattle Population Distribution – USDA Choice Quality Yield Grade Weight (1) Grade Qlty only 1 2 3 4 5 (avg weight 807#) Choice 41 29 246 363 41 5 0.25% 400-500 124 86 738 1,089 122 15 .75% 500-550 14,089 7,695 66,291 97,801 13,796 1,653 85.00% 550-900 1,658 905 7,799 11,506 1,623 195 10.00% 900-950 497 272 2,340 3,452 487 58 3.00% 950-1000 166 114 984 1,451 162 19 0.75% 1000/up Total (2) 16,575 9,101 78,398 115,662 16,231 1,945 (1) see weight distribution calculation below for details. (2) figures from USDA Meat Grading and Table 1

b. Next, the distribution of cattle going into branded programs is determined. The percentage of cattle going into branded programs from the total steer and heifer population is currently estimated by industry to be 10%. This 10% comes out of the population of cattle grading Choice 1-3 and weighing between 550 and 1000 pounds. Calculating the total number of head of Choice 1-3, 550- 1000 pound cattle and dividing it into the total number of cattle going to branded programs (10% of total steer and heifer slaughter) results in the total percentage of branded cattle within the Choice 1-3 550-1000 pound category. c. The population of USDA Standard cattle is determined using the number of cattle being yield graded only, assuming that Calculating Percentage of Cattle in Branded Programs these cattle were not quality Choice 1 11,420 / 517,800 = 2.21 % Calculate the % of cattle Choice 2 98,378 / 517,800 = 19.00 % Grading Choice 1-3 out of graded only because they Choice 3 145,141 / 517,800 = 28.03 % the total str/hfr population qualified for the Standard % of all cattle grading Ch 1-3 49.24 % (497,592 in this example) grade. Total head grading Ch 1-3 254,939 % Ch 1-3 * Total hd graded % carcasses weighing 550-1000# = 98.00% Less cattle not weighing Total head Ch 1-3 550 - 1000#’s 249,840 Branded – (10% of all str/hfr) = 51,780 Calculateb t 550 % of 1000branded cattled of 51,780/249,840 20.73% Ch 1-3 550-1000#’s population Table 2

115

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-10 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

d. The population of bullocks, hardbones, and dark cutting cattle is determined by subtracting the total number of cattle USDA graded for the week by the total steer and heifer weekly slaughter assuming that those cattle which did not qualify for USDA grading fell predominately into one of % of Str/Hfr pop. % of ungraded pop. these three categories. The distribution of these cattle over the three categories is weighted to Bullocks 0.25% 6.67% the incidence of each condition in the general Dark Cutters 3.00% 80.00% population. This data is taken from industry Hardbones 0.50% 13.33% survey and from the National Beef Quality Audit of December 1995 (see table 3). Table 3

Weight Distribution Calculation - The carcass weight distribution approximates the relative mix of carcass weights throughout a 400- 1000/up pound range. The percentages used were determined by an industry Weight Average Beef Carcass Weight survey and float as the average carcass weight of the Range 750#/dn 775# 800#/up 400-500 0.75% 0.50% 0.255 cattle population moves up and down (table 4). The 500-550 1.25% 1.00% 0.75% average beef cattle carcass weight is determined from 550-900 87.00% 86.00% 85.00% the Actual Slaughter report where a weighted average 900-950 8.00% 9.00% 10.00% 950-1000 2.50% 2.755 3.00% weight is determined using the percentage of steers 1000/up 0.50% 0.75% 1.00% and of heifers as the weight and the carcass weight of Table 4 steers and of heifers as the data (example: (((46.10% * 830) / 78.30%) + ((32.30% * 775) / 78.30%)) = 807 pounds).

Step 2: The next step in determining the total clean-up cost is to apply the appropriate premiums and Sample Calculation – USDA Choice 3, 550-900# Carcass discounts to each of the various combinations of Total Ch 3, 550-900 # Carcasses = 97,801 cattle. For each combination, the appropriate Choice adjustment = $0.00 Weight adjustment = ($0.02) premiums and discounts are summed and Yield adjustment = ($0.10) multiplied by the number of cattle having that (wtd avg of 3-3.5/3.5-4.0) combination to yield a total dollar value. The

Total head = ($0.12) resultant values of all the combinations are then Total $ all Ch 3, 550-900# carcasses = ($11,736.12) summed into the final clean-up cost (see table 5 Divided by total slaughter = 517,800 for a sample calculation using Choice 3, 550- Total $ adjustment per head = ($0.023) 900# carcasses). Table 5 It is assumed that carcasses which are quality graded only would qualify for yield grades 4 or 5. Accordingly, a weighted average discount is calculated using the percentage of 4’s and of 5’s as weight and the appropriate discount as the data. This discount is then used in the calculation of these carcass types. A weighted average discount is calculated for Choice 3 cattle as well as there is often a difference between the discounts for yield grade 3.0 to 3.5 and for 3.5 to 4.0 (see table 5 for an example).

116

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-10 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

2. Calculating the Adjustments to the Live Basis Equivalent Value

The calculation of the live side of the Carcass Equivalent Index basically involves the determination of a “cleaned-up to the box” beef carcass value. This value then serves as the starting point for determining the final live side carcass values. The Index reflects values for two types of beef carcasses (Choice 1-3 600-900# and Select 1-3 600-900#). Each of these types varies in value from the cleaned-up carcass based on differences in quality grade, yield grade, and/or weight. The final step in calculating the live side equivalent is to determine the amount of value variation which exists for each category and subtract it from the cleaned-up cost. 1. Subtract the value of the drop per hundredweight, dressed basis. This is done equally to each of the two categories. 2. Adjust for value variation between yield grade 1, 2, and 3 carcasses. This is done by first determining the percentage distribution of yield grade 1’s, 2’s, and 3’s within the Choice and then within the Select population. This percentage is then multiplied by the discount or premium for the appropriate yield grade. The products are summed into a final factor which is subtracted if positive or added if negative to the cleaned-up value. 3. Adjust for value variation between quality grades by adding the premium or discount for each quality grade to the cleaned-up cost for each Index category. 4. To convert from a hot basis to a chilled basis value, multiply the value for each category by 99.50%.

3. Calculating the Dressing Percent Value

The steer and heifer dressing percent is a 5 days rolling average calculated from the weighted average dressing percent reported on the National Daily Direct Slaughter Cattle report (LM_CT115). These values serve as a starting point to determine the dressing percent and to show the seasonality of dressing percentage fluctuations.

4. Calculating the Live-Boxed spread

The calculation of the live to box beef spread involves subtracting the Demand (Boxed) equivalent, Figure 1 from the Supply (Live) equivalent, Figure 5 (see table 8). Live equivalent represents the supply of live slaughter cattle and is obtained from the live and dressed prices producers are receiving for Choice and Select slaughter cattle reported on the National Daily Direct Slaughter Cattle report (LM_CT115). It is used to represent a consistent supply of live cattle being marketed. Choice Select The boxed equivalent represents the demand and Supply (Live) Equivalent $130.34 $118.81 is the price packers are receiving for their boxed Demand (Boxed) Equivalent $125.3 $113.66 Live – Box Spread $5.04 $5.15 beef items, minus processing cost. This composite Table 8 value is obtained from the USDA Estimated Boxed Beef Cutout values shown on LM_XB403.

117

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-10 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

Exhibit 3: USDA Estimated Composite Pork Carcass Cutout – An Overview

Background Information -

As pork carcasses enter the fabrication portion of the plant, they are broken into primal units. These primals then make their way to the cutting tables where they are fabricated into the various sub-primal styles. Only one sub-primal style can be created from a given primal and in the process various by- products or credit items are created. These credit items vary in type and quantity depending on the sub- primal style being produced and may include such items as trimmings, bone, fat, etc. The potential value of these sub-primals depends on how much work is done on the cut (boneless cuts require more fabrication, and thus cost more to produce than bone-in cuts) i.e. which muscle groups are removed, how much fat trimming is done, and other similar factors. Ideally, processors produce cuts to fill already existing orders. However, when this is not possible, they will produce styles for which there is regular demand and will stockpile them for eventual sale. Because of this, there tends to be larger quantities of these styles traded, and consequently, they have more impact on the processor’s overall cutout. The processor’s overall cutout is determined by the relationship between the value and the volume of sub- primal styles being produced and sold. The processor looks at this overall cutout as an indication of their own performance.

The PCC provides an overall cutout or performance indicator for the pork cuts industry. Its formulation replicates the processes used by the industry when calculating their own overall cutouts. Styles produced and sold in larger volume will have more impact on the overall cutout; higher value sub- primals of equal volume compared to lower value sub-primals will have more impact. Seasonal shifts in the amount and types of cut styles being produced will be reflected as they occur since the PCC is driven by a broad base of cut styles.

What is it? -

The Pork Carcass Cutout (PCC) is an estimate of the value of a 53-54% lean, 200 lb. hog carcass based upon current wholesale prices being paid for sub-primal pork cuts. The PCC provides an indication of the overall supply and demand situation of the wholesale pork cuts market. A composite value is calculated each day for the various pork primals and these values are combined to reflect a single composite value of a pork carcass. These cuts reflect a standard cutting specification and must be traded on a negotiated basis to deliver within seven working days of the time of sale for processing cuts and 10 working days for retail items. (see Figure 1)

118

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-10 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

USDA ESTIMATED COMPOSITE PORK CARCASS CUTOUT Based on FOB Omaha carlot pork prices and industry yields.

Calculations for a 200 lb Pork Carcass 51-52% lean, 0.65"-.80" backfat at last rib ------Total Today's Primal Cutout Values Date Loads Cutout Loin Butt Pic Rib Ham Belly 10/10 17.5 71.77 83.60 76.37 48.38 107.74 65.18 91.06 Change: -0.34 0.33 -2.11 -1.52 unc -0.16 unc ------10/07 44.7 72.11 83.27 78.48 49.90 107.74 65.34 91.06 10/06 54.5 72.55 85.84 78.42 46.80 106.78 66.21 91.06 10/05 68.5 71.73 84.36 76.96 46.58 106.78 65.09 91.06 10/04 109.5 72.47 85.65 80.33 45.51 106.30 66.57 90.09 Current Five Day Simple Average - 72.13 84.54 78.11 47.43 107.07 65.68 90.87 ------NOTE: Value may change without adequate test. ------Figure 1

How Does it Work? -

The PCC is a series of mathematical calculations through which current pork cut prices and industry cut yields are used to calculate primal values. These primal values are factored against their yield from the carcass and the resultant values are combined into the final carcass cutout value. These steps and their accompanying calculations are best illustrated through a sample calculation.

Step 1: Component Cuts to Sub-Primal Value – The process used to calculate the PCC is illustrated here using the boneless, center-cut, strap-off loin style as an example. The same series of steps is followed for all of the other pork primals. When a sub- primal cut is fabricated from a primal, you are left with not only the sub-primal style, but also with various component parts or credit items such as trimmings and fat. Moreover, you have some weight loss which occurs when surface area is exposed to the air which is referred to as shrink. This shrink is shown as a percentage to get to 100% but no value is assigned.

119

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-10 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

Step 1: Component Values to Primal Value

Bnls Center Cut, Strap-off, Loin

36.23% * $162.00 = $58.69

Bonelessn Sirloin 7.37% * $126.94 = $9.36

Tenderloin 4.43% * $251.00 = $11.12

Backribs 9.08% * $230.00 = $20.88

72% Trimmings Value of a 1/4" Primal Loin cut into a Bnls, 18.90% * $51.00 = $9.64 Center Cut, Strap-off Loin = 96.84

42% Trimmings 7.00% * $35.00 = $2.45

Bone 16.37% * $3.93 = $0.64

Shrink .62% * $0.00 = $ 0.00

Labor 1 – 36.23% = 63.77% * $25.00 = $-15.94

In order to determine a value for a primal based on the type of sub-primal produced from it, you must determine a value for each of the components of the sub-primal. This value is calculated by factoring the current price (minus any packaging costs) against the yield for each of the components. Once the value of the various components are added together into a composite value, an accounting must be made for shrink and labor costs which make up part of the composite value The products are then summed into a single composite value for the primal (see Step 1 table).

Remember, we are trying to get back to the original primal and there were no labor costs at that point. The more labor intensive it is to produce a cut of meat the more labor costs are involved. To accurately calculate this cost, first determine the yield of the sub-primal cut from the primal cut. In our example, the sub-primal yield from the primal loin was 36.23% which means that 63.77% of the primal was left over. To calculate labor costs, factor 63.77% by an industry standard $25.00 processing cost. This yields $15.94 in labor costs which is subtracted from the composite value of the components to arrive at a labor-free value of the original primal.

Since the yields used for the various components are to a trimmed primal, the last step is to convert the “trimmed” primal value to an untrimmed or commodity primal value. The appropriate “Trimmed Primal to Untrimmed” table is used to determine this value (see Step 3 table).

The calculations outlined in step 1 affix a value to a primal depending on the sub-primal produced from it. For each primal, this step is being done for several different sub-primal styles. The next step combines the primal values from each sub-primal style into one overall primal value.

120

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-10 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

Step 2 - Sub-Primal Styles to Primal

Loin 1 - 1/4" Trim Loin 4.0 lds @ 102.50

Loin 2 - 1/8" Trim Loin 2.1 lds @ 98.54

Loin 3 - Bone-in CC Tndr-in Loin Composite 1/4 " Trimmed" Primal 2.1 lds @ 107.57 Loin Value = $97.82

Loin 4 - Bnls CC Strap-On Loin 8.0 lds @ 92.97

Loin 5 - Bnls CC Strap-Off Loin 1.6 lds @ 96.84

Step 2: Sub-Primal Styles to Primal –

Once a composite primal value has been calculated for each of the major sub-primal styles produced from that primal, these values must be combined into a single, overall composite value for the primal (see Step 2 table). There are five major loin styles routinely produced from a pork carcass. Each of these returns a value for the primal loin and each is a part of the overall, composite primal loin value. This composite primal loin value is calculated by taking the weighted average of the five loin sub-primal values using the number of loads of each sub-primal reported on the pork cuts report as the “weight”. This allows those cuts being traded in largest quantity to have the most affect on the cutout which is as it should be and is in actual practice in the industry. That is basically it for step 2. Just remember, these steps are occurring for the loin, butt, picnic, and ham primals as trades are being reported. To arrive at the value for spareribs and bellies, a simple average of the styles being used is calculated. For spareribs, 3Bag/3 PcVac4.25#/dn-lgt and 2 Bag/3 PcVac4.25#/up-med and for bellies, Skin-on, Trimmed 14-16# and Skin-on, Trimmed 16-18#.

Step 3: Primal To Carcass Cutout –

Because the ¼” trimmed loin is used as the composite primal, it needs to be converted to an untrimmed primal value (see Step 3 table). This additional step is also required for boston butts, spareribs, and bellies. Step 3: 1/4" Trimmed Primal to Untrimmed Primal Component % Value Total 1/4" Loin 81.60 97.82 79.83 T/Trace 5.86 27.00 1.58 Fat 5.86 15.24 0.89 Skin 6.68 19.50 1.30 Drop Loin 100.00 $83.60

121

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-10 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

STEP 4: Primal to Carcass Cutout –

In step 4 (see Step 4 table), we combine the composite primal loin value calculated in step 3 along with similar values calculated for the other primals into the cutout. Each primal is a percentage of the entire carcass and this yield factor or percentage is multiplied by the composite primal value for each primal. Also, there is some cutting loss which occurs and this loss must also be taken into account. Cut loss is calculated by factoring the cut loss percentage by the rendered value. In addition, other carcass components that have not yet been accounted for must be calculated in this step. These components would include neckbones, tails, front feet, and hind feet. Once again, these component values are multiplied by their respective carcass yield. These primals, components, and cut loss, are then summed and the result is the pork carcass cutout.

Step 4: Component Values to Primal Value

Composite Primal Loin Value 25.34% * $83.60 = $21.19

Composite Primal Butt Value 10.34% * $76.37 = $7.90

Composite Primal Picnic Value 11.12% * $48.38 = $5.38

Composite Primal Sparerib Value 4.49% * $107.74 = $4.84

Composite Primal Ham Value 24.98% * $65.18 = $16.28

Composite Primal Belly Value 16.02% * $91.06 = $14.59 Composite Cutout Value = $71.77

Composite Primal Jowl Value 1.56% * $29.59 = $0.46

Hind Feet 1.16% * $10.68 = $ 0.12

Neck Bones 1.66% * $33.00 = $0.55

Tails .23% * $29.00 = $0.07

Front Feet 1.04% * $30.50 = $ 0.32

Cut Loss 2.06% * $3.93 = $0.08

122

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-10 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

TABLES OF YIELD PERCENTAGES

Loin Primal Styles #1 - 1/4" Trimmed Loin #4 - Bnls CC, Strap-on Loin #2 - 1/8" Trimmed Loin #5 - Bnls CC, Strap-off Loin #3 - Bone-in CC, Tender-in Loin Loin Components #1 #2 #3 #4 #5 1/4" Trimmed Loin 100.00% 1/8" Trimmed Loin 95.20% Bone-in CC, Tender in 61.35% Bnls CC Strap-on 39.83% Bnls CC Strap-off 36.23% Boneless Sirloin 9.41% 7.37% 7.37% Blade Ends 15.43% Butt Tender 1.20% Tenderloin 4.43% 4.43% Backribs 9.08% 9.08% 72% Trim 3.47% 16.28% 18.90% 42% Trim 5.03% 6.02% 7.00% Fat 4.80% Bone 3.57% 16.37% 16.37% Shrink 0.00% 0.00% 0.54% 0.62% 0.62% Labor Total Percentage 100.00% 100.00% 100.00% 100.00% 100.00%

1/4" Trimmed Loin Primal to Untrimmed Component % Value Total 1/4" Loin 81.60 97.82 79.83 T/Trace 5.86 27.00 1.58 Fat 5.86 15.24 0.89 Skin 6.68 19.50 1.30 Drop Loin 100.00 $83.60

Butt Primal Styles #1 - 1/4" Trimmed Butt #2 - 1/4" Trimmed steak ready Butt #3 - 1/8" Trimmed steak ready Butt Butt Components #1 #2 #3 1/4" Trim Butt 100.00% 1/4" Trim steak ready Butt 84.34% 1/8" Trim steak ready Butt 79.68% 72% Trim 15.66% 15.66% Fat 4.66% Shrink 0.00% Labor Total Percentage 100.00% 100.00% 100.00%

123

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-10 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

1/4" Trimmed Butt Primal to Untrimmed Component % Value Total 1/4" Butt 85.13% 87.69 74.65 T/Trace 3.04% 27.00 0.82 Fat 3.80% 15.24 0.58 Skin 8.03% 3.93 0.32 Drop Butt 100.00% $76.37

Picnic Primal Styles #1 - SS Smkr Trim Picnic #2 - Boneless Picnic Meat Picnic Components #1 #2 SS Smoker Trim Picnic 75.87% Boneless Picnic Meat 59.36% Picnic Cushion Meat 12.58% 72% Trim 7.22% 42% Trim 4.92% Hocks 7.51% Fat 3.20% 8.99% Skin 1.22% 1.65% Bone 17.04% Shrink 0.06% 0.38% Labor Total Percentage 100.00% 100.00%

Sparerib Primal Styles #1 - Trimmed Sparerib Lgt #2 - Trimmed Sparerib Med Sparerib Components #1 #2 Trimmed Sparerib 100.00% 100.00% Shrink 0.00% 0.00% Labor Total Percentage 100.00% 100.00%

124

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-10 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

Trimmed Sparerib Primal to Untrimmed

Component % Value Total Ribs 96.60% 111.00 107.23 Fat 3.40% 15.24 0.52 Drop Rib 100.00% $107.74

Ham Primal Styles #1 - Trmd Selected Ham 20-23#'s #3 - 4 Muscle Ham #2 - Trmd Selected Ham 23-27#'s #4 - 5 Muscle Ham Ham Components #1 #2 #3 #4 Trmd Selected Ham 20-23# 100.00% Trmd Selected Ham 23-27# 100.00% 4 Muscle Ham 40.78% 5 Muscle Ham 44.92% Lite Butt Inner Shank 4.14% Outer Shank 3.92% 3.92% 72% Trim 19.95% 19.95% 42% Trim 7.34% 7.34% Fat 5.30% 5.30% Skin 7.06% 7.06% Bone 10.82% 10.82% Shrink 0.00% 0.00% 0.69% 0.69% Labor Total Percentage 100.00% 100.00% 100.00% 100.00%

Belly Primal Styles #1 - Skin-on Belly 14-16# #2 - Skin-on Belly 16-18# Belly Components #1 #2 Skin-on Belly 100.00% 100.00% 72% Trim 42% Trim Fat Skin Shrink 0.00% 0.00% Labor Total Percentage 100.00% 100.00%

125

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-10 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

Trimmed Belly Primal to Untrimmed Component % Value Total Belly 97.50% 92.50 90.19 42% Trim 2.50% 35.00 0.88 Drop Belly 100.00% $91.06

Jowl Primal Styles #1 - Skinned Jowl Jowl Components #1 Skinned Jowl 80.45% Skin 19.55% Shrink Labor Total Percentage 100.00%

"Trimmed" to Primal Yield "Untrimmed" Primal to Carcass Conversion Loin 25.34% Butt 10.34% Loin 81.60% Picnic 11.12% Butt 85.13% Sparerib 4.49% Picnic 100.00% Ham 24.98% Sparerib 96.60% Belly 16.02% Ham 100.00% Jowl 1.56% Belly 97.50% Neckbones 1.66% Jowl 100.00% Tails 0.23% Front Feet 1.04% Hind Feet 1.16% Cut Loss 2.06%

126

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-10 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

Exhibit 4: Glossary

Ball Tip - In beef, the portion of the knuckle left on the sirloin when the round is separated from the loin.

Base Price - Refers to the price of a traded product free of any overages other than those considered normal for that commodity.

Basis Point - Refers to the marketing area for which trades are reported. Examples include f.o.b. Omaha, CAF East Coast, etc.

Bile - A brown to greenish yellow fluid secreted by the liver and stored in the gall bladder. Bile aids in the emulsification and absorption of fats in the digestive process. Bile is used by the pharmaceutical industry for steroid production and for digestive aids.

Blade Meat - The meat removed from the scapula or shoulder bone. Also called lifter meat or cap and wedge meat.

Blood Meal - Pulverized or finely ground dried blood. Water is usually removed by either flash drying or by the conventional cooker method. Blood meal is high in protein (85 percent) and is used as a feed additive. Valued as a good source of natural lysine.

Bluesheet - (See National Wholesale Meat Trade Report.)

Bob Veal - A house graded baby dairy calf slaughtered at 1-3 weeks of age based upon freshness and lean texture. Slaughter weight ranges between 50-110 pounds. Meat is sold mostly for trimmings and for lower priced calf cuts. The term originated in the days when lightweight calf carcasses were tail bobbed instead of trying to skin the small tail.

Bond Storage - The storage of imported product which exceeds the yearly quota. This product is held for the remainder of the year and is eligible to be released for use in commerce on January 2 of the following year.

Boneless Processing Meat - Refers usually to product produced specifically for further grinding. (See also Trimmings.)

Bone Meal - Finely ground or pulverized cooked bone. Not used in any meat food product but in animal feeds.

Boning Utility - Thin, low grade cattle, usually cows. These cattle are normally boned for ground beef production after the removal of merchandisable cuts. Also known as Boners.

Boxed Carcass Unit - Refers to a beef carcass which is broken into subprimals, boxed and sold as a complete unit, usually comprised of seven boxes.

127

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-10 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

Branded - In hides, refers to the custom of mechanically imprinting the skin of live animals for identification purposes. The brand is treated as a defect in the leather industry.

Breaking Utility - A low grade of cattle, usually cows, normally with a yield grade range of 2-4, which are processed into various cuts. Also known as Breakers.

Brisket - The breast area of a carcass located in the forward lower portion of the chest.

Butt Branded - In hides, refers to a hide which has had a brand placed on the portion of the skin covering the rump area of the animal.

By-Products - The edible and inedible organs, glands, and fat of a meat animal. (See also Variety Meats.)

C.A.F. - Cost after freight. Trades made on a delivered basis and reported with freight overages included.

Calf - A young bovine of either sex that has not reached puberty. Usually up to 9 months of age.

Canner - The lowest USDA quality grade of beef. These animals, usually cows, are too thin to yield many merchandisable cuts of meat and are usually used for boneless processing meat.

Cap and Wedge Meat - See Blade Meat.

Cap - In veal, the gracilis muscle.

Carlot - Normally used to refer to a truckload quantity which is generally accepted as being 40,000 pounds.

Certified Fresh American Lamb - Lamb certified by the USDA Meat Grading Service as meeting the specifications of Schedule CL.

Certified U.S. Lamb - Lamb certified by the USDA Meat Grading Service as meeting the specifications of Schedule L1.

Chemical Lean - Refers to the fat analysis of a product, usually trimmings, as determined through a chemical test. Expressed as a percentage of lean.

Chilled - Meat product handled and stored between 30 - 40 degrees Fahrenheit.

Chitterlings - The cleaned large intestines of swine prepared for human food.

Choice White Grease - Rendered, inedible pork fat. Used in pet foods and animal feeds.

128

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-10 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

Chub - A tubular casing or plastic bag in which meat, usually ground beef or pork, is enclosed for retail sale.

Chuck Tender - The supraspinatus muscle. Also called scotch tender.

C.I.F. - Cost, insurance, freight. Commonly used on the import beef market to describe trades of product which arrive at U.S. ports with only the cost of freight and insurance included in the reported price. Does not include import duties, inspection charges, or unloading charges.

Clod - Refers to the large outside muscle system lying posterior to the elbow joint and ventral to the medial ridge of the blade bone.

Coarse Ground Beef - Ground beef prepared from boneless beef or beef trimmings from domestic fed cattle. The product, of a rather large particle size, is used for further processing. (See also Coarse Ground Blended Beef.)

Coarse Ground Blended Beef - Ground beef prepared, in any combination, from boneless beef or beef trimmings from fed cattle, dairybreds, or cows and bulls. The product, of a rather large particle size, is used for further processing. (See also Coarse Ground Beef.)

Collared - Refers to the beveling of the fat cover usually over the face of a ham. As opposed to non- collared.

Collie - Trade slang for Colorado Branded Steer hides.

Colorado Branded - In hides, refers to placement of a brand on the side of an animal, although not necessarily from Colorado. (See also Collie.)

Combo - A large, open, tub-like container in which meat is commonly transported, especially meat destined for further processing. Roughly equivalent to 2000 pounds in weight.

Comminuted - The reduction of meat particle size through grinding, dicing, chopping, etc.

Conventional Hides - Unfleshed hides from which the horns, lips, snout, ears, tail bone, sinews and tendons have been removed. Known as "Standard Hide Trim". These hides are cured either by salt packing or, more commonly, brine curing.

Cracklings - The crisp residue remaining after lard has been pressed from rendered hog fat or tallow pressed from rendered beef fat. (see also Dry Rendered Tankage)

Cross-Cut Shoulder - In lamb, refers to the full shoulder (rack, shoulder, breast, foreshank) when separated from the carcass as a complete unit.

129

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-10 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

Cryovac - The patented name of a commercial process by which cuts of meat are placed into plastic bags which are then vacuum sealed and shrunk tightly to the contour of the product. This process is used to extend shelf life. Also called vacuum pack.

Culotte - The flat, triangular-shaped muscle (biceps femoris) which lies immediately beneath the surface fat of the top butt. The muscle that is removed when a knuckle is peeled.

Cut Date - Refers to the date when a cut of meat was produced.

Cutout - A calculation representing the approximate value of a total unit (usually a carcass) based upon the prices received for its respective parts. The prices for these parts are multiplied by their respective yield to the whole and the products are summed into the final cutout.

Cutters - The next to lowest USDA quality grade for beef. These animals, usually cows, are normally too thin to yield but a few merchandisable cuts of meat but are suitable for the production of boneless beef.

Day Prior Ship - A method of pricing product based on a price quoted on the last business day before the date the product ships.

Deckle - The fat and lean lying between the bone and main muscle of the brisket.

Delivered Price - Price of a trade including freight overages. (See also C.A.F.)

Delivery Date - Time at which buyer of traded product physically takes possession. (See also Ship Date.)

Denude - To remove surface fat from a cut of meat down to the blue tissue or silver skin.

Denver Style Rib - Refers to the rib portion of the lamb breast.

Distributive - Refers to trades made in amounts usually much less than carlot; such trades as walk-in business and delivery to local retailers or HRI businesses. These trades normally reflect the added cost of extra handling.

Dressing Percentage - Refers to the yield of dressed carcass from a live animal.

Drop - 1) Refers to primal cuts as they are removed from the carcass before any further trimming, etc, has been done to them (i.e., drop loin, etc.). Sometimes also called commodity product. 2) Refers to the offal which "drops" out of a carcass in the slaughter operation. Commonly associated with most variety meats. (See also Offal.)

Dry Rendered - A material that has been rendered by application of heat in a steam jacketed cooker that does not allow steam or hot water to come in contact with the material being rendered. 130

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-10 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

Dry Rendered Tankage (DRT) - Cooked residue remaining after lard or tallow has been released in the dry rendering process. Also called "cracklings". Usually ground and added to feed with a beef protein level of approximately 44 percent and a pork protein level of approximately 55 percent. (See also Cracklings.)

End Meats - In beef, cuts from the chuck and round. (See also Middle Meats.)

Entitlement - As part of a voluntary restraint agreement, export privileges granted only to certain packing plants within a country supplying meat to the United States.

Equated to F.O.B. Omaha - Describes those trades which are not traded on a "true" f.o.b. Omaha basis but are reflective of an f.o.b. Omaha based market and are reported as such.

Escherichia Coli (E. Coli) - Rod-shaped bacteria that inhabit the intestinal tract of humans and animals. Some strains are pathogenic. Presence of E. Coli is evidence of fecal matter contamination.

Eye Muscle - Commonly refers to the longissimus dorsi muscle. Also called the ribeye.

Eye of the Round - In beef, the semitendinosus muscle.

Ex-Dock Price - The price of an imported product after import duties, inspection charges, and unloading charges are paid and added to the C.I.F. (Cost, insurance, freight) price of the product.

Fabricated Cuts - Meat cuts made from primal and sub-primal cuts. Can be either boneless or bone-in.

False Sweetbread - In swine, the pancreas gland. (See also Sweetbread, Pancreas.)

Flap - The abdominus internus muscle. That portion of the knuckle muscles on the inner surface of the bottom sirloin.

Flat - In beef, the biceps femoris muscle. Also called the outside round.

Fleshed Hide - Hides that have been run through a fleshing machine to remove all fat and meat. These hides are trimmed to the "Modern Trim Pattern" before fleshing. On average, fleshed hides weigh 22 percent less than conventional hides.

f.o.b. - Freight on Board or Free on Board. Trades made in which the cost of freight is backed off to arrive at the base price of the product. Usually associated with a basis point from which freight is calculated, such as Omaha.

f.o.b. Omaha - Reflects all trades as though produced and shipped from Omaha with appropriate freight costs from buyer to Omaha taken off of delivered price.

f.o.b. Plant - Trades made in which the buyer picks up the product from the seller's production point. 131

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-10 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

Freight costs are not reflected in the price.

Forequarter - The front half of a carcass or side (usually beef) made up of the forelimb, one half of the chest, including ribs, and the neck. (See also Hindquarter.)

Foresaddle - The unsplit front half of a veal or lamb carcass.

Foreshank - The shank portion of a front leg, including the end of the humerus along with the radius and ulna bones with their associated muscles and connective tissues.

Formula Trading - Trading in which the price of a product is set through an agreed upon formula using the reported price of an item as a starting point. These trades are not utilized in the preparation of market reports. (See also Negotiated Trading.)

Formula Fed Veal - (See Special Fed.)

Free Time - The period of time, after product arrives at a U.S. port freezer and is inspected, when a buyer can pick up product without incurring additional storage charges. Ranges from 72 hours to 2-3 weeks, depending on the particular port freezer.

Frozen - Meat reduced in temperature to below 28 ΕF (the freezing temperature of meat).

Gooseneck - The bottom round of beef. Composed primarily of the biceps femoris, semitendinosus, and gastrocnemius muscles.

Grade - USDA. designation indicating quality or yield of meat.

Green - Usually used to describe fresh pork cuts that are destined to be smoked. Not cured or ready for use.

Hanging Tender - The thick, red muscle dorsal attachments of the diaphragm.

Heel - A group of small muscles located in the lower portion of the outside round.

Heifer - A female bovine that has not yet produced a calf.

Heiferette - A young cow that has had at least one calf but which has the body characteristics normally associated with a heifer; i.e. small udder. Usually bought at a discount to heifers and at a premium to cows.

Hide - Refers to the whole skin or pelt from one of the larger animals (cattle, etc.). Pelts from smaller or younger animals are usually referred to as "skins."

Hide-On - Veal carcasses sold with the hide intact. Usually used when calf is slaughtered and broken at different facilities to reduce the incidence of drying. Normally dresses 70 percent. 132

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-10 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

Hide-Off - Veal carcasses sold with the hide removed. Usually done in facilities where slaughtering and breaking both take place. Normally dresses 62.5 percent.

Hindquarter - The rear half of a beef carcass side composed of the loin, flank, and round. Usually separated form the forequarter by a cut between the 12th and 13th ribs (the last two ribs). (See also Forequarter.)

Hindsaddle - The unsplit rear half of a lamb or veal carcass. Corresponds to the hindquarter in beef.

Honeycomb Tripe - The lining of the second compartment (reticulum) of the ruminant stomach which has honeycomb-like appearance. (See also Tripe.)

Hormone - A chemical substance produced in the body that has a specific effect on the activity or function of a certain organ. Utilized by the pharmaceutical industry.

Hot Basis - Sold on a hot carcass weight before shrink normally associated with chilling.

H.R.I. - Designates product prepared for use in Hotels, Restaurants, and Institutions.

Hydrogenation - A chemical process used to harden soft or semi-liquid fats and oils. The raw material is heated and is exposed to pure hydrogen in the presence of a nickel catalyst. The fat or oil molecules are chemically saturated with hydrogen and are harder and firmer when cooled.

Import Quota - The amount of beef product which can be imported into the United States in a given year. This amount is set by the USDA on the basis of past U.S. production levels and on projections for the coming year. (See also Meat Import Act, Trigger Level.)

IMPS (Institutional Meat Purchasing Specifications) - Written guidelines that describe in detail how various cuts of meat should be produced. Used widely in the industry, especially by retailers and HRI outfits, to ensure consistency of product purchased. Prepared by AMS's Standardization Branch.

Inside Skirt - The Transversus abdominis muscle.

Intent of Sale - Refers to the base price of a commodity as agreed upon by both buyer and seller.

Jowl - The muscles and fatty tissue of the cheek that are cut away from the jaw and left attached to the hog carcass.

Kidney Knob - The rounded structure of the kidney and the surrounding fat.

Kipskin - A hide of the bovine species from a very young, or even unborn, animal up to a mature animal. Also called Kips.

Kosher - Meat fit to be eaten or used according to Hebraic or Talmudic dietary or ceremonial law. 133

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-10 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

Lard - The fat rendered from fresh, clean, sound fatty tissues of USDA inspected and passed hog carcasses.

Lateral - Of or pertaining to the side.

Latest Established Market - That part of a report that reflects the price that a buyer would normally expect to pay for and a seller could normally expect to sell for a given commodity at the close of a day's trading.

Leaf Fat - The heavy layer of fat that lines the inside surfaces of the abdominal cavity of a hog carcass.

Less-than-Carlot (LCL) - Volume made up of less than the 40,000 pounds normally associated with a full truck load.

Lights - Slang term for lungs.

Live Entry - Entry of live animals into the U.S. When a voluntary restraint agreement is in effect, the U.S. Customs Service, under the direction of the USDA, applies special procedures to monitor imports in an effort to ensure that the trigger level is not exceeded. (See also Trigger Level, Voluntary Restraint Agreement.)

Loose Lard - Lard that is bulk packaged (railcars or trucks).

Meat and Bone Meal - The dry, rendered product derived from animal tissue that is ground into meal for a feed additive. The standard protein level is 50 percent.

Meat Import Act (MIA) - Enacted in 1964 by Congress, this law provides for the imposition of quantitative import controls on fresh, chilled, and frozen beef; veal; mutton; and goat meat.

Mechanically Deboned - Product, usually pork picnics, that is machine separated from bones. The resultant product is normally intended for further processing into fresh ground product or sausage.

Melts - Industry terminology for spleens. (See also Spleen.)

Middle Meats - In beef, cuts from the rib and loin. (See also End Meats.)

Mutton - Meat derived from the carcasses of mature sheep.

Milk Fed Veal - (See Special Fed.)

MPR – Mandatory Price Reporting

3/70/20 Guideline used in Mandatory Price Reporting -

134

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-10 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

. For each type of report (national or regional), at least 3 companies would have to submit data 50 percent of the time or more over a 60 day period. . No one company can account for 70 percent or more of cumulative market volume for any individual report over a 60 day period. . In cases where only one company submits data for individual reports, the same company can not be the sole reporting entity more than 20 percent of the time during a 60 day period.

National Wholesale Meat Trade Report - A daily publication composed of all meat reports compiled and released by the Livestock and Grain Market News Service, Des Moines, IA. Also called the "Bluesheet." (See also Weekly National Wholesale Meat Trade Report.)

Native - In hides, refers to a hide that has not been branded.

Nature Veal - (See Special Fed.)

Neckbones - The cervical vertebrae

Negotiated Trading - Trades made in which the selling price is arbitrated between the buyer and seller and not through an as yet to be reported price for a particular commodity. (See also Formula Trading.)

No Roll - Beef that has not been officially Quality graded and roller branded by the USDA.

North Central - Area usually associated with the following states: Ohio, Indiana, Illinois, Michigan, and Wisconsin.

Northeast - Area usually associated with the following states: Massachusetts, Maryland, Pennsylvania, New York, New Jersey, Delaware, Connecticut, and Vermont.

Offal - In red meat species, the organs or parts from the thoracic and abdominal cavities and the tongue. (See also By-Products.)

Off Condition - Meat that is unwholesome.

One Hundred Percent Lean (100%) - Cuts of meat, usually from Cutter cow carcasses, which have been nearly completely freed of fat.

Osso buco - A veal hindshank or foreshank that has been sliced cross-sectionally.

Out Front Sales - Trades made in which the delivery date(s) exceed(s) the reporting time frame for sales normally associated with the commodity involved. (See also Prompt Market.)

Outside Skirt - The diaphragm muscle of a beef carcass.

Oxtails - The coccygeal vertebrae from beef carcasses. Used for stewing and for soup making.

135

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-10 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

Pancreas - The gland, located in the duodenal loop, that secretes the glucose regulating hormone, insulin. It also secretes digestive enzymes for fat (lipase), starch (amylase), and protein (trypsin). This organ, in swine, is called the "false" sweetbreads and is used by the pharmaceutical industry for insulin production. (See also Sweetbread, False Sweetbread.)

Peeled - Refers to fat and muscle separation along natural seams.

Pelt - The skin and attached wool from a sheep carcass.

Pepsin Linings - A portion of a hog's stomach lining that contains glands that secrete the pepsin enzyme. This enzyme is used by the pharmaceutical industry to produce a digestive aid for humans.

Pet Food Items - Visceral organs and carcass parts that are denatured and then rendered into products for pet consumption. (See also Denatured.)

Pituitary Gland - The small, oval endocrine gland attached to the base of the brain. Used in the pharmaceutical industry mainly for growth hormone.

Portion Controlled - The process of preparing cuts of meat to predetermined individual weights (portions), usually a single serving.

Primals - The basic major cuts of meat into which carcasses or sides are separated.

Prime Steam Lard - Lard produced by subjecting selected pork fats to high temperature under steam pressure in a closed rendering vessel.

Prompt Market - The relatively nearby supply and demand situation for a given commodity as opposed to the out-front market. (See also Out Front Sales.)

P.S.E. - Pale, soft, and exudative pork product.

PSMO ("Pismo") - A beef tenderloin from which practically all surface fat has been removed and the side muscle (psoas minor) has been left attached.

Purge - Those meat juices and fats that seep out of meat cuts. Typically associated with vacuum packaged or canned product.

Refiner - A company that takes edible tallow and lard and refines it into shortenings and blends of animal and vegetable oils.

Regular Tripe - Tripe obtained from cow carcasses. (See also Tripe, Honeycomb Tripe.)

Regular Liver - Livers from older beef animals, usually cows. (See also Select Livers.)

Render - To extract fat from animal tissue by heating. 136

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-10 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

Rendering - The separation of fats and oils from the supportive connective tissue by heating the fats and oils until they are fluid.

Renderer - A company that processes "waste" animal material collected from butcher shops, food and meat markets, hotels and restaurants, and fallen animals from farms, ranches, and feedlots, into inedible tallow and tankage.

Rib Fingers - The intercostal muscles.

River Hides - Hides from cattle produced mainly in the major cattle producing states along the upper Missouri River - Nebraska, Iowa, Missouri, and Kansas.

Rough Cuts - The less desirable primal cuts of a carcass, including the flank, navel, brisket, and shank.

Salmonella - A non-sporulating bacterium that causes a number of enteric (intestinal) diseases. Commonly present on the skin of certain animals, especially poultry.

Scalded - Cleaned in boiling or very hot water (i.e., scalded tripe, etc).

Scapula - The shoulder or blade bone.

Schedule CL - (See Certified Fresh American Lamb.)

Seam Fat - Fat deposited between muscle bundles (in the "seams" between the bundles).

Seedless Bellies - Pork bellies free of mammary gland tissue.

Select Livers - Refers to livers from young beef animals as opposed to regular livers that come from older animals (cows). (See also Regular Livers.)

Shank - The distal end of the fore and hind legs of a dressed carcass.

Shearling - The skinned pelt of a sheep that has been recently shorn with wool no longer than 2 inches.

Shell Loin - The bone-in strip loin in beef.

Shelf Life - Refers to the amount of time that a meat product can be expected to remain fresh from the point of production.

Ship Date - Refers to the time at which product is shipped for delivery regardless of the product's cut date. Also referred to as shipping date. (See also Delivery Date.)

Shorn Pelts - Pelts from lambs that have been clipped at some point before slaughter. Also known as shearlings. Categories as follows: Fall Clips 1-2" wool length; No. 1's 5/8-1" length; No. 2's 3/8-5/8"; 137

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-10 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

No. 3's 1/8-3/8" (1/4" minimum also used); No. 4's 1/8" or less. Length is measured where wool is the shortest - usually along the side or belly. Grading is based on shortest length, not average length. Shorn pelts of 2-3" are usually sold as wools or unshorns. (See also Unshorn Pelts.)

Shrinkage - The weight lost (usually moisture) by a product either during storage or through shipping and handling.

Side - One half of a split carcass - the intact fore and hind quarter.

Silver Skin - A heavy membrane separating muscle groups.

Simple Average - Mathematical expression obtained by calculating the mean of several numbers. (See also Weighted Average.)

Skirt - The large, thin sheet of muscle that separates the thoracic (chest) and abdominal (belly) cavities (also called Diaphragm). (See also Inside Skirt and Outside Skirt.)

Slunk - An unborn calf.

Soaper - A trade term for a soap company. They buy packer bleachable tallow to use in the soap manufacturing process.

Special Fed - Refers to veal calves that are fed a special milk formula to prohibit the development of the red color normally associated with the meat of older beef animals. They are kept on this formula for 16- 24 weeks, usually 18 weeks. Slaughter weights range between 300-500 pounds. Also known as Formula Fed, Milk Fed, and Natures.

Special Fed Future Contracts – Future contracts for Special Fed veal calves originated with the banker wanting some kind of guarantee from the producer as to what the value of the baby calf would be at the time of slaughter. Below are definitions of the most common future contracts offered.

Firm Bottom/Firm Top: The producer is guaranteed to be paid no less than the firm bottom and no more than the firm top, possibly somewhere in between.

Firm Bottom/Open Top: The producer is guaranteed to be paid no less than the firm bottom and possibly more in relationship to the current negotiated market.

Firm Bottom/Split Top: The producer is guaranteed to be paid no less than the firm bottom and possibly split between the split top and the current negotiated market.

Double Split: The producer will be paid a value based on the negotiated market. The split may possibly be below or above the contracted numbers.

Fixed: The producer will be paid the guarantee fixed price with no variation.

138

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-10 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

Spleen - The large organ in the upper left abdomen lying near or across the surface of the stomach. Modifies and regulates the cellular components of blood. (See also Melts.)

Square-Cut - Refers normally to the manner of cutting a beef or veal primal chuck. The brisket or breast and the foreshank are removed by a cut perpendicular to the rib-chuck separation and passing through the cartilaginous juncture of the first rib and sternum. The resultant item is in the approximate shape of a square. Strap (Ligamentum Nuchae) - The thick, elastic band of ligament imbedded between the muscle bundles of the dorsal surface of the neck (also called "back strap").

Strap Muscle - Refers to the iliocostalis muscle in pork. Often removed from boneless pork loins.

Sweetbread - In beef, this is the thymus gland and is used as a food product. In pork, this is the pancreas gland and is used for pharmaceutical production. (See also Pancreas Gland, False Sweetbread.)

Swiss Cut - Refers to the close trimming of beef tongues. All bones, glands, and base muscles are removed.

Tankage - Cooked animal material (except for paunch contents), either before or after pressing or extracting. (See also Dry Rendered Tankage.)

Tallow - The rendered fat from carcasses of ruminant animals.

Tender - An offer of a bid for a contract. A way in which a buyer announces their desire to buy a commodity.

Texas Steer or Heifer - In hides, once used to refer to side branded hides of a narrow close compact pattern, and plump thickness although not necessarily from Texas. In contemporary usage, the brand is not limited to just the side.

Titre - Temperature in degrees Centigrade at which free fatty acids freeze. An analytical measurement indicating the hardness or softness of fat.

Trepas - The small intestine in beef.

Trigger Level - A quantitative level that is 110 percent of the adjusted base quota level. If imports are expected to equal or exceed the trigger level, then import controls are imposed and access into the United States is reduced by 10 percent to 100 percent of the import quota (See also Import Quota.)

Trimmings - Refers to small pieces of meat usually produced as a by-product of a cut fabrication line. (See also Boneless.)

Tripe - The cleaned and denuded beef rumen and reticulum. Tripe from the rumen is considered regular tripe. Tripe from the reticulum is called honeycomb tripe. (See also Honeycomb Tripe.) 139

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-10 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

Tri Tip - The triangular shaped muscle (tensor facia latae) in the ventral end of the bottom sirloin butt. Also called triangle muscle.

Trotter - The lower hind shank in lamb. That portion normally removed at the break joint.

Unbranded - 1) Used in reference to beef that has not been officially graded by the USDA's Meat Grading Service. Also known as Unrolled or No-Rolls. Usually associated with quality similar to the Select grade. 2) Refers to a hide that has not been branded. (See also Native.)

Unquote (UNQ) - Used to indicate when a current price is not available for a reported item.

Unshorn Pelts - Also known as "wools". Can be anything with a wool length of over 1-1/2" but usually over 3" in length. Western slope are usually 2-1/2" but vary between 1-3/8" - 3". Genuine Spring Lamb 1-1/2" - 3". Spring Lamb varies widely depending on the area from which they come. This category is usually misused as not all reported Spring Lambs are Genuine Spring Lambs. (See also Shorn Pelts.)

Vacuum Packed - The process of encasing meat in plastic bags, evacuating the air, and then sealing them. This process helps to extend the product shelf life.

Value Added - Refers to product that has been further processed, usually through trimming, sizing, slicing, packaging, etc, thus increasing the value of the product to the buyer.

Variety Meats - A term usually used to describe offal items such as heart, liver, tongue, brain, sweetbread, etc. (See also Offal.)

Veal - Meat derived from the carcass of young bovine animals, usually under five months of age. Veal is pale in color, ranging from light to dark grayish pink. (See also Milk-Fed Veal; Nature Veal; Special Fed.)

Voluntary Restraint Agreement (VRA) - An agreement to voluntarily limit the quantity of product imported into the U.S. It is negotiated by the USDA and countries supplying imported meat products to ensure that the total imports do not exceed the trigger level. (See also Entitlement, Trigger Level.)

Weasand - The muscular layer of the esophagus.

Weekly National Wholesale Meat Trade Report - A publication composed of a weekly compilation of all meat reports released by the Livestock and Grain Market News Service, Des Moines, IA. (See also National Wholesale Meat Trade Report.)

Weighted Average - A calculated average in which the relative frequency of the occurrence of an item among related items is factored into the final average. (See also Simple Average.) 140

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-10 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

Wet Blueing - The process by which a hide is converted into a wet, unsplit, blue-chromed hide. The hide is soaked and washed with chemicals (lime and sulfur) or enzymes to burn off hair. After the hair is removed, the hide is limed and delimed (bating). The hide is then pickled, using sulfuric acid and salt to lower the Ph level. Finally, the hide is chromed (blueing), the first step in tanning.

Yellow Grease - Restaurant greases (fats and oils from cooking) or lower quality tallows from rendering plants. Used for pet food and animal feeds.

141

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-11 Agricultural Marketing Service Exhibit A Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

PREPARATION OF REPORT

Livestock Acceptance

I. FUTURES CONTRACTS

Livestock offered to fulfill futures contracts will be accepted under the specifications for the month of delivery. Guidelines for livestock acceptance work will be closely adhered to so as to assure uniform procedures between delivery points.

A. Guidelines for Futures Livestock Acceptance Work

l. The total number of loads tendered for delivery at any one of the designated delivery points on a given day is public knowledge and may be given to interested persons. Tender Notices and Delivery Notices can be accessed through the Internet at http://www.ams.usda.gov/mnreports/SJ_LS705.txt (Tender Notices) http://www.ams.usda.gov/mnreports/SJ_LS706.txt (Delivery Notices)

2. Notify the appropriate Area Supervisor as early as possible if the number of loads for grading the following day will exceed the workload of the local staff.

3. The Officer-in-Charge (OIC) at the delivery point should review the specifications with the reporters before grading begins. The OIC should work one or more loads with reporters who are unfamiliar with the operating procedure of the yards. All reporters should periodically review the contract specifications and a copy of the specifications should be taken to the grading pens for reference.

4. Livestock must be viewed individually from the front, rear, and both sides 3 or 4 head at a time.

5. All contracts must be weighed within l hour of the time of grading. Grade no more than four (4) loads of cattle before starting to weigh. If possible, it is best to grade the livestock close to a scale. This procedure makes it easier for the reporter to maintain full control of the contract, including weighing and sealing procedures.

6. Sorting: No undue time delay can be allowed for substitutions to the contract. Basically, consignments will be accepted or rejected as presented, and reporters should not be engaged in general sorting of livestock so that the unit will be an acceptable contract. Reporters have some latitude in allowing a minimum of sorting by the delivery agent to remove defective or overweight or underweight livestock. It is reasonable to expect that an occasional animal may have to be taken out of a load.

142

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-11 Agricultural Marketing Service Exhibit A Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

7. If the lot is rejected, common courtesy requires that the delivery agent involved be told why the lot was rejected.

8. Livestock should be moved with extreme caution and sealed in pens which have water available and are large enough to prevent crowding.

9. Weighing - When a contract has two or more drafts, the first draft should be retained near the scale until the second draft is weighed and total weight and average weight are computed.

10. Reporters will not assume the primary responsibility for obtaining the health certificate or any other certificate to be supplied by another organization. However, field offices may forward the required certificate(s) to the Commodity Exchange if made available by the appropriate party.

11. The safety of Market News personnel is of paramount importance and unnecessary risks should not be taken for any reason.

12. Reporters are encouraged to catch weight on individual animals in order to assure that the animals accepted are within the correct weight ranges specified by the contract.

13. After grading and weighing each load, a sale barn or commission agent will move the livestock to the holding pen where the gate will be sealed under the supervision of the reporter. This will assure that once accepted as meeting the delivery specification, the load will remain intact.

14. If a contract is rejected, it may not be re-graded until permission is obtained from the CME. A certificate must be completed and the reason for the rejection stated.

B. The following procedures will be used in completing the grading certificates. (Exhibit A)

l. The number of accepted steers/cattle, total weight and average weight will be entered on the certificate.

2 Estimated dressing percent will be entered on the grading certificate.

3. The number of cattle l475-1550 lbs entered on the certificate.

4. The number of Prime, Choice, Select, Standard and Sub-Standard as well as number of Yield Grades 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 will be entered on the certificate.

5. The pen (s) number the cattle are held in and the seal (s) used to seal said pen will be entered on the certificate.

6. If a contract is rejected, a certificate must be completed and the reason for the rejection stated. (Exhibit B)

143

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-11 Agricultural Marketing Service Exhibit A Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

II. CERTIFICATE PREPARATION AND CHARGES

A. Guidelines

1. The livestock acceptance certificates (Form LS 9-11) will be prepared upon completion of services provided, as prescribed in Section B. See Exhibits A-B.

2. Grading information for cattle presented for Chicago Mercantile Exchange (CME) settlement will be provided to the responsible office where the Livestock Acceptance Certificate will be prepared and electronically transmitted to the CME. When the reporter finishes grading CME deliveries they should provide the grading information to the office responsible for the delivery. This can be done after all deliveries are completed or throughout the grading period. After receiving the grading information from the reporter, the responsible office should immediately complete and transmit the certificates to the CME.

3. An electronic certificate will be prepared by the responsible office and transmitted to the CME at the following e-mail addresses: [email protected] ; and to Lea Ann Peetz at [email protected] in the St. Joseph, MO office.

4. All billing to the National Finance Center will be done from the St. Joseph, MO. office. Copies of the certificates for local use, delivery agent or auction barn, etc. will be provided by fax, e-mail or mail. Official scale tickets attached to a copy of the certificate will be mailed to the CME.

5. Each office will be responsible for maintaining their own set of sequential numbers listed and assign them to certificates. The sequential numbers will start over at the beginning of each calendar year.

6. The distribution of copies of grading certificates is as follows:

• Original certificates with official scale tickets attached are mailed to the CME at: Chicago Mercantile Exchange Inc. Clearing House Department Attn: Deliveries Manager 20 S. Wacker Drive Chicago, Il 60606 • Provide a copy to the agent handling the delivery. • Retain a file copy in the official office file.

7. Calendar year (CY) dates will be recorded as the certificate date and will change January 1 each year.

8. All offices will use the same 9 digit subcenter number. The first eight digits are 32900065X; the last digit will be the fiscal year which will change October 1 each year.

144

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-11 Agricultural Marketing Service Exhibit A Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

9. The Certificate Number block is divided into two blocks. The first block will contain the delivery location code; the second block will contain the sequential number for the certificate.

Location Codes and Certificates Number:

Office: Delivery Location Delivery Point Certificate Numbers Code Amarillo, TX:

Amarillo, TX 11 1001-2000 Tulia, TX 12 Clovis, NM 13 Texhoma, TX 15 Dodge City, KS:

Dodge City, KS 21 2001-3000 Pratt, KS 22 Syracuse, KS 23 Kearney, NE:

Columbus, NE 31 3001-4000 North Platte, NE 32 Ogallala, NE 33 Sioux Falls, SD:

Norfolk, NE 41 4001-5000 Worthing, SD 43

Greeley, CO Wray, Co 51 5001-6000

B. Preparation of Certificates – Grading Charges

1. Grading Charge: Beginning December 1, 2004, a rate of $100 per load will be charged for each load accepted or rejected. No additional charges will be made for travel and per diem or overtime.

2. A certificate must be prepared for livestock which are tendered but not offered for delivery. A grading fee of $100 will be accessed.

145

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-11 Agricultural Marketing Service Exhibit A Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

III. EMPLOYEE COMPENSATION

A. Compensatory Time/Overtime Compensation

All reporters performing futures work are entitled to compensatory time or overtime pay depending on GS-grade level1 if they work more hours than their regular scheduled tour of duty or if travel is uncontrollable and outside of normal working hours. Travel time is to be based on common carrier unless P.O.V. has been authorized. AMS Instruction 350-l will explain travel compensation, but the following guidelines will apply in most situations.

1USDA APHIS HRDG Subchapter 4550 - Premium Pay Section E - Compensatory Time If your pay exceeds a GS-10, step 10, and you are exempt from FLSA, your supervisor may require you to take compensatory time in lieu of overtime pay for irregular or occasional overtime work (5 CFR 550.114[c] and 5 CFR 551.531[c]). If your pay is at or below a GS-10, Step 10, (regardless of FLSA status), you must request compensatory time off in lieu of overtime pay (5 CFR 550.114[a][b]). You may not be required to take compensatory time off.

l. If the employee works more than a regularly scheduled daily and/or weekly tour of duty grading livestock, that person is entitled to compensatory time or compensation at the overtime rate1.

3. If the employee must travel or work on a Sunday or Federal holiday, the employee is allowed compensation at the Sunday or holiday rate.

4. If the person travels outside of normal working hours, compensation may be approved if the travel is uncontrollable. The compensation will begin with the scheduled departure time from the common carrier terminal. Travel time ends upon arrival at the common carrier terminal at the destination point.

EXCEPTION:

If the employee must travel l hour or more to or from the delivery point and the place of residence or work, the period of travel begins with the actual departure from the residence or arrival at work. However, the waiting time from between the arrival at the terminal and the scheduled time of departure by common carrier is not counted. If the employee uses a P.O.V. to travel to a temporary duty point, compensation time will begin with the departure from the residence and end when the employee reaches the work point.

B. Travel Authorizations

Under normal conditions, employees will not be authorized overtime salary compensation to return to their official duty station, because the travel is controllable and 146

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-11 Agricultural Marketing Service Exhibit A Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

can be performed during working hours. However, the Area Supervisor should be contacted if a situation arises which could be considered as uncontrollable. IV. TRAVEL EXAMPLES

A. Examples of Uncontrollable Travel

1. Reporter is told on Friday to be in Amarillo at 7:00 a.m., Monday, ready for work. The reporter must travel on Sunday and is allowed compensation at the Sunday rate.

2. Reporter is told Tuesday at l:30 p.m. to be in Amarillo Wednesday at 7:00 a.m. ready for work. Reporter is to leave immediately, and if travel cannot be completed within normal working hours, compensation is allowed for excess hours to complete travel.

3. "TWO-DAY RULE" ON PER DIEM. Delays in departure or return to permit travel during regular working hours, which result in payment of less than 2 days per diem, are not considered unreasonable and are not compensable at overtime rates. However, if such a delay requires 2 or more days perdiem (usually a weekend layover), then authorized travel outside regular hours is considered uncontrollable and compensable at overtime rates. When grading slaughter cattle on Friday and the work schedule does not allow a return to permanent station within working hours on Friday, compensatory time or overtime compensation1 for travel will be allowed for Friday or Saturday travel.

B. Example of Controllable Travel

1. Reporter finishes work at Amarillo at 3:00 p.m., Wednesday. Normal travel time is 4 hours to their official duty station, of which 3 hours would be after regular work hours. Reporter cannot claim overtime compensation for the 3 hours of excess travel. Travel in this case is controllable and the reporter can travel during working hours on Thursday. However, reporters can elect to travel at their own convenience without compensation.

2. Participation in futures workshops is controllable travel. Overtime for travel will not be chargeable unless authorized.

V. PROCEDURES FOR PROCESSING FUTURES ACCEPTANCE CERTIFICATES

A. Submissions to NFC

l. All participating Market News offices will electronically transmit a copy of each Livestock Acceptance Certificate produced by that office to the St. Joseph, MO. office. The responsible person in the St. Joseph office will electronically transmit each charge to the National Finance Center (NFC).

B. Verification 147

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-11 Agricultural Marketing Service Exhibit A Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

1. The St. Joseph, MO. office will be responsible for verifying that the certificates are processed and paid.

148

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-11 Agricultural Marketing Service Exhibit B Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

149

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-12 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

PREPARATION OF REPORTS

Grain and Feed Market Reporting

I. GOAL TO BE ACCOMPLISHED

The objective of grain and feed market reports is to describe the trade in an accurate, adequate, and appropriate manner. Every effort will be made to prevent the reports from becoming stereotyped. A careful choice of words in framing statements will permit inclusion of more facts and give more reader appeal without unduly lengthening the reports. Be specific and give as complete a picture as possible of the supply, demand, activity, and factors influencing the trade. Give number, class, grade, weight, price, and condition of sale. Give the type of buyers when significant. Every effort will be made to incorporate the "why" of the trade, when known. (Quite often reporters omit factors in anticipation of unfavorable trade reaction, which is rarely expressed.) Confidential information is to be treated as such, but too often information is interpreted as "confidential" when actually many people are aware of it. The terms used in reports will be in accordance with Exhibit B, and the respective instructions on collection of information, but reports are not limited to those terms. Other terms may be used when they will more accurately or appropriately describe trade conditions. However, the selection of other terms will be limited to synonyms of the suggested terms which will give the proper shade of meaning. Reporters should read reports from adjacent states and coordinate with reporters in those areas when necessary.

II. PRICES

Price is a vital factor to a great majority of readers of market reports and users of the Market News Service. Every effort and care should be exercised by the Market News reporter to quote prices that are accurate and truly reflective of the market. Every quotation, if possible, should be a general price range covering the bulk of the sales of a specific commodity and grade. Price ranges should always be as narrow as possible, yet still adequately cover trading conditions. If price ranges are wide, use a "mostly" price in addition to the full range. A "mostly" price represents that at which a majority of the sales by volume are made. When grain and feed ingredient price ranges are wide, market reporters should intensify efforts to determine from trade contacts if grain is actually being bought and sold at the bottom and top figures. Occasionally, elevators feel compelled to post a price even though they do not want any grain, and if this is the case, their price should be dropped from the price range.

A. Trends - Trends refer to the direction of prices; in other words, higher, lower, or steady. The amount of the change, if any, should be indicated. The terms steady, higher, and lower are to be used in commentary form. The terms unch, up, and down are to be used in tables. In commentary form, the trends are to go from lower to higher; in table form, the trends are to go from actual to actual.

150

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-12 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

B. Nominal Prices - Wherever possible, published market news prices should be based upon actual transactions; however, because of the practical uses made of current price information reported regularly, nominal prices may be published for not more than 3 days in some grain reports with prior approval from your Area Supervisor. A nominal price is a quotation based on buyers' and sellers' opinions when there is no trading on a commodity within a given period, and no change in the price level is apparent. Nominal prices should not be carried when market conditions and values appear to have changed and no sales are reported. A market reporter should have as much confidence in the nominal price reported as they would if trading had been found at the same level. If the Market News reporter cannot quote actual sales prices or nominal prices and be confident that they truly reflect the market, a price quotation should not be reported. The word "Nominal" or the letter "N" may be used in a grain market report.

III. CLASSES AND GRADES

Official USDA class and grade terms are to be used by reporters in describing grain and grain products covered by market reports. Exact terms of the official grade standards will be utilized and applied in market reporting work. If no U.S. official grade terminology is available, use terminology approved by the Area Supervisor or Director that has a meaning which is generally accepted by the trade. Local and indefinite terminology will not be used. Capitalizing the first letter of each official grade term will reduce the likelihood of confusion.

IV. ARRANGEMENT AND CONTENT OF GRAIN AND FEEDSTUFFS REPORTS

A. Terms and Conditions of Sale - The terms and conditions of sale shall be clearly defined as follows.

1. Time period covered by the report

2. Location

a. Geographical (town, country points, or area)

b. Physical (fob elevator, tracks, trucks, barge, fas, behind the harvester, roadside, etc.)

3. Delivery or shipment (prompt, spot, to-arrive, 20-day shipment, for deferred delivery)

4. Quality, condition, or other commodity descriptions (moisture content, cleanliness, test weight, rice milling yield, protein content, or factors not covered in the grade standards.)

5. Premiums and discounts when they are a factor

6. Type of billing (non-transit, transcontinental multi-car, or other terms.)

151

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-12 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

7. Type of transportation or packaging if a factor (in bulk or sack, delivered by box car, hopper car, trucks, barge, etc.)

B. Format or Style of Wires

Arrange weekly grain and feed report in paragraphs and in the following order insofar as practical.

l. Grain: Summary paragraph, wheat, rye, corn, oats, barley, rice, sorghum, peas, beans, lentils soybeans, flaxseed, canola, and sunflower.

2. Feedstuffs: Summary paragraph, oilseed meals, animal protein feeds, grain high-protein feeds, wheat millfeeds and other.

3. Numerical: grades shall precede each class and/or subclass of grain. Special grades shall follow each class and/or subclass of grain.

4. Protein: content and test weight, when applicable, shall follow each class and/or subclass of grain. Wheat for which the price quotation at a specific market covers the entire range of proteins shall be indicated by "all percent."

5. Designation: Point of origin, billing, and/or destination designations, if such information is needed to accurately describe a price, shall follow the protein content, if any.

6. Grain Unit of sales: All grain prices should be clearly marked as to the basis of sales, whether in tons, bushels, or hundredweights (cwt).

7. Feed Unit of Sales: All feedstuff price quotations should be on a per ton, bulk basis unless otherwise specified.

8. Abbreviations: Commodity abbreviations in market reports should only be used when the abbreviation is commonly used and understood by the industry.

IV. GRAIN AND FEED QUOTATIONS

Each office responsible for collecting daily or weekly grain and feed prices will keep a permanent record of detailed quotations. Each commodity covered will be recorded, separating different classes, grades, or protein levels within the commodity.

152

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-12 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

V. DISSEMINATION

A. Press Association Commercial News Dispatch Reports

Copies of reports prepared for computer transmission are usually adequate for these purposes. If necessary to reduce length to meet space requirement, the reports may be edited. For further instructions, see LGMN Instruction No. 934-3.

B. Local Newspapers

Reporters will consult with market editors or other officials of local newspapers to arrange space for the most desirable length of report. Extreme care will be exercised in preparing each report to minimize the need for editing by the publishers. Frequently, local papers will use a more complete and lengthy report than press associations can use for transmission. One method of solving this problem is to prepare a complete report for local papers and then pencil out words, phrases, and sentences of a copy to reduce the length to press association requirements. Such editing by the reporter generally will result in a more nearly accurate and complete report than if edited by the press association.

C. Radio

Many words and phrases used in printed reports to accurately describe trade conditions are not suitable for use in radio reports because they are difficult to pronounce or similar in sound to words that precede or follow. Reports prepared for radio use will be carefully reviewed and edited before release. For further instructions on preparing reports for release by radio or television, see LGMN Instruction No. 105-7 Part 2.

VI. SCHEDULE FOR ISSUANCE

It is Market News policy to release market reports at the earliest possible time, consistent with local trading practices. When trade practices change, the filing time should also be changed. The field office should obtain permission for a change by contacting the appropriate supervisor. Market reports will be made available to all individuals and organizations at the scheduled release time. (Local newspapers, radio stations, and other agencies disseminating market news information issued by the particular office should be contacted frequently to determine whether the type and length of reports, time of release, and method of transmittal are best suited to their needs.) The extra effort required to prepare separate reports in the style and content desired by a particular disseminating agency is well worthwhile.

153

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-12 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

BIOENERGY REPORTS

I. Ethanol: LGMN publishes reports for ethanol data in six regions.

A. State of Iowa (NW_GR111)

B. State of Nebraska (NW_GR112)

C. State of South Dakota (SF_GR111)

D. Eastern Corn Belt (GX_GR121)

E. State of Wisconsin (MS_GR116)

F. State of Minnesota (NW_GR114)

Each report publishes daily corn bids and basis, daily distiller grain prices, and on Friday a weekly ethanol price. All prices are negotiated; FOB the plant for the spot market.

II. Ethanol Corn & Co-Products Processing Values:

A. Iowa Ethanol Corn & Co-Products Processing Values (NW_GR212)

B. Nebraska Ethanol Corn & Co-Products Processing Values (NW_GR213)

C. Illinois Ethanol Corn & Co-Products Processing Values (GX_GR212)

These three reports compare the price an ethanol plant pays for corn in their respective state to the value the ethanol plant receives from the outputs of ethanol and distiller grains.

III. Biodiesel: LGMN publishes reports of biodiesel for two regions.

A. State of Iowa (National Ag Energy Roundup)

B. States of Illinois/Indiana/Ohio (National Ag Energy Roundup)

Each report publishes a weekly B100 biodiesel price on Friday. This price is negotiated; FOB the plant for the spot market.

154

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-12 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

IV. Weekly Summary Reports

A. Weekly Ethanol Summary:

This summary report is in pdf format. It combines the six ethanol reports listed above into a weekly summary report. Web links to each individual report are also listed. Nearby future prices for CME corn and ethanol, as well NYMEX natural gas and RBOB can be found on this summary report. Lastly, graphs depicting prices for Iowa ethanol price, Iowa corn price, Iowa distiller grain price, and price ratio in Iowa between distiller grain and corn are shown.

B. Weekly Ag Energy Roundup:

This weekly roundup report is in a pdf format. Data in this report includes prices for commodities that can be used to make energy, such as soybean oil, corn oil, tallow, and greases. The prices of ethanol and biodiesel are also reported. Additionally, CME and NYMEX nearby future prices are reported for ethanol, soybean oil, crude oil, RBOB, and natural gas. To round out this report, graphs are utilized to show price relationships for several commodities.

C. Weekly Distiller Grain Summary:

This summary report is in txt and pdf format and released on Friday’s. The reports include distiller grain prices from the six ethanol reports, as well as for the states of Kansas and Missouri which is published on the Corn Belt Feedstuffs Report (SJ_GR225). Additionally, delivered prices at CIF NOLA, PNW, California, Lethbridge AB, Chicago, and Texas are reported. Corn prices, CME future prices, as well as graphs on the pdf report, are also reported.

155

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-12 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

Exhibit A: Order of Commodity Descriptive Terms

Soybean Meal, 44 pct. Soybean Meal, 47-1/2 pct., unrestricted Cottonseed Meal, 41 pct., solvent Canola Meal 34-36 pct. Sunflower Meal, 28 pct. Fishmeal, 65 pct., imported, anchovy Cane Molasses, hydrol

US l Hard Red Winter Wheat, all protein US l Hard Red Winter Wheat, ordinary protein US 2 Soft Red Winter Wheat, garlicky US l Dark Northern Spring, l3 pct. protein US l Hard Amber Durum, medium US 2 Rye US 2 Yellow Corn US 2 Yellow Corn, Eastern origin US 2 White Corn US 2 Heavy Oats US 2 Oats US 3 or better Malting Barley US 2 Barley, 46 lb. test weight US 2 Yellow Sorghum US 2 Yellow Sorghum, California origin US l Yellow Soybeans US l Yellow Soybeans, Illinois country points US l Flaxseed US 1 Canola

156

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-12 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

Exhibit B: Glossary of Trade Terms

The following is a partial list of common terms and abbreviations used in Grain Market News reporting.

Basis - The difference between a spot or "cash" price and a specified futures price.

Bid - Willingness to buy at a stated price according to specified conditions.

Broker - A person paid a fee or commission for acting as an agent in making purchase or sales.

Buyer's Market - An abundance of goods available permitting buyers to be selective and to buy at a lower price than had previously prevailed.

CCC - The Commodity Credit Corporation, a wholly Government-owned corporation established in l933 to assist American agriculture.

CFTC - The Commodity Futures Trading Commission, a regulatory agency set up to supervise futures trading on commodity exchanges.

CIF – Cost, insurance, and freight.

Carrying Charges - Those costs incurred in warehousing the physical commodity, generally including interest, insurance, and storage. May include allowance for loss in quality, condition, or volume.

Cash Price - Term used to represent the economic value or worth of a commodity. Often used to distinguish all other prices from futures trading on an organized commodity futures market.

Close (cash) - At some cash grain trading centers, a time to end cash grain trading is established by the exchange members. However, the market reporter should use discretion in determining when fair and open trading has ceased.

Close (futures) - Period at the end of the futures market trading session during which all trade is declared as having been executed at or during the last seconds of trading.

Commission Merchant - Person who makes a trade in his own name and becomes liable as principal between himself and the other party to the trade.

Consignment - A shipment sent to a commission merchant for him to sell.

Contract Price - Price and conditions of sale agreed upon when buyer and seller negotiate a transaction.

157

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-12 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

Country Elevator - Grain elevator located in a local farming community to which farmers bring their grain for sale or storage.

Crop Year (U.S.) - Period from one harvest of a crop to the next harvest in the following year. The period varies among commodities as follows.

June l to May 31 wheat, oats, flax, barley September l to August 3l corn, sorghum, soybeans, sunflowers, hops, added canola; deleted dry edible beans Deleted feedstuffs, hay, and rice crop years

Crush – Process which converts oilseeds into primary products, meal and oil, and Secondary products such as hulls.

Current Delivery (month) - The futures contract which will come to maturity and become deliverable during the current month; also called "spot month."

Deferred Delivery - (See forward contracting.)

Demurrage - The penalty assessed against a shipper or receiver for failure to utilize or release a railroad car, barge, or ship within a specified period of time.

Discount - A schedule of deductions from the cash price for a commodity grading lower than the base grade.

Export Elevator - An elevator usually located on deep water and able to load export orders into ships.

Ex-Spout - Loaded into ship from discharge end of spout - pertains to bulk commodities.

FAS/fas – Free alongside ship, does not include loading charges. fob – Free on board, price at place or origin not including transportation charges.

Foreign Material (FM) - Dockage - Anything other than the designated commodity which is present in a lot.

Forward Contracting - A transaction common in many industries, including commodity merchandising, in which the buyer and seller agree upon delivery of a specified quality and quantity of goods at a specified future date and price or formula for establishing the price.

158

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-12 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

Forward Price - Price of a commodity bought or sold for a specified delivery period usually 30 days or more away.

Free Supply - Quantity of a commodity available for commercial sale; does not include Government-held stocks. Also, may exclude stocks held by processors for their own use.

Futures Contract - Agreement to buy and receive or to sell and deliver a commodity at a future date under conditions specified by the trading rules of the particular Board of Trade or Exchange.

Handling Charges - Charges for loading and unloading a commodity.

Hedging - Hedging is the purchase or sale of futures against the purchase or sale of the physical commodity as protection against price changes.

In-transit Billing - Privilege of utilizing a portion of paid-in rail freight upon continuance of transit, usually in the same general direction.

Inspection Certificate - Certificate showing grade and other factors of quality issued by inspector licensed under the U.S. Grain Standards Act, or a certificate issued on agricultural commodities under the Agricultural Marketing Act of l946.

Limit (up or down) - Maximum futures price advance or decline from the previous day's settlement price permitted in one trading session by the rules of the exchange.

Margin (futures) - Amount deposited by buyers and sellers of futures to insure performance on contract commitments; serves as a performance bond rather than a down payment.

Nominal - A nominal price quotation is reported in the absence of a cash trade if the reporter is confident that the nominal price reflects current market value conditions.

Offer - Indication of willingness to sell at a given price, same as "ask."

Parity - A theoretically equal relationship between commodity prices and all other prices; in farm program legislation, parity is defined in such a manner that the purchasing power of a unit of the commodity is maintained at the level prevailing during an earlier historical base period.

pds – Price date of shipment, price of a contracted commodity to be determined on date of shipment.

Premium - A schedule of allowances over the cash price for a commodity grading higher than the base grade.

Ports of Export – Sites for collecting and loading commodities for export.

Price Protection - Price discount subtracted from the bid; usually in effect during volatile market 159

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-12 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

activity. During times when price protection occurs, bids should include the protection discounts, and a statement should be included in the report reflecting the range of protection discounts taken for each commodity.

Open-End Contract - A contract to purchase with a minimum cash payment, with final settlement at the end of the season.

Reseller (Jobber) - A person who takes ownership of a commodity and then resells on the open market before physically taking delivery of that commodity.

Seller's Market - Market condition in which there is a scarcity of goods available, enabling sellers to obtain better conditions of sale or higher prices.

Spot Bid - Price willing to be paid for a commodity available for immediate delivery.

Spot Price - Price of a commodity available for immediate delivery.

Sub-terminal - Takes delivery of grain from both growers and country elevators for storage and distribution. Usually has greater handling facilities than a country elevator.

Tender - Delivery against a futures position. In export trade - a request by a foreign country for offers to sell them grain.

Terminal - An elevator located at a major point of accumulation and distribution in the movement of commodities. Usually has greater handling facilities than sub-terminal.

To-Arrive Price - Price of a commodity, including freight and handling charges, delivered destination at a specified time.

Track Country Station - Usually involves a price designation; indicates the cost of a given commodity loaded in rail car and ready for shipment from an interior location.

Warehouse Receipt - Ownership certificate for a specific commodity and grade of a commodity stored in a licensed warehouse, elevator, or storage tank.

160

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-12 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

Exhibit C: Glossary of Rice Terms Bag of Rice - 100 lbs., also "pocket."

Barrel of Rice - 162 lbs.

Bran - Outer layer of brown rice composed of the pericarp, aleurone layer, & a portion of the germ.

Brewer's Rice - Milled rice containing less than 25% of whole kernels and broken rice that does not meet the requirements for Second Heads or Screenings.

Broken Kernels - Kernels of rice that are less than three-fourths of whole kernels.

Brown Rice - Kernels of rice with the hull removed.

Chalky Kernels - Whole or large broken kernels of rice that are one-half or more chalky.

Classes (or Types) - Long Grain, Medium Grain, Short Grain, and Mixed.

Coated Milled Rice - Milled rice that has been coated with a safe and suitable substance to enhance the appearance and increase the nutritional value.

Damaged Kernels - Whole or large broken kernels of rice that are distinctly discolored or damaged by water, insects, heat or any other means, and parboiled rice in non-parboiled rice.

Foreign Material - All matter other than rice and seeds.

Green Weight Pricing Basis - Contract for rice as it comes from the field prior to drying.

Granulated Brewers Milled Rice - Milled rice that has been crushed or granulated.

Head Rice - Whole kernels of milled rice.

Heat-Damaged Kernels - Whole or large broken kernels of rice that are materially discolored and damaged as a result of heating.

Milled Rice - Whole kernels and broken kernels of rice with both the hull and bran layer removed. (Also called white rice).

Milling Yield - An estimate of the quantity of whole kernels and total milled rice (whole and broken kernels combined) that are produced in the milling of rough rice to a well-milled degree. 100 lbs. of rough rice will usually produce the following: 58-68 lbs. of head rice; 4-10 lbs. of second heads, screenings, and brewer's rice; 28-30 lbs. of hulls, bran, and polish; about 2 lbs. of waste.

Moisture - The water content in rough rice.

161

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-12 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

Objectionable Seeds - Seeds other than rice, except seeds of barnyard grass, watergrass, and Japanese millet.

Other Type - Whole kernels of long grain rice in medium or short grain rice, etc.

Paddy Rice - Another name for rough rice.

Parboiled Rice - Rice in which the starch has been gelatinized by soaking, steaming and drying.

Polish - A powdery substance produced by a further refinement of milling rice, used mostly in baby food.

Red Rice - Whole or large broken kernels of rice on which there is an appreciable amount of red bran.

Rice Hulls - Outer shell of rough rice.

Rice Mill By-product - A mixture of rice bran and hulls used for livestock feed.

Rough Rice - Kernels of rice as harvested from the field.

Screenings - Milled rice that contains less than 25% whole kernels and 75% medium to small brokens.

Second Heads - Milled rice that contains less than 25% whole kernels and 75% large brokens.

Seeds - Whole or broken seeds of any plant other than rice.

Smutty Kernels - Whole or broken kernels of rice that are distinctly infected by smut.

Ungelatinized Kernels - Whole or large broken kernels of parboiled rice with distinct white or chalky areas due to incomplete gelatinization of the starch.

Undermilled Milled Rice - Rice that is not equal to the milling requirements.

Unrelated Material - All matter other than rice, related material and seeds.

Weevily Rough Rice - Rough rice that is infested with live weevils injurious to stored rice.

Well-Milled Kernels - Whole or broken kernels of rice from which the hulls and practically all of the embryos and the bran layers have been removed.

Whole Kernel - Unbroken kernels of rice and broken kernels of rice that are at least 3/4 of an unbroken kernel.

162

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-12 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

Exhibit D: Weights, Measures, and Conversion Factors

Bushel - A unit of dry measure in the United States equaling 2l50.42 cubic inches or 35.238 liters.

Conversion Factors - Bushels or cwt per Metric Ton, Long Ton, and Short Ton A metric ton = 2204.6 pounds. A long ton = 2240 pounds. A short ton = 2000 pounds.

Commodity Unit Avg Lbs Units per Ton per unit Metric Long Short

Wheat Bushel 60 36.744 37.333 33.333

Soybeans Bushel 60 36.744 37.333 33.333

Corn Bushel 56 39.368 40.000 35.714

Grain Sorghum Bushel 56 39.368 40.000 35.714

Flaxseed Bushel 56 39.368 40.000 35.714

Rye Bushel 56 39.368 40.000 35.714

Barley Bushel 48 45.929 46.666 41.666

Oats Bushel 32 68.893 70.000 62.500

Deleted rice, dry edible beans, and millet

Sunflowers Cwt 100 22.046 22.400 20.000

Canola Cwt 100 22.046 22.400 20.000

Metric Conversion Approximate

1 pound = 0.45 kilograms 1 kilogram = 2.2 pounds 1 acre = 0.4 hectares 1 hectare = 2.5 acres

163

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-12 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

Exhibit E: Examples of commonly used conversions between bushels, cwt, & tons Bushel / ton conversions:

Wheat and soybeans (using the example of 5.00 per bu) 5.00 per bu X 36.744 = 183.70 (or 183.75) per Metric Ton 5.00 per bu X 37.333 = 186.67 (or 186.75) per Long Ton 5.00 per bu X 33.333 = 166.65 (or 166.75) per Short Ton

(using variable ton prices) 183.75 per Metric Ton divided by 36.744 = 5.00 per bu 186.75 per Long Ton divided by 37.333 = 5.00 per bu 166.75 per Short Ton divided by 33.333 = 5.00 per bu

Corn, sorghum, flaxseed, and rye (using the example of 3.00 per bu) 3.00 per bu X 39.368 = 118.10 (or 118.00) per Metric Ton 3.00 per bu X 40.00 = 120.00 per Long Ton 3.00 per bu X 35.714 = 107.14 (or 107.25) per Short Ton

(Using variable ton prices) 118.00 per Metric Ton divided by 39.368 = 2.9973 (or 3.00) per bu 120.00 per Long Ton divided by 40.00 = 3.00 per bu 107.25 per Short Ton divided by 35.714 = 3.00 per bu

Barley (using the example of 2.00 per bushel) 2.00 per bu X 45.929 = 91.858 (or 91.75) per Metric Ton 2.00 per bu X 46.666 = 93.332 (or 93.25) per Long Ton 2.00 per bu X 41.666 = 166.67 (or 166.75) per Short Ton

(Using the example of 95.00 per ton) 95.00 per Metric Ton divided by 45.929 = 2.0684 (or 2.07) per bu 95.00 per Long Ton divided by 46.666 = 2.0357 (or 2.04) per bu 95.00 per Short Ton divided by 41.666 = 2.28 per bu

Oats (using the example of 2.50 per bu) 2.50 per bu X 68.893 = 172.25 per Metric Tons 2.50 per bu X 70.000 = 175.00 per Long Ton 2.50 per bu X 62.500 = 156.25 per Short Ton

(Using the example of 175.00 per ton) 175.00 per Metric Ton divided by 68.893 = 2.54 per bu 175.00 per Long Ton divided by 70.000 = 2.50 per bu 175.00 per Short Ton divided by 62.500 = 2.80 per bu

Bushel / hundredweight (cwt) conversion factors:

164

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-12 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

Wheat and soybeans 1.666 bu per cwt Corn, sorghum, flaxseed, rye 1.7857 bu per cwt Barley 2.08 bu per cwt Oats 3.125 bu per cwt

Wheat and soybeans 5.00 per bu X 1.666 = 8.3333 (or 8.33) per cwt 8.50 per cwt divided by 1.666 = 5.10 per bu

Corn, sorghum, flaxseed, and rye 3.00 per bu X 1.7857 = 5.3571 (or 5.36) per cwt 5.50 per cwt divided by 1.7857 = 3.08 per bu

Barley 2.00 per bu X 2.08 = 4.16 per cwt 4.25 per cwt divided by 2.08 = 2.04

Oats 2.50 per bu X 3.125 = 7.8125 (or 7.81) per cwt 7.75 per cwt divided by 3.125 = 2.48 per bu

165

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-12 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250 Exhibit F: Exhibit F: Approved Abbreviations for Market News Communication System (MNCS) Transmission

The following abbreviations can be used in preparing MNCS releases. This will facilitate transmission and better satisfy the space requirements of printed media. A Ask avg Average B Bid bu Bushel CAF Cost and freight CCC Commodity Credit Corporation of the USDA CFTC Commodity Futures Trading Commission CIF Cost, insurance, freight comp Compared cwt Hundredweight DHV Dark Hard and Vitreous dlvd Delivered dlvry Delivery dn Down DNS Dark Northern Spring FAS Foreign Agricultural Service FAS/fas Free Alongside Ship FED-State Federal-State FM Foreign Material FOB /fob Free-on-board HAD Hard Amber Durum hgr Higher HRW Hard Red Winter Ind Indicated ld Load LT Long Ton Ltd Limited lwr Lower mkt Market MT Metric Ton mxd Mixed N Nominal NC New Crop NFE Not fully established no comp No Comparison NS Northern Spring NWT Not well tested Occ Occasional Pds Price date of shipment

166

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-12 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250 Exhibit F: rptd Reported SB Soybeans SG Sorghum SRW Soft Red Winter stdy Steady SWW Soft White Wheat unch Unchanged vol Volume WCW White Club Wheat WHT Wheat wts weights WWW Western White Wheat YC Yellow Corn yrs Years

167

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-13 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

PREPARATION OF REPORTS

Hay Market Reporting

I. GOAL TO BE ACCOMPLISHED

The objective of hay market reports is to describe the trade in an accurate, adequate, and appropriate manner. Every effort will be made to prevent the reports from becoming stereotyped. A careful choice of words in framing statements will permit inclusion of more facts and give more reader appeal without unduly lengthening the reports. Be specific and give as complete a picture as possible of the supply, demand, activity, and factors influencing the trade. Give tons, class, quality, bale size and or weight, price, and condition of sale. Give the type of buyers when significant. Every effort will be made to incorporate the "why" of the trade, when known. (Quite often reporters omit factors in anticipation of unfavorable trade reaction, which is rarely expressed.) Confidential information is to be treated as such, but too often information is interpreted as "confidential" when actually many people are aware of it. The terms used in reports will be in accordance with the respective instructions on collection of information. Reporters should read reports from adjacent states and coordinate with reporters in those areas when necessary.

II. PRICES

Price is a vital factor to a great majority of readers of market reports and users of the Market News Service. Every effort and care should be exercised by the Market News reporter to quote prices that are accurate and truly reflective of the market. Every quotation, if possible, should be a general price range covering the bulk of the sales of a specific commodity and its quality. Price ranges should always be as narrow as possible, yet still adequately cover trading conditions. If price ranges are wide, use a "mostly" price in addition to the full range. A "mostly" price represents that at which a majority of the sales by volume are made. Also, the weighted average format can show where the bulk of sales occur. When hay price ranges are wide, market reporters should intensify efforts to determine from trade contacts if hay is actually being bought and sold at the bottom and top figures. Occasionally, buyers and sellers feel compelled to say a price even though they haven’t actually bought or sold any hay, in this case, their price should be excluded.

A. Trends. Trends refer to the direction of prices; in other words, higher, lower, or steady. The amount of the change, if any, should be indicated.

168

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-13 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

B. Nominal Prices. Wherever possible, published market news prices should be based upon actual transactions; however, because of the practical uses made of current price information reported regularly, nominal prices may be published for not more than 5 days in reports, with prior approval from your Area Supervisor. A nominal price is a quotation based on buyers' and sellers' opinions when there is no trading on a commodity within a given period and no change in the price level are apparent. Nominal prices should not be carried when market conditions and values appear to have changed and no sales are reported. A market reporter should have as much confidence in the nominal price reported as they would if trading had been found at the same level. If the Market News reporter cannot quote actual sales prices or nominal prices and be confident that they truly reflect the market, a price quotation should not be reported. It is permissible to use a statement saying in effect that no new sales had been confirmed but the last confirmed price was and when that price was made. Or if a marketing area is sold out of hay, state in the report that the area, is sold out, and then print “no new sales confirmed” in the price location.

III. CLASSES AND QUALITY

Official USDA class and grade terms are to be used by reporters in describing commodities in market reports. However official USDA hay standards/grades do not exist. But, for market reporting purposes, there are hay quality designations and guidelines based on hay test parameters. Exact terms of the official quality designations will be utilized and applied in market reporting work. Local and indefinite terminology will not be used. Capitalizing the first letter of each official quality term will reduce the likelihood of confusion. For market reporting purposes, the following hay quality designations and guidelines should be used to describe and report hay:

Hay Quality Designations Table 1: Alfalfa guidelines: (for domestic livestock use and not more than 10% grass) Quality ADF NDF RFV TDN-100% TDN-90% CP Supreme <27 <34 >185 >62 >55.9 >22 Premium 27-29 34-36 170-185 60.5-62 54.5-55.9 20-22 Good 29-32 36-40 150-170 58-60 52.5-54.5 18-20 Fair 32-35 40-44 130-150 56-58 50.5-52.5 16-18 Utility >35 >44 <130 <56 <50.5 <16 *RFV calculated using the WI/MN formula. **TDN calculated using the western formula. Quantitative factors are approximate, and many factors can affect feeding value. Values based on 100 % dry matter (TDN showing both 100% and 90%). Guidelines are to be used with visual appearance and intent of sale.

169

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-13 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

Table 2: Grass Hay guidelines

Quality Crude Protein Percent Premium Over 13 Good 9-13 Fair 5-9 Utility Under 5 Quantitative factors are approximate, and many factors can affect feeding value. Values based on 100% dry matter. End usage may influence hay price or value more than testing results. Hay Quality physical descriptions: Supreme: Very early maturity, pre bloom, soft fine stemmed, extra leafy. Factors indicative of very high nutritive content. Hay is excellent color and free of damage. Premium: Early maturity, i.e., pre-bloom in legumes and pre head in grass hays, extra leafy and fine stemmed-factors indicative of a high nutritive content. Hay is green and free of damage. Good: Early to average maturity, i.e., early to mid-bloom in legumes and early head in grass hays, leafy, fine to medium stemmed, free of damage other than slight discoloration.

Fair: Late maturity, i.e., mid to late-bloom in legumes, head-in grass hays, moderate or below leaf content, and generally coarse stemmed. Hay may show light damage.

Utility: Hay in very late maturity, such as mature seed pods in legumes or mature head in grass hays, coarse stemmed. This category could include hay discounted due to excessive damage and heavy weed content or mold. Defects will be identified in market reports when using this category.

Prairie Grass Hay: The industry generally recognizes prairie hay as a native grass. It is normally described and traded as prairie grass hay and the quality is understood by the industry. Since prairie grass is usually cut only once a year, specifying the time of cut (i.e., early, mid, or late, cutting season) should provide additional information on the hay quality.

IV. ARRANGEMENT AND CONTENT OF HAY REPORTS

A. Terms and Conditions of Sale - The terms and conditions of sale shall be clearly defined as follows.

1. Time period covered by the report

2. Location

a. Geographical (town, region/area or state)

b. Physical (f.o.b. or delivered price, semi or pickup loads, behind the harvester, windrow, roadside, etc.)

170

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-13 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

3. Delivery or shipment (current, or for deferred delivery or payment)

4. Quality, condition, or other commodity descriptions (moisture content, cleanliness, or factors not covered in the quality descriptions)

5. Premiums and discounts when they are a factor (such as in barn or shed, tarp etc.)

6. Type of transportation or packaging if a factor (delivered by box car, trucks, barge, etc.)

B. Format within Hay Reports 1. Quality terms should be listed as Supreme, Premium, Good, Fair and Utility.

2. Bale type should be reported in the following sequence: small square, mid, 3/4 or larger square, small round, large round, stacks or loaves.

3. If the hay is tested and test results are available, information on ADF, NDF, TDN, relative Feed Value (RFV), protein etc., can be included in the report, if helping to keep price ranges narrow.

4. Volume traded this week, last week and last year should be shown at top of the report. If report has different areas within the report, then the volume of each area should be shown along with total volume at top of report.

5. Other value-determining factors should also be listed, e.g., cutting

C. Format or Style of Wires

Arrange weekly hay reports so that volume sold for this week, last week and last year is at the top of the report. Then a paragraph, showing the trend, demand, supply and any other statement that would explain how and why hay is trading the way it is. If more than one area is included in the report, either cover all areas in one paragraph or write separate paragraphs for each individual area. Hay should be reported, starting with the most predominate hay in the area to the least dominate in the following sequence: quality, bale size, other conditions, and prices. This format also applies to hay usage. For example domestic (dairy/beef) followed by next highest usage, the export or retail/feed store. Highest quality hay should be first with each bale size listed and prices for each bale size, and continue down to least quality. If bale size does not make a wide price difference or isn’t a major determination in price, bale sizes can be combined. Hay with defects or faults are listed last. Abbreviations in market reports should only be used when the abbreviation is commonly used and understood by the industry.

171

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-13 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

Keep in mind that the hay quality guidelines used for domestic sales, are not meant to be used for hay going for export or retail/feed stores. The quality terms used are the same, but can have slightly different meaning. Reporters need to learn how the industry uses those terms when dealing with export or retail/feedstore hay, to ensure the reports are comparable and have correct meaning in each of the usages. Hay guidelines, appropriate for the areas, should be carried, at the end of each report to help the industry analyze the information. It is not necessary to publish the physical descriptions. Reports should be kept as short and concise as possible.

V. HAY QUOTATIONS

Each office responsible for collecting hay prices, will keep a permanent record of the reports and will also place that information into the Oracle data base. Each hay class will be recorded, separating the different classes, quality designations, bale size (if applicable) and according to usage.

VI. DISSEMINATION

A. Press Association Commercial News Dispatch Reports Copies of reports prepared for electronic transmission are usually adequate for these purposes. Reports may be edited if necessary to meet space requirements. For further instructions, see LGMN Instruction No. 105-7.II.

B. Local Newspapers Reporters will consult with market editors or other officials of local newspapers to arrange space for the most desirable report length. Extreme care will be exercised in preparing each report to minimize the need for editing by the publishers. Frequently, local papers will use a more complete and lengthy report than press associations can use for transmission. One method of solving this problem is to prepare a complete report for local papers and then edit out words, phrases, and sentences of a copy to reduce the length to press association requirements. Such editing by the reporter generally will result in a more nearly accurate and complete report than if edited by the press association.

C. Radio Many words and phrases used in printed reports to accurately describe trade conditions are not suitable for use in radio reports because they are difficult to pronounce or similar in sound to words that precede or follow. Reports prepared for radio use will be carefully reviewed and edited before release. For further instructions on preparing reports for release by radio or television, see LGMN Instruction No. 105-7.II.

172

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-13 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

VII. SCHEDULE FOR ISSUANCE

It is Market News policy to release market reports at the earliest possible time, consistent with local trading practices. When trade practices change, the filing time should also be changed. The field office should obtain permission for a change by contacting the appropriate area supervisor. Market reports will be made available to all individuals and organizations at the scheduled release time. Local newspapers, radio stations, and other agencies disseminating market news information issued by the particular office should be contacted frequently to determine whether the type and length of reports, time of release, and method of transmittal are best suited to their needs. The extra effort required preparing separate reports in the style and content desired by a particular disseminating agency enhances the value of the reports.

173

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-13 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

Exhibit A: Glossary of Trade Terms

ADF – Acid detergent fiber – The residue remaining after boiling a forage sample in acid detergent solution. ADF contains cellulose, lignin and silica, but not hemicellulose. Often used to calculate digestibility, TDN and /or NEI. Contrast with crude fiber and neutral detergent fiber.

Bid - Willingness to buy at a stated price according to specified conditions.

Broker - A person paid a fee or commission for acting as an agent in making purchases or sales.

Buyer's Market - An abundance of goods available permitting buyers to be selective and to buy at a lower price than had previously prevailed.

Cash Price - Term used to represent the economic value or worth of a commodity. Often used to distinguish all other prices from futures trading on an organized commodity futures market.

Commission Merchant - Person who makes a trade in his own name and becomes liable as principal between himself and the other party to the trade.

Consignment - A shipment sent to a commission merchant for him to sell.

Contract Price - Price and conditions of sale agreed upon when buyer and seller negotiate a transaction.

Crop Year (U.S.) - Period from one harvest of a crop to the next harvest in the following year. The period varies among hay growing regions.

CP – Crude Protein – This value is 6.25 times the nitrogen content for forage or 5.7 times the nitrogen content for grain.

Deferred Delivery - (See forward contracting.)

FOB - Free on board, price at place of origin not including transportation charges.

Forward Contracting - A transaction common in many industries, including commodity merchandising, in which the buyer and seller agree upon delivery of a specified quality and quantity of goods at a specified future date and price or formula for establishing the price.

Forward Price - Price of a commodity bought or sold for a specified delivery period usually 30 days or more away.

NDF – Neutral detergent fiber – Residue left after boiling a sample in neutral detergent solution. The NDF in forages represents the indigestible and slowly digestible components in plant cell walls

174

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-13 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

(cellulose, hemicellulose, lignin, and ash). Contrast with crude fiber and acid detergent fiber. Called “aNDF” if amylase and sodium sulfite are used during the extraction (this is recommended procedure).

Nominal - A nominal price quotation is reported in the absence of a cash trade if the reporter is confident that the nominal price reflects current market value.

Offer - Indication of willingness to sell at a given price, same as "ask."

Open-End Contract - A contract to purchase with a minimum cash payment, with final settlement at the end of the season.

RFV – Relative Feed Value – An index for ranking cool-season grass and legume forages based on combining digestibility and intake potential. Calculated from ADF and NDF. The higher the RFV, the better the quality. It is used to compare varieties, match hay/silage inventories to animals, and to market hay.

Reseller (Jobber) - A person who takes ownership of a commodity and then resells on the open market before physically taking delivery of that commodity.

Seller's Market - Market condition in which there is a scarcity of goods available, enabling sellers to obtain better conditions of sale or higher prices.

Spot Bid - Price willing to be paid for a commodity available for immediate delivery.

Spot Price - Price of a commodity available for immediate delivery.

To-Arrive Price or Delivered Price- Price of a commodity, including freight and handling charges, delivered at a destination at a specified time.

TDN – Total Digestible Nutrients – The sum of crude protein, fat (multiplied by 2.25), non-structural carbohydrates, and digestible NDF. TDN is often estimated by calculation from ADF. The formulas for calculating TDN vary by region and by nutritionist. Western Formula is presently the most used formula.

175

U.S. Department of Agriculture LGMN Instruction No. 933-13 Agricultural Marketing Service Livestock and Seed Program Washington, DC 20250

Exhibit B: Formula’s used to calculate various hay values

CP = %N x 6.25

TDN = (100% DM) = 82.38 - (.7515 x %ADF) Western formula

RFV = DDM x DMI / 1.29

DDM (Digestible Dry Matter) = 88.9 - (.779 x %ADF)

DMI (Dry Matter Intake) = 120 / %NDF

176

Change History

Date Section Page Change Category 8/25/11 933-4 56 Changes to CME SETTLEMENT PRICE section Modification 6/21/11 All All Changes from Branch to Division Modification 6/21/11 933-4 Pg 56 Note about use of Load & Split Load comments Addition 4/7/11 933-4 Pg 56 Addition to Feeder Cattle Comments Addition 3/8/11 933-10 Pg 94 Change to By-Products Drop Value (Steer) section Modification 3/8/11 933-10 Pg 95 Change to Tallow, Protein, and Hide section Modification 3/8/11 933-10 Pg 87 Update Cutter Cow Cutout Values table Modification 9/29/10 933-8 Pg75-77 Changes to Sheep/Lamb Modification 9/14/10 933-8 Pg76-77 Changes to Sheep Modification 9/14/10 933-4 Pg 53 Changes Feeder Cattle Comments Modification 9/14/10 102-2 Pg9 Updated Field Office Information Modification 7/8/10 102-2 Pg 9 Updated Field Office Information Modification 3/31/10 933-12 Pg 153 Correction to Slug #’s (GX_GR121 and GX_GR212) Modifications 3/17/10 105-4 Pg 18 Table updated to reflect current archival / retention policy Modifications Pg 153-4 I.Ethanol: Added F.State of Minnesota (NW_GR114) and updated 2/12/10 933-12 Modifications all of Bioenergy section to reflect six reports, instead of five. 12/2/09 933-12 Pg 153-4 Added Bioenergy Reports section, updated Field Office info Modifications 10/01/08 933-11 Pg 142-9 Added new Locations, updated email address, new Exhibit A & B Modifications 08/18/08 Intro Pg 2 Handbook link changed to AGNIS ADDRESS Modification 07/10/08 Intro Pg 2-9 Introduction names and date, personnel changes Modifications 06/20/07 Intro Pg 2 Introduction names and date Modification 06/07/07 Pg 3 Purpose of Market News, type-o Modification 05/29/07 933-8 Pg 75 Sheep Comments & Goat Comments Addition 05/29/07 933-4 Pg 56 Direct Feeder Cattle Reporting applied to the 12 State Region Addition 04/24/07 Intro Pg 2 Introduction name and date Modification 04/24/07 933-12 Pg 154-156 Exhibit B: Glossary Of Trade Terms Modifications 01/19/07 933-4 Pg 53 Added Load to Standardized Wtd Avg Comments Modification 01/11/07 102-2 Pg 9 Field office locations Modifications 11/09/06 933-4 Pg 58-59 Exhibit B: Laptop Weighted Average Report, changed comments Modifications 09/19/06 933-4 Pg 53 Feeder Cattle, added comment Addition 09/19/06 933-10 Pg 116-124 Exhibit 3, Est. Composite Pork Carcass Cutout – An Overview Modifications 09/19/06 933-10 Pg 97 V. Pork Reports Modifications 09/19/06 933-10 Pg 89 3. Latest Established Quotation Modification 07/18/06 933-10 Pg 111-119 Exhibit 2, Beef Carcass Equivalent Index Calculation Modifications 06/26/06 933-4 Pg 47 Exhibit A, Slaughter cows added weight column Modifications 06/26/06 933-2 Pg 37 Preparation of Reports, Market Terminology Modifications 06/26/06 933-11 Pg 137 Livestock Acceptance, Futures Contract, 13. under supervision Modifications 06/26/06 933-8 Pg 72-73 Sheep, Lamb, and Goat Trade, Terminology B & C Modifications 05/19/06 933-4 Pg 50 Preparation of Reports – Feeder Cattle Reporting Modifications 05/12/06 933-2 Pg 37 Section IV, Trends Modification 04/18/06 933-11 Pg 139 Section II, Paragraph A, email addressees updated Modifications 04/11/06 105-3 Pg 13 Monthly Situation Report date sent by 3rd of each month Modification 04/11/06 102-2 Pg 9 Field Office Locations and Officers in Charge Modifications 02/09/06 933-10 Pg 82 Meat and Meat By-Product Reporting Modification 11/17/05 933-11 Pg 137 Paragraph A Futures link changes Modification 11/16/05 933-4 Pg 55 Section VI, Paragraph C, CME Settlement Price Modification 11/16/05 102-2 Pg 9 Field Office Locations Modifications 08/16/05 933-4 Pg 53 Added Value Enhanced to Comments Addition

177

07/21/05 933-10 Pg 102 Exhibit 1: National Boxed Beef Cutout and Cuts Modification 08/27/04 933-11 Pg 145 CME certificates allow weight 1350 and change flat fee $100.00 Modification

178